Hydraulic and Lube Filtration Products Parker

Hydraulic and Lube
Filtration Products
Catalog 2300-16
The Parker Hannifin Hydraulic, Lubrication &
Coolant Filtration
Filtration Group assures: High-performance filtration
systems for production
• Consistent quality machinery in industrial, mobile
and military/marine.
• Technical innovation
• Premier customer service
Parker’s technical resources
Compressed Air &
provide the right filtration Gas Filtration
technologies that conform to Complete line of compressed
air/gas filtration products;
your requirements. That’s why coalescing, particulate and
adsorption filters in many
thousands of manufacturers and applications in many industries.
equipment users around the world
rely on Parker Filtration products
and people.
Process & Chemical
Worldwide Sales Fluid Filtration
Liquid filtration systems for
and Service beverage, chemical and food
processing; cosmetic, paint, water
treatment; photo-processing; and
Parker operates sales and service micro-chip fabrication.
centers in major industrial areas
worldwide. Call 1-800-C-PARKER
for more information.
Fuel Conditioning
& Filtration
Parker air, fuel and oil filtration
systems provide quality
protection for engines operating
in any environment, anywhere
in the world.
Legal Notifications
! WARNING
FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND/OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH, PERSONAL
INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE.
This document and other information from Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and/or system options for further investigation by
users having technical expertise. It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application and review the information concerning the product or system in the current product
catalog. Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for these products or systems, the user, through its own analysis and testing, is solely responsible for making the
final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all performance, safety and warning requirements of the application are met.
The products described herein, including without limitation, product features, specifications, designs, availability and pricing, are subject to change by Parker Hannifin Corporation and
its subsidiaries at any time without notice.
Offer of Sale
The items described in this document are hereby offered for sale by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries or its authorized distributors. This offer and its acceptance are governed
by the provisions stated in the “Offer of Sale”.
© Copyright 2017, Parker Hannifin Corporation, All Rights Reserved.

Table of Contents
Table of Contents i
HFF Total System Health Management iii
Low Pressure Filters Type Pressure Flow
150 PSI 50 GPM
12AT/50AT Series Spin-On 10 BAR 190 LPM 1
150 PSI 50 GPM
PT Series Tank Top Return Line 10 BAR 190 LPM 9
150 PSI 120 GPM
KLT/KLS Series Tank Top Return Line 10 BAR 455 LPM 23
200 PSI 150 GPM
Moduflow Plus Series
™
In-Line Suction/Return/Duplex 13 BAR 581 LPM 36
150 PSI 300 GPM
RF7 Series Tank Top Return Line 10 BAR 1136 LPM 51
150 PSI 640 GPM
BGT Series High Flow Tank Top Return Line 10 BAR 2400 LPM 59
Medium Pressure Filters
12CS/50CS Series In-Line 500 PSI
34.5 BAR
50 GPM
190 LPM
64
IL8 Series In-Line, Duplex, Quadplex 500 PSI
34.5 BAR
425 GPM
1609 LPM
75
CN Series In-Line 1000 PSI
69 BAR
130 GPM
492 LPM
87
MPD/MPDH Series Duplex 1200 PSI
82.8 BAR
150 GPM
581 LPM
100
High Pressure Filters
3000 PSI 45 GPM
15P/30P Series In-Line, Duplex 207 BAR 174 LPM 111
5000 PSI 100 GPM
50P/50PR Series In-Line, Reverse Flow 345 BAR 378 LPM 123
6000 PSI 265 GPM
100P Series In-Line 414 BAR 1003 LPM 133
7000 PSI 137 GPM
WPF Series In-Line, Manifold 483 BAR 520 LPM 138
20000 PSI 25 GPM
12S Series In-Line 1380 BAR 95 LPM 154
3000 PSI 120 GPM
40S Series In-Line 207 BAR 454 LPM 160
Off-line/Portable
5MFP/10MFP/Intelli-Cart Filter Cart 166
Guardian ®
Portable Transfer Unit 174
Sentinel Portable Purification System 182
PVS Series Purification Systems 190
SMR Purification Systems 201
SOS Stationary Offline System 210
Fluid, Fluid Analysis, Reservoir Accessories
Par-Test™ Laboratory Analysis 214
DuraClean ™
Hydraulic Fluid 220
Reservoir Accessories Filler, Breathers, Strainers, Diffusers, 226
Fluid Level/Temperature Gauges
Par-Gel ™
Water Removal Elements 241
Par-Fit™
Competitive Interchanges 246
Static Control Filter Elements 248
Please consult factory for the latest brochure of Parker’s fluid analysis and fluid condition monitoring products.
i
Table of Contents
Appendix
Interpreting Data 252
Filter Media 253
Definitions 254
Conversions 256
Changes to ISO Standards 259
Offer of Sale 261
ii
iii
12AT/50AT Series
Spin-On Filters
1
12AT/50AT Series
Spin-On Filters
Applications for Mounting Ports
• Both NPT and SAE
• 2 or 6 hole pattern
Spin-On Filters for flexibility straight thread
available
• Mobile Equipment
• Hydrostatic Drives Disposable Canister
• No mess, oil is
• Industrial Power Units Indicator Gauge
contained inside
• Shows at a glance
• Reservoir Breathers • Easy to handle
when the canister
• Single and
needs changing
double lengths
for longer life
Often, economic conditions dictate
what type of filter is used on a piece of
equipment. When costs are tight, you
Interchangeability
need a filter that is inexpensive, yet • Parker canisters
uncompromising in performance and fit many competitors'
quality. Parker's spin-on filters fit that heads. Contact
need. They are built to fit demanding Hydraulic Filter
Division for
design parameters in today's mobile part numbers
and industrial equipment. No
compromising.
TYPICAL
RETURN
LOCATIONS
RETURN
SUCTION
BREATHER
OFFLINE
2
12AT/50AT Series
Spin-On Filters
Typical Element Performance: 12AT Typical Element Performance: 50AT
Media Filter Beta Particle Media Filter Beta Particle
Code Media Ratios Size/Efficiency Code Media Ratios Size/Efficiency
25C Cellulose B25=2 25 / 50% 25C Cellulose B25=2 25 / 50%
20B Microglass B20=75 20 / 98.7% 20B Microglass B20=75 20 / 98.7%
10B Microglass B10=75 10 / 98.7% 10B Microglass B10=75 10 / 98.7%
Actual results are dependent on system flow rates, 10C-2 Cellulose B10=2 10 / 50%
fluid viscosities, and other parameters.
20B-2 Microglass B20=75 20 / 98.7%
10B-2 Microglass B10=75 10 / 98.7%
03B-2 Microglass B3=75 3 / 98.7%
Actual results are dependent on system flow rates,
fluid viscosities, and other parameters.
Beta Rating Efficiency at (X) Particle Size

Bx = 2 ................................................................................................................................................50.0%
Bx = 20 ................................................................................................................................................95.0%
Bx = 75 ................................................................................................................................................98.7%
Bx = 200 ................................................................................................................................................99.5%
Bx = 1000 ..............................................................................................................................................99.99%
20B 20B
25C 25C
.70 .70 12AT12AT
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY 03C 03C 10C 25C
10C 25C
.70 .70 50AT-1
50AT-1
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
03C 03C 10B 10C 10C
10B
10 10 10 10
.60 .60 150 150

SUSSUS .60 .60 150 150
SUSSUS
PRESSURE DROP (BAR)
PRESSURE DROP (BAR)
PRESSURE DROP (BAR)
PRESSURE DROP (BAR)
8 8 8 8
.50 .50 .50 .50
.40 .40 6 6 .40 .40 6 6
.30 .30 .30 .30

4 4 4 4
.20 .20 .20 .20

(PSI)
(PSI)
(PSI)
(PSI)
2 2 2 2
.10 .10 .10 .10
0 0 0 0
.0 .0 0 0 2 2 4 46 68 8 10 1012 1214 1416 1618 18 .0 .0 0 05 510 1015 1520 2025 2530 3035 3540 4045 4550 50
(GPM)(GPM) FLOWFLOW (LPM)(LPM) (GPM)(GPM) FLOWFLOW (LPM)(LPM)

0 07 714 1421 2128 2835 3542 4249 4956 5663 63.0 .0 0 015 15
30 30
45 45
60 60
75 75
90 90
105 105
120 120
135 135
150 150
165 165
180 180
.70 .70 12AT12AT

ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY 10B 20B
10B 20B
.70 .70 50AT-2
50AT-2
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY 03B 03B 10B 10B
10 10 10 10
20B 20B
.60 .60 150 150
SUSSUS .60 .60 150 150
SUSSUS
10C 10C
PRESSURE DROP (BAR)
PRESSURE DROP (BAR)

PRESSURE DROP (BAR)
PRESSURE DROP (BAR)
8 8 8 8
.50 .50 .50 .50
.40 .40 6 6 .40 .40 6 6
.30 .30 .30 .30

4 4 4 4
.20 .20 .20 .20

(PSI)
(PSI)
(PSI)
(PSI)
2 2 2 2
.10 .10 .10 .10
0 0 0 0
.0 .0 0 0 2 2 4 46 68 8 10 1012 1214 1416 1618 18 .0 .0 0 0 5 510 10
15 1520 2025 2530 3035 35 40 4045 4550 50
(GPM)(GPM) FLOWFLOW (LPM)(LPM) (GPM)(GPM) FLOWFLOW (LPM)(LPM)

0 07 714 1421 2128 2835 3542 4249 4956 5663 63.0 .0 0 015 15
30 30
45 45
60 60
75 75
90 90
105 105
120 120
135 135
150 150
165 165
180 180
3
12AT/50AT Series
Spin-On Filters
Installation and Canister Collapse Rating: Filter Material:
100 psid minimum Head: Aluminum
Specification Data Canister: Low Carbon Steel
Model 12AT Canister Condition Indicators:
Gauge: Color coded 15/25 psi Shipping Weights (approximate):
Pressure Rating: 1.6 lbs.
Maximum Allowable Operating Gauge: Color coded vacuum
Pressure (MAOP): 150 psi (10.3 bar)
Pressure Switch: Normally open
Design Safety Factor: 2.5:1 20 +/- 2 psi
5 Amps @ 24 VDC
Operating Temperatures:
-40ºF to 225ºF (-40ºC to 107ºC) Vacuum Switch: Normally open
5" +/- 1" Hg
1.0 Amp @ 120 VAC
67.82 MAX
2.67
95.00
3.74
38.10
1.50
95.25
3.75
¼ - 20 UNC x .31 MIN Linear Measure: millimeter
THREAD DEPTH inch
2-TOTAL
OPTIONAL 1/8 - 27 NPT 23.62

GAUGE PORT (4 PLACES) 27.43
1.08 .93
TORQUE TO 2 - 3 TURNS FROM 47.62
FINGER TIGHT 1.875
INLET OUTLET
12.19
.48
PORTS (BOTH ENDS)

¾"-14 NPTF
OR
¾" SAE - 12
172.97 MAX
6.81
148.84
5.68
Drawings are for reference only.

Contact factory for current version.
15.7 MINIMUM
.62 REMOVAL CLEAR-
ANCE
4
12AT/50AT Series
Spin-On Filters
Installation and Canister Collapse Rating: Filter Material:
100 psid minimum Head: Aluminum
Specification Data Canister: Low Carbon Steel
Model 50AT Canister Condition Indicators:
Gauge: Color coded 15/25 psi Shipping Weights (approximate):
Pressure Rating: Single length: 3.7 lbs.
Maximum Allowable Operating Gauge: Color coded vacuum Double length: 5.3 lbs.
Pressure (MAOP): 150 psi (10.3 bar)
Pressure Switch: Normally open
Design Safety Factor: 2.5:1 20 +/- 2 psi
5 Amps @ 24 VDC
-40ºF to 225ºF (-40ºC to 107ºC) Vacuum Switch: Normally open
5" +/- 1" Hg
1.0 Amp @ 120 VAC
Linear Measure: millimeter

inch
OPTIONAL 1/8 - 27 NPT

GAUGE PORT (4 PLACES)
TORQUE TO 5 - 6 INCH POUNDS
Ports: (both ends)

1¼"-11½" NPTF
or
1¼" SAE-20

5
12AT/50AT Series
Spin-On Filters
Reservoir Breather Model Air Rating* Canister Adapter Kit
Assemblies 12AT and 50AT 12AT-03C 1 micron 926543 926876
Sizing 12AT-10C 2 micron 921999 926876
Select the proper size canister for 12AT-25C 5 micron 925023 926876
the maximum rate of reservoir draw
down or air exchange rate. As a 50AT-03C 1 micron 926541 926875
rule of thumb, clean pressure drop 50AT-10C 2 micron 926169 926875
should be limited to 0.18 psid (5" 50AT-25C 5 micron 926170 926875
H2O).
* 99% Removal efficiency for particles larger than the stated size in air.
A pipe flange, weld collar, etc. may
be used to connect the adapter kit Graphs are for 03C canisters only. Total pressure drop across
to the reservoir. Make sure that air is canister, adapter, and pipe may be found by adding pressure drops
not able to leak around the adapter. below:
When mounting on the side of the
reservoir, make sure the installation + 1.5% for each inch of 12AT adapter or 3/4" pipe used.
is above the surface of the fluid. + 3.0% for each 3/4" elbow used.
+ 1.0% for each inch of 50AT adapter or 1-1/4" pipe used.
Recommended canister change + 2.0% for each 1-1/4" elbow used.
out is after 500 hours of operation.
More frequent replacement may
be required when operated in TYPICAL INSTALLATIONS
heavily contaminated areas such as MOUNTED ON TOP
grinding operations, primary metal OR SIDE OF RESERVOIR
mills, and on mobile equipment.
Under such conditions, increase
replacement frequency to every 250
hours.
Allow 1.25" for canister

removal clearance
10 .4
12AT
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE (IN H2O)
8
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE (PSI)
.3
7
6
12AT
5
.2 926876
4
50AT
3
50AT
.1
2
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
AIR FLOW (SCFM) OIL LEVEL CHANGE RATE (GPM)
926875
6
12AT/50AT Series
Spin-On Filters
Filter Service Accessory Parts List
Description 12AT 50AT
Filter canisters need to be replaced
when the pressure gauge reads the Gauge - 15 psi 936911 936911
filter bypass setting. For example, Gauge - 25 psi 936912 936912
if a 12AT filter has a 25 psi bypass
Pressure switch-25 psi 926923 926923
valve, it needs to be replaced when
the pressure gauge reads 25 psi. If Vacuum switch 926949 926949
no indicator of any kind is used, Breather adapter kit 926876 926875
replace the canister after the first
50 hours of operation, and every Vacuum gauge 936909 936909
250 hours thereafter. More frequent
replacement could be required
depending on operating conditions. Replacement Canisters
Media 12AT 50AT 50AT-2
When servicing a 12AT or 50AT
filter, use the following procedure: 25C 925023 926170 N/A
A. Shut down the main system 10C 921999 926169 927736
and release pressure in the
03C 926543 926541 N/A
filter line.
B. Unthread the canister and 20B 928764 928767 929446
discard it along with the 10B 928763 928766 929445
accompanying seal. A strap
wrench may be required. 03B N/A 934200 932073
C. Apply a small amount of
lubricant to the new canister
seal.
D. Install the new canister and Indicator Gauge (15 PSI) Indicator Gauge (25 PSI)
hand tighten 3/8 to 1/2 turn
after gasket makes contact
with head.
926923 - 2-pin normally open switch
Vacuum Switch Pressure Switch

1.51
38.4
.36
9.1
1/8 NPT
1/8-27 NPTF THREAD
1.58
40.1
Linear Measure = inches

mm
7
12AT/50AT Series
Spin-On Filters
How To Order
Select the desired symbol (in the correct position) to construct a model code.
Example:
BOX 1 BOX 2 BOX 3 BOX 4 BOX 5 BOX 6 BOX 7 BOX 8
50AT 2 10C N 25 DD N
BOX 1: Seals BOX 4: Media BOX 7: Options

Symbol Description Symbol Description Symbol Description
None Nitrile 25C* Cellulose 12AT
10C Cellulose BB 3/4” NPTF
BOX 2: Filter Series
03C* Cellulose MM SAE-12
Symbol Description
20B Microglass 50AT
12AT Spin-in (3/4” nom)
10B Microglass DD 1-1/4” NPTF
50AT Spin-on (1-1/4” nom)
03B** Microglass OO SAE-20
BOX 3: Length * Not available in 50AT-2
** Not available in 12AT BOX 8: Gauge Port
Symbol Description
Symbol Description
None Single BOX 5: Indicator
N None
2 Double (50AT only) Symbol Description
Inlet & Outlet, both
N None H sides (all ports drilled
& tapped)
BOX 6: Bypass Setting
Please note the bolded options reflect
Symbol Description standard options with a reduced lead time.
25 25 psid
15 15 psid
3 3 psid
X No bypass
NOTE: Gauges must be ordered separately.
8
PT Series
Tank Top Filters
9
PT Series
Applications
The PT series filter is available in two diameters and three
lengths for flow ranges from 5-50 gpm. The PT2 and PT4
filter cartridges utilize Microglass media in 2, 5, 10 and 20
microns for the industry’s best particle removal efficiency
and retention.
This unique design simply threads into a ported weld ring

or flange, which can be bolted to a metal reservoir.
The disposable filter cartridge is a single-piece

construction, which
incorporates the nylon cover and integral 25 psi bypass
valve. The flow path is inside-out and requires no special
tools for service.
This concept assures minimal installation costs with the

least space requirements for return line applications.
Typical Applications
• Turf Maintenance
• Material Handling
• Aerial Lifts
• Fan Drive
The PT Series filter combines high

efficiency Microglass filtration with
low cost installation featured in a
new patented element design.
10
1
PT Series
Features
2
1 Easy element assembly removal

4
2 Unique high flow top end cap
2
3 Lightweight cast aluminum head

3
4 Patented filter element assembly

4
5 Bowl-less, inside-out flow

5 5
6 Downstream element support with “no aeration” design
7 Solid bottom endcap with integrated bypass valve
8 Low profile tank top design
8 6
11
PT Series
Patented Filter Element
Premium original equipment

performance every time
Tank Top, Bowl-Less Design

Reduces weight
Significant cost savings over filters

with bowls
Bottom Endcap Integrated

Bypass Valve
New bypass valve with every
element change
Insures reliable performance
Inside-Out Element
Flow Path
Contamination contained
within the element
No system contamination during

element servicing
No Aeration Design High Flow, Low Pressure Premium Microglass

Oil cascades down the Drop Top Endcap Design Media
perforated outer support core Long element life Superior dirt holding
capacity and efficiency
No system aeration Lower maintenance costs Less maintenance and downtime
12
PT Series
PT2-1 Element Performance
Efficiency Capacity
Beta Rating Efficiency % PSID BAR
10000 100
2Q
5Q
2Q 10Q 6
5Q 20Q
80
1000 99.9 5
10Q
60 4
200 99.5
100 99.0
20Q 3
40
20 95.0
2
20
1
2 50.0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Micron Size (c) Capacity grams
Flow vs. Pressure Loss*

LPM
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
25
150 SUS
2Q 1.5
20
5Q
15
1.0
PSID
BAR
10
10Q
0.5
5
20Q
0 0.0
0 5 10 15
GPM
Results typical from Multi-pass tests run per test standard ISO 16889 @ 10 gpm to 100 psid terminal - 10 mg/L BUGL.
Refer to Appendix on pages 264-265 for relationship to test standard ISO 4572.
*Note: Pressure drop calculations are based on SAE-12 porting.
13
PT Series
Efficiency Capacity
10000 100
2Q
5Q
10Q
6
2Q 5Q
80 20Q
1000 99.9 5
10Q
60 4
200 99.5
100 99.0
3
20Q 40
20 95.0 2
20
1
2 50.0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 0 5 10 15 20

LPM
0 40 65 90
15
150 SUS
1.5
2Q
10
1.0
PSID
BAR
5Q
5
10Q 0.5
20Q
0 0.0
0 5 10 15 20 25
GPM
14
PT Series
Efficiency Capacity
10000 100
2Q
5Q
10Q
6
2Q 5Q
80 20Q
1000 99.9 5
10Q
60 4
200 99.5
100 99.0
3
20Q 40
20 95.0 2
20
1
2 50.0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 0 10 20 30 40

LPM
0 50 100 150 200
25
150 SUS
2Q 1.5
20
15 1.0
PSID
BAR
5Q
10
10Q 0.5
5
20Q
0 0.0
0 10 20 30 40 50
GPM
15
PT Series
Efficiency Capacity
10000 100 2Q
5Q
2Q
10Q 6
5Q 20Q
80
1000 99.9 5
10Q
60 4
200 99.5
100 99.0
20Q 3
40
20 95.0
2
20
1
2 50.0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

LPM
0 40 75 110 150 190
15 1.0
150 SUS
10
2Q
PSID
BAR
0.5
5Q
5
10Q
20Q
0 0.0
0 10 20 30 40 50
GPM
16
PT Series
Efficiency Capacity
10000 100
2Q
5Q
10Q 6
2Q 5Q 20Q
80
1000 99.9 5
10Q
60 4
200 99.5
100 99.0
20Q 3
40
20 95.0
2
20
1
2 50.0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Micron Size (c)
Capacity grams

LPM
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
25 1.5
150 SUS
2Q
20
15 1.0
PSID
BAR
5Q
10
0.5
5 10Q
20Q
0 0.0
0 20 40 60 80 100
GPM
17
PT Series
Specifications - PT2
Pressure Rating:
Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure
(MAOP): 150 psi ( 10.3 bar)
Element Burst Rating: 150 psid
Buna: -40°F (-40°C) to 225°F (107°C)
Materials:
Tank Flange: aluminum
Endcaps: nylon

18
PT Series
Specifications - PT4
Pressure Rating:
(MAOP): 150 psi ( 10.3 bar)
Element Burst Rating: 150 psid
Buna: -40°F (-40°C) to 225°F (107°C)
Materials:
Tank Flange: aluminum
Endcaps: nylon
1/8-27 PTF
2 PLC'S
REF.
Ø4.06
3.500-10 BUTTRESS
PORT OPTIONS -
SEE TABLE
2.41
1.11
2.70
15/16 (24MM) HEX
TORQUE 200-240 IN-LBS 941664
Ø3.33
O-RING
THRU. HOLE
6.20± .060 SINGLE

2.045
A A 9.79± .060 DOUBLE
14.55 `.060 TRIPLE
.90 DIA FLAT
5 PLC'S
36°
n.345 ON A
Ø5.50 B.C. 1/8-27 PTF
5 PLC'S 2 PLC'S
EQ. SPACED
.400 MIN CLEARANCE

FROM TANK BOTTOM
Ø3.09
Drawings are for reference only. SECTION A-A
19
PT Series
PT2 Parts List
INDEX PART DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
1 PT2-1-02Q-25 psid bypass 936750
PT2-1-05Q-25 psid bypass 936751
2 PT2 DIE CAST SAE-12 (1.062-12 UN-2B) 941423
PT2 DIE CAST SAE-16 (1.312-12 UN-2B) 941424
PT2 DIE CAST 3/4” NPT (.750-14 NPTF-1) 941425
PT2 DIE CAST 1” NPT (1.000-11.5 NPTF-1) 941427
PT2 DIE CAST G3/4” BSPF 941903
PT2 DIE CAST G1” BSPF 941904
3 O-RING 941663
4 1/8-27 PIPE PLUG 900782 1
5 1/8-27 PRESSURE GAUGE 936912
2
4
5
1.51
38.4
3
.36
9.1
1/8 NPT
THREAD
1.58
40.1

mm
926923
2-pin normally open switch
20
PT Series
PT4 Parts List
INDEX PART DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
1 PT4-1-02Q-25 psid bypass 936742
2 PT4 DIE CAST SAE-16 (1.312-12 UN-2B) 941417
PT4 DIE CAST SAE-20 (1.625-12 UN-2B) 941448
PT4 DIE CAST 1” NPT (1.000-11.5 NPTF-1) 941449
PT4 DIE CAST 1 1/4” NPT (1.250-11.5 NPTF-1) 941450
PT4 DIE CAST G1” BSPF 941905
PT4 DIE CAST G1 1/4” BSPF 941906
3 O-RING 941664 1
4 1/8-27 PIPE PLUG 900782
5 1/8-27 PRESSURE GAUGE 936912
4
1.51
38.4
.36
9.1
5
3
1/8 NPT
THREAD
1.58
40.1

mm
926923
2-pin normally open switch
21
PT Series
Tank top filters
How To Order
Example:
PT2 1 10Q B G G S16 1
BOX 1: Filter Series BOX 4: Seals BOX 7: Ports

PT2 Basic Model, 25 gpm B Nitrile PT2
PT4 Basic Model, 50 gpm V Fluorocarbon G12 G3/4” BSPP2
G16 G1 BSPP2
BOX 2: Length BOX 5: Indicator
N12 3/4” NPT
Symbol Description Symbol Description
N16 1” NPT
1 Single P Plugged Ports
S12 SAE-12
2 Double G Pressure Gauge, 25 psi
S16 SAE-16
3 Triple (PT4 only) S Pressure switch
PT4
BOX 3: Media Code BOX 6: Bypass G16 G1” BSPP2
Symbol Description Symbol Description G20 G1-1/4” BSPP2
02Q Microglass, 2 micron G 25 PSI (1.7 bar) N16 1” NPT
05Q Microglass, 5 micron N20 1-1/4” NPT
10Q Microglass, 10 micron S16 SAE-16
20Q Microglass, 20 micron S20 SAE-20
BOX 7: Options
Symbol Description
1 None
W 3
Steel weld ring
Notes:
1. The filters include the element you
select already installed.
2. When “G12”, “G16” or “G20” are
selected in Box 7, “P” must be
selected in Box 5. BSPP Gauge and
Switch are available as separate
accessory components.
3. When “W” is selected in Box 8, the
PT2 port options are “N12” and
“S12”; the PT4 port options are
“N16” and “S16”.
standard options with a reduced lead time.
22
KLT and KLS Series
Tank Top Return Line Filters
23
KLT/KLS Series
Applications for KLT and KLS Filters
• Construction, Refuse
• Industrial Power Units
• Machine Tool
• Oil Field
Parker’s KLS /KLT Tank Top Return
Line Filters are ideally suited for
Mobile and Industrial medium to high
flow return applications, from 30 to 120
GPM. This cost-effective, in-tank filter
series provides maximum flow and
dirt holding capacity for longer filter
element life in a simple, easy-to-install-
and-service assembly.
The generous element size with extensive media area ensures continuous
filtration during cold start up conditions. The inside-to-out flow path with closed bottom provides additional
assurance that all contaminants remain captured during element service removal.
The filters have a pressure rating of 150 psi static, a temperature range of -40˚F to 225˚F, and are available in
a wide range of the latest Microglass media in 2, 5, 10 and 20 micron for all system cleanliness requirements.
Bypass valves are built into the element to ensure further performance integrity. A new bypass is provided with
each element change.
This rugged design meets the needs for the demanding applications in mobile off-highway and on-highway
applications for construction equipment, logging, refuse vehicles, mining, oil and gas recovery, marine, and
industrial power units.
Feature Advantage Benefit

• Tank top mounted filter • Saves space and reduces mounting • Lower cost, easy to integrate
hardware • KLS model directly retrofits
competitive housing
• Two-piece head and element • No bowl required • Reduced cost and assembly
construction perforated with • Provides excellent flow diffusing, weight
metal outer wrap eliminating aeration • Improved performance
• High efficiency Microglass media • Combines high particle capture • Cleaner fluids, longer lasting with
maximizing filtration area efficiency with high dirt holding fewer service intervals
capacity and lower DP • Continuous filtration for cold start
ups
• Lower operating costs
• Element design includes intergral • New bypass with each element • Ensures reliable bypass
disposable bypass valve with change performance
closed bottom end cap • Ensures captured contaminants • No leakage
are removed with each element • Cleaner fluids reduce risk for
change contamination during service
• Magnetic prefiltration • Removes large ferrous • Extends element life
contaminants • Visual indication of component
wear
• Fill and gauge ports • Add fluid through high performance • Initial fluid integrity extends
filter media system component life
• Gauge ports allow for added • Monitor element life
instrumentation
24
KLT/KLS Series
Specifications
Pressure Ratings: Element Condition Indicators: Weights (approximate):

Maximum Allowable Operating Gauge: 0-60 psi color coded KLT-2 3 lbs. (1.36 kg)
Pressure Switch: SPDT 5A @ 24 VDC and KLT-4 4 lbs. (1.81 kg)
(MAOP): 150 psi (10.3 bar) 250 VAC KLT(S)-7 8 lbs. (3.63 kg)
Operating Temperatures: Materials: KLT(S)-8 10 lbs. (4.54 kg)
-40°F (-40°C) to 225°F (107°C) Head & Cover: Cast Aluminum
Element Burst Rating: Alloy
150 psid (10.3 bar) Bypass Valve: Nylon
Filter Media: Microglass
Filtration Rating: Element End Caps: Nylon
2, 5, 10 & 20 Microns at Beta > 200
KLT Weld Plate Drawings

B 3.4 (86)
¼“ NPT THREAD
½“ NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION
B
18.0 (457)
WIRE LEADS
COMMON BLACK
N.O. : RED
N.C. : GREEN
1.89 (48)
18 TO 22 PSI
(YELLOW FIELD) 22 TO 60 PSI
(RED FIELD) 1.06
(27)
THREAD A
C 2.08
(53) .55 (14) SQ.
D
HOLE IN RESERVOIR
0 TO 18 PSI ¼“ NPT THREAD

(GREEN FIELD)
Linear Measure: inch (mm)
KLT Filter Model

Dimension
KLT-2/KLT-4 KLT-7/KLT-8
A 5/16-18 UNC-2A 3/8-16 UNC-2A
B 5.33 (135) 7.15 (182)
C 1.00 (25) 1.00 (25)
D 4.50/3.75 (114/95) 6.25/5.50 (159/140) Drawings are for reference only.
25
KLT Series
Dimensional Drawings
KLT 2 / KLT 4 KLT 7 / KLT 8
2.68 (68) 3.54 (90)
TORQUE: 3 FT-LB (4 N-m)

4.72 (120)
TYP 6.54 (166)
SAE-16 STRAIGHT TYP.
THREAD O-RING PORT SAE-24 STRAIGHT THREAD
O-RING PORT
.35 (9) DIA. MOUNTING HOLES .43 (11) DIA. MOUNTING HOLES
(4 PLACES) ON 4.96 (126) B.C. (4 PLACES) ON 6.89 (175) B.C.
RECOMMENDED HEAD TO TANK RECOMMENDED HEAD TO TANK
TORQUE: 11 FT-LB (15 N-m) TORQUE: 30 FT-LB (40 N-m)
C
C
MIN. SERVICE CLEARANCE ¼ NPT PLUGGED GAUGE PORT(S)
MIN. SERVICE
¼ NPT PLUGGED (3 PLACES)
CLEARANCE
GAUGE PORT(S)
(3 PLACES)
3.66 (93)
2.83 (72) 1.42 (36)
1.10 (28)
D
RESERVOIR
CUTOUT
D DIAMETER
RESERVOIR
CUTOUT
DIAMETER

KLT Filter Model KLT Filter Model

Dimensions Dimensions
KLT-2 KLT-4 KLT-7 KLT-8
C 5.75 (146) 9.50 (241) C 13.00 (330) 19.25 (489)
L 4.16 (106) 7.75 (197) L 11.46 (291) 17.70 (450)
3.6 (93) 5.36 (136)
D D
3.56 (90) 5.26 (133)
26
KLT Series
Dimensional Drawings
KLS 7 / KLS 8
3.38 (86)
.43 (11) DIA. MOUNTING HOLES
(4 PLACES) ON 6.25 (158.8) B.C.
RECOMMENDED HEAD TO
TANK TORQUE: 30 FT-LB (40 N-m)
6.76 (172)
SAE-24 STRAIGHT THREAD

C O-RING PORTS (BOTH SIDES)
MIN. SERVICE
CLEARANCE
¼ NPT
3.62 (92) PLUGGED
GAUGE PORTS
1.62 (41) (2 PLACES)
D
RESERVOIR
CUTOUT
DIAMETER
KLS Filter Model

Dimensions
KLS-7 KLS-8
C 13.00 (330) 19.25 (489)
L 11.46 (291) 17.70 (450)
5.00 (127)
D Drawings are for reference only.
4.80 (122)
27
KLT Series
Dimensional Drawing
KLT with 2” Port
5/16-18 UNC-2B 1/4" NPT

TAP THRU. 4 PLC'S 3 PLC'S
3.190
REF.
1.46
REF.
Ø.433 4 PLC'S
EQUALLY SPACED
REF.
3.062
REF.
5/16-18 UNC-2B 1/4" NPT 1.531
AP THRU. 4 PLC'S 3 PLC'S REF.
.844
REF.
1.688
REF.
1.46
REF.
Ø.433 4 PLC'S
EQUALLY SPACED 1/2-13 UNC-2B
REF. .78 MIN FULL THD
DEPTH 4 PLC'S

28
KLT Series
KLT-2 Element Performance
Efficiency Capacity
10000 25.0
1.50
2Q 5Q 20.0
1.25
1000 99.9
10Q 15.0
1.00
200 99.5 0.75

10.0
100 99.0
20Q 0.50
5.0
20 95.0 0.25
0.0 0.00
0 5 10 15 20 25
2 50.0 Grams
0 4 8 12 16 20
Micron Size (c)
Multipass tests run @ 15 gpm to 25 psid terminal - 10 mg/L BUGL

Flow vs. Pressure Loss
LPM
0 20 40 60 80 100
20
1.2
15 1.0
0.8
PSID
BAR
10
0.6
0.4
5
0.2
0 0.0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
GPM
29
KLT Series
KLT-4 Element Performance
Efficiency Capacity
10000 25.0
1.50
2Q 5Q 20.0
1.25
1000 99.9
10Q 15.0 1.00
200 99.5 0.75

100 99.0 10.0
20Q 0.50
5.0 0.25
20 95.0
0.0 0.00
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
2 50.0 Grams
0 4 8 12 16 20
Micron Size (c)

LPM
0 40 80 120 160
20
1.2
15 1.0
0.8
PSID
BAR
10
0.6
0.4
5
0.2
0 0.0
0 10 20 30 40 50
GPM
30
KLT/KLS Series
KLT/KLS-7 Element Performance
Efficiency
Capacity
10000 25.0
1.50
2Q 5Q 20.0
1.25
1000 99.9
10Q 15.0
1.00
200 99.5 0.75

10.0
100 99.0
20Q 0.50
5.0
20 95.0 0.25
0.0 0.00
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Grams
2 50.0
0 4 8 12 16 20
Micron Size (c)
LPM
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
20
1.2
15 1.0
0.8
PSID
BAR
10
0.6
0.4
5
0.2
0 0.0
0 20 40 60 80 100
GPM
31
KLT/KLS Series
KLT/KLS-8 Element Performance
Efficiency
Capacity
10000 25.0
1.50
2Q 5Q 20.0
1.25
1000 99.9
10Q 15.0
1.00
200 99.5 0.75

10.0
100 99.0
20Q 0.50
5.0
20 95.0 0.25
0.0 0.00
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
Grams
2 50.0
0 4 8 12 16 20
Micron Size (c)

LPM
0 100 200 300 400
10
0.6
8
0.5
6 0.4
PSID
BAR
0.3
4
0.2
2
0.1
0 0.0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
GPM
32
KLT/KLS Series
KLT with 2” Port - Element Performance
Beta Rating
Efficiency Ef f ic iency %
10000
2Q
5Q
10Q
1000 99.9
20Q 99.5
200
100 99.0
20 95.0
2 50.0
0 4 8 12 16 20
Micron Siz e (c)

LPM
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
20.0
150SUS
1.2
16.0
2Q
1.0
PSID
BAR
12.0
0.8
5Q
0.6
8.0
10Q
0.4
4.0
20Q 0.2
0.0 0.0
0 40 80 120 160 200
GPM
33
KLT and KLS Series
Operating and Maintenance Instructions
A. Mounting Parts List
1. Standard mounting.
a. Cut proper size hole in the top of the reservoir. Part
Index Description Quantity
b. Drill holes for studs within the proper bolt circle. Number
c. Set the filter into the cutout hole and secure with 1 Cover Assembly (Includes Cover o-ring)
proper size bolts, nuts and lock washers.
d. Torque nuts in accordance with drawing. KLT2/KLT4 937049 1
2. Mounting procedure using weld plate. KLT7/KLT8 937047 1
a. Rough cut proper size hole in the top of reservoir.
KLS7/KLS8 937048 1
b. Weld the weld plate concentric to the rough cut
hole. 2 Cover o-ring
c. Mount the filter onto the studs and secure with KLT2/KLT4, Nitrile N72239 1
nuts and lock washers.
d. Torque nuts in accordance with drawing. KLT2/KLT4, FKM V72239 1
3. Utilize proper fittings. KLT7/KLT8, Nitrile N72251 1
B. Start-Up KLT7/KLT8, FKM V72251 1
1. Check for and eliminate leaks upon system start-up.
2. Check differential pressure indicator, if installed, to KLS7/KLS8, Nitrile N72251 1
monitor element condition. KLS7/KLS8, FKM V72251 1
C. Service 3 Element (see How to Order page)
1. An element must be serviced when the indicator
4 Filter Head (Includes gauge plugs & studs)
indicates service is required.
KLT2/KLT4 (S16) 5841216 1
NOTE: If the filter is not equipped with an indicator,
the element should be serviced according to machine KLT7/KLT8 (S24) 5841224 1
manufacturer’s instructions. KLS7/KLS8 (S24) 937318 1
KLS7/KLS8 (2” Flange) 942157 1

Bolts purchased separately 926633 (Bolts) 4
1 5 Tank Gasket
KLT2/KLT4 108x98x5.5B 1
KLT7/KLT8 152x136x6B 1
KLS7/KLS8 (O-Ring) N72355 (C.F.) 1
2 Not Shown Weld Plate
KLT2/KLT4 300041 1
KLT7/KLT8 300042 1
Not Shown Pressure Switch NS-1C-19R/EL 1
Not Shown Pressure Gauge 936913 1
C.F. = Consult Factory
3
D. Servicing Dirty Element
1. Shut system down to assure that there is NO PRESSURE
OR FLOW into the filter housing.
2. Remove the filter cover.
3. Remove and discard the contaminated element cartridge.
E. Before Installing a New Element Cartridge
1. Clean the magnetic core with a lint-free cloth.
2. Check all seals and replace if necessary.
4
F. To Install a New Element Cartridge
1. Lubricate all seals.
2. Mount new filter cartridge.
3. Re-install the cover.
4. Torque the cover nuts per drawing.
5
Perform procedures B1 and B2 to ensure no leaks are present.
34
KLT and KLS Series
How To Order
Example:
KTL 7 10Q B P G S24 1

KLT Single port return-line filter B Nitrile KLT-2/4
Dual port return-line filter V Fluorocarbon S16 SAE-16 (1-5/16” -12)
KLS
(-7 and -8 models only)
Note: Nitrile tank gasket supplied. KLT-7/8
BOX 2: Filter Model S24 SAE-24 (1-7/8” -12)
BOX 5: Indicator
Symbol Description N24 1-1/2” NPT
Symbol Description
2 30 GPM (115 l/m nominal flow) Y32 2” Code 61 Flange Face
P Plugged Ports
4 50 GPM (115 l/m nominal flow) KLS-7/8
G Pressure Gauge, 0-60 psig
7 100 GPM (115 l/m nominal flow) S24 2 x SAE-24 (1-7/8” -12)
S Pressure switch
8 120 GPM (115 l/m nominal flow) N24 2 x 1-1/2” NPT
BOX 6: Bypass
BOX 3: Media Code BOX 7: Options
Symbol Description
G 25 psid (1.7 bar)
02Q Microglass, 2 micron 1 None
05Q Microglass, 5 micron TP Weld plate (KLT only)
10Q Microglass, 10 micron Notes:
1. The filters include the element you
20Q Microglass, 20 micron select already installed.
WR Water Removal 2. When “G12”, “G16” or “G20” are
standard options with a reduced lead time. selected in Box 7, “P” must be
selected in Box 5. BSPP Gauge and
Switch are available as separate
accessory components.
3. When “W” is selected in Box 8, the
PT2 port options are “N12” and
“S12”; the PT4 port options are
“N16” and “S16”.
Replacement Elements
Element Nitrile Fluorocarbon
Code 2 4 7 8 2 4 7 8
02Q 936967Q 936968Q 936972Q 936976Q 937266Q 937270Q 937274Q 937278Q
05Q 936965Q 936969Q 936973Q 936977Q 937267Q 937271Q 937275Q 937279Q
10Q 936966Q 939970Q 936974Q 936978Q 937268Q 937272Q 937276Q 937280Q
20Q 936967Q 936971Q 936975Q 936979Q 937269Q 937273Q 937277Q 937281Q
WR 937258 937259 937260 937261 CF CF CF CF
CF = Consult Factory
35
Moduflow™ Series
Low Pressure Filters
36
Moduflow™ Series
Applications
• Power Unit Fabrication A wide variety of visual and electrical
indicators allows you to know ex-
• Off-line Filter Loops actly when the element needs to be
serviced. There is even a “no
element” indicator that can sense
The Moduflow filter is widely when there is not an element in-
considered the most versatile filter stalled in the filter.
available on the market.
From top to bottom, the Moduflow
The patented end cap minimizes filter series provides the high
turbulence and pressure loss level of filtration and long term
through the filter, improving system dependability so vital to today’s
performance. hydraulic systems.
The newly designed closed bottom

elements for the RFP and ILP models
insures all contamination remains
trapped within the element as the
filter is serviced.
Parker’s new patented Moduflow

element was designed with built-in
diverter and bypass valve, to meet
your application needs.
Mounting / Porting Styles
RFP ILP
Return Filter In-Line Filter
FILTER
HEAD
RETURN
OUT IN
BOWL
BOWL
TANK
OUTLET
PORT
37
Moduflow™ Series
Features
Flanges Cover
- NPT or - Slotted for quick
SAE ¾” to 2” release
- Lightweight - Lightweight
aluminum aluminum
Indicators Bowl
- Visual or electrical - Single or double
- Mounted on either side length
- Standard “no element” - Durable steel
indication construction
Bypass Element
(not visible) (not visible)
- Integral 35 psi - Available in high performance
bypass replaced Microglass media
with every - Single or double length
element change

•• Top access element service •• Oil remains in housing •• No Spills
•• Quicker elements change •• Reduced maintenance costs
•• Slotted cover •• Quick release cover •• Reduced maintenance cost
•• Cap screws remain in housing •• No loose parts to lose
•• Closed bottom elements •• Removes all contaminant during •• No downtime contamination from
element service servicing
•• Visual or electrical indicators •• Know exactly when to service •• Helps prevent bypass condition
elements •• No premature disposal
•• Flange face ports •• Flexible mounting (3/4” to 2”) •• Easy plumbing to your system
38
Moduflow™ Series
RFP-1 and ILP-1 Element Performance
Efficiency Capacity
10000 50
2Q
5Q
2Q 10Q 3.0
5Q
20Q
40
1000 99.9 2.5
10Q
30 2.0
200 99.5
100 99.0
20Q 1.5
20
20 95.0
1.0
10
0.5
2 50.0
0 0.0
0 4 8 12 16 20 0 20 40 60 80 100
Multipass tests run @ 40 gpm to 50 psid terminal - 5mg/L BUGL

LPM LPM
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
20 20
150SUS
150SUS
02Q 1.2 Empty Housing 0.6
16 16
05Q 1.0 0.5
12 12
0.8 0.4
PSID
BAR
BAR
PSID
8 0.6 0.3
8
10Q
20Q 0.4 0.2
4 4
0.2 2” SAE flange 0.1
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100
GPM GPM
39
Moduflow™ Series
RFP-2 and ILP-2 Element Performance
Efficiency Capacity
Capacity
10000 50
2Q
5Q
10Q 3.0
2Q 5Q 20Q
40
1000 99.9 2.5
10Q
30 2.0
200 99.5
100 99.0
20Q 1.5
20
20 95.0
1.0
10
0.5
2 50.0
0 0.0
0 4 8 12 16 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160

LPM LPM
0 100 200 300 400 500 0 100 200 300 400 500
20 10
150SUS 150SUS
1.2 Empty Housing 0.6
16 8
1.0 0.5
12 6
0.8 0.4
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
02Q
05Q 0.6 0.3
8 4
10Q 0.4 2” SAE flange 0.2
20Q
4 2
0.2 0.1
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 0 25 50 75 100 125 150
GPM GPM
40
Moduflow™ Series
Specifications: RFP, ILP
Pressure Ratings:
(MAOP): 200 psi (13.8 bar) Dimensions: mm/inch
Design Safety Factor: 2:1 Model A B C D
Rated Fatigue Pressure: 150 psi (10.3 bar)
RFP-1 with 68.3 _ 390.0 117.1
Element Burst Rating: 70 psid (4.8 bar) optional 2” fitting 2.69 15.37 4.61
Filter Materials: RFP-1 without 65.0 378.0 _ 114.0

optional 2” fitting 2.56 14.87 4.50
Head, Cover, Flanges: die cast aluminum
Bowl: steel RFP-2 with 68.3 _ 625.0 117.1
optional 2” fitting 2.69 24.61 4.61
Nitrile: -40°F to 225°F (-40°C to 107°C) RFP-2 without 68.3 612.0 _ 114.0
Fluorocarbon: -15°F to 275°F (-26°C to 135°C) optional 2” fitting 2.69 24.11 4.50
Weight (approximate): ILP-1 65.0 336.0 N/A 117.1

Single: 20 lbs. (9.1 kg) 2.56 13.24 4.61
Double: 25 lbs. (11.3 kg) ILP-2 68.3 618.0 N/A 117.1
2.69 24.32 4.61
Indicators:
Visual (optional)
Electrical (optional) 15A @ 250VAC / .5A @ 125 VDC
Electrical (“D” option) 5A @ 250VAC / 3A @ 28 VDC Drawings are for reference only.
Color Coding:
White (normally closed)
Red (normally open)
Black (common)
OPTIONAL 3-PIN
MALE RECEPTACLE MINIMUM ELEMENT
ILP OUTLET REMOVAL CLEARANCE
216.0
Single: 345.9 8.5
13.62
Double: 482.6 168.0
19.00 6.6
108.0
4.26
A
156.0
6.13
78.7
3.1
OPTIONAL
IL & RF INLET TANK FLANGE
196.3 OPTIONAL
7.7
C B MOUNTING
BRACKET

OPTIONAL PORT FLANGE inch
77.8
3.062
38.9 30.2
1.53 1.19 12.7
0.50
(99 OPTION)
RFP-1 OUTLET
RFP OUTLET 69.9 2-11½” NPTF

2.75 OPTIONAL
42.9 FITTING
1.68
21.3 D
41
Moduflow™ Series Drawings are for reference only.
Specifications: DILP 3.3

.013
Pressure Ratings:
(MAOP): 200 psi (13.8 bar) 116.8
79.0
4.60
Design Safety Factor: 2:1 3.11
Rated Fatigue Pressure: 150 psi (10.3 bar)
76.2
3.00
Element Burst Rating: 70 psid (4.8 bar)
½-13 SHCS
Filter Materials: ¼-18 NPT TORQUE
Diverter Valve Assembly: die cast aluminum DRAIN VENT 32-38 FT-LB
CONNECT
Check Valve Assembly: die cast aluminum TO TANK 173.0
6.81 330.2 SINGLE
Filter Assembly: see IL2 specifications 13.0
Operating Temperatures: 617.5

DOUBLE
24.31
Nitrile: -40°F to 225°F (-40°C to 107°C)
Fluorocarbon: -15°F to 275°F (-26°C to 135°C)
110.5
Weight (approximate): 4.61
Single: 55 lbs. (24.9 kg) / Double: 65 lbs. (29.5 kg)
Indicators: Linear Measure: millimeter
inch
Visual (optional)
Electrical (optional) 15A @ 250VAC / .5A @ 125 VDC
Electrical (“D” option) 5A @ 250VAC / 3A @ 28 VDC
467.0
Color Coding: 18.38
AIR BLEED
Red (normally open) EACH FILTER
30.2
Black (common) 1.19
FILTER SCHEMATIC OPTIONAL
FLANGE
OUTLET
OUTLET 402.8
345.9 15.86
13.62
FILTER FILTER 177.8
INLET
7.00
BYPASS BYPASS
DRAIN OPTIONAL MECHANICAL INDICATOR

INLET VENT
BOTH CHECK VALVES MOVE SAME DIRECTION

Approximate handle torque required for changeover. Typical Flow/Pressure Curves For Duplex Valves
1.75
25
BAR
30 1.5 (Add to differential pressure of filter assembly

20 for total duplex pressure differential)
1.25
*Diverter/check valves combined S
Torque (Ft-Lbs)
SU
DIFF . PRESSURE
20 1 15
00 SUS
30 0
20
0.75
10
10 0.5
5
0.25
PSID
0 0
0 100 200 300 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
GPM FLOW LP M
System Pressure (psi) 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 375
42
Moduflow™ Series
Specifications
For return line applications (RFP),
the fluid returning to the reservoir Check Valve Flow/Pressure Drop
holds the check valve open. When
the system is shut down, the check 3.0
valve closes automatically. *Check valve pressure drop must be added
to assembly pressure drop to get total
2.5
2.0
Pressure Loss (psid)
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Flow (GPM)

inch
RFP
SINGLE ELEMENT
452.1
17.8
RFP
DOUBLE ELEMENT
688.3
27.1

117.1 MAX. O.D.

4.61 OVER WELD
(RFP & DOUBLE LENGTH)
43
Moduflow™ Series
Specifications
Lower Cost than many
single unit filters.
Moduflow™ Manifold
Extended Filter Range
Use Model MM Manifold to handle Multiple Uses
return line flows up to 130 gpm. Although designed for manifold ModuFlow filters, the Model MM can be TM
•• Rated static pressure: 300 psi used in a variety of applications which require:
•• Typical burst pressure: 900 psi •• Splitting flow between components
•• Easily mounted on
ModuFlow™ Such applications are frequently encountered on mobile equipment,
machine tools, and large lubricating
High Flows At Low Cost systems. In such applications, use of a manifold can often reduce total piping
The model MM manifold is and installation costs.
designed to extend the flow range of
Moduflow Filters when operating
TM
with 10 Micron and finer filter Proven Reliability

media. When mounted to a pair of The rugged design of the Model MM manifold has been proven in
RFP-2 or ILP-2 filters, this manifold demanding mobile equipment applications, At the factory, we have cycle
will allow flows up to 130 gpm in tested the Model MM through the full range of rated flow and pressure to
return lines (15 fps velocity). insure reliable service.
Note: The Model MM manifold is not
applicable to suction lines due to its Parker Filter Division maintains the same high standards in delivery,
pressure drop characteristics. quality, and service. Considering this, plus features, flexibility, price, and
performance, the Model MM manifold is a valuable addition to your fluid
When used with two Moduflow TM power component list.
filters, the total cost is often less than
a single unit filter rated for 130 gpm
flow. Tank-top mounted (Model
RFP) filters will require only one FLOW/PRESSURE CURVE
manifold on the filter inlet pports.
In-line mounted (Model ILPav) 0.7 TYPICAL FLOW/PRESSURE CURVES FOR MODEL MM
filters will require two manifolds, 10
38B6
one on the inlet and one on the 0.6
outlet ports.
(BAR )
8
US
0.5
0S
20
0.4 6
DIFF. PRESS.
0.3
4
0.2
2
(PSI)
0.1
0
0 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250
(GPM) INLET FLOW (LPM)

0 75 150 225 300 375 450 525 600 675 750 825 900
44
Moduflow™ Series
Specifications
Manifold Specifications
Rated Static Pressure, max.: Housing Material: Screws & O-Rings Separately:
20.7 bar (300 psi) ANSI 356-T6 cast aluminum Inlet & outlet screws (12 required):
Typical Burst Pressure: P/N 900228
62.1 bar (900 psi) Approximate Shipping Weight:
Operating Temperature 3.6 kg (8 lbs) Outlet port o-rings (2 required):
(Nitrile seals): -40ºC to 121ºC Nitrile: P/N N72228
(-40ºF to 250ºF) Porting: See Options Below Fluorocarbon: P/N V92228
INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS
12.7mm
177.8mm
.50 88.9mm
88.9mm 7.00
3.50
3.50
155.6mm
6.125
How to order manifolds
Part Number Description
926466 Moduflow Manifold
(TORQUE SCREWS
TO 32-38 FT-LBS)
* Tank-top mounted RFP filters will 77.8mm

3.062
77.8mm
42.9mm 3.062
require one manifold on filter inlets: 1.688 42.9mm
1.688
in-line mounted ILP filters will 66.8mm
2.63 (TORQUE SCREWS
require two manifolds on both inlets TO 32-38 FT-LBS)
and outlets. 66.8mm

2.63
VIEW AT C-C
STANDARD OUTLET, 2 PLS

273.8mm
2-0 SAE 4-BOLT FLANGE
10.78
WITH 2-228 O-RING GROOVE
TOLERANCES
To one decimal place: 3.0mm
0.12
To two decimal places: 0.8mm
Contact factory for current version. C C
0.03
To three decimal places: 0.4mm

0.015
Linear Measure: Millimeter

Inch
45
Moduflow™ Series
Accessories inch
OPTIONAL MOUNTING BRACKET (924904) “M” OPTION-VISUAL INDICATOR,

161. 5 NO ELEMENT WARNING
6.5
8.7
0.344 122. 9
DIA. THR U 4.84
PLACES
60 7.9
TYP 0.31
114. 3
4.500
R
114. 3 6.44
4.500 0.25
13.5
0.531
DIA. THR U “E” OPTION-ELECTRICAL INDICATOR
4 PLA CES 926643
114.3
4.500 13.5
.531 DIA. THRU TYP.
57.2
2.25 41.1
1.62
25.4
1.00
Black - Common
White - Normally Closed
Parts List Red - Normally Open
Flange Kits (flange, 4 bolts, o-ring)

Part Number
Size Code Nitrile Fluorocarbon
¾ inch NPTF YB 924788 926013
1 inch NPTF YC 924787 926012
1¼ inch NPTF YD 924912 926004
1½ inch NPTF YE 924786 926011
2 inch NPTF YF 924785 926010
SAE - 12 YM 924784 926009
SAE - 16 YN 924783 926008
SAE - 20 YO 924913 926005
SAE - 24 YP 924782 926007
BLANK FLANGE — 924781 926006 Drawings are for reference only.
46
Moduflow™ Series
Parts List
Index Description Part No. Quantity Index Description Part No. Quantity
1 Screws, Nameplate 900028 2 12 Check Valve Assy. 925120 1
2 Name Plate, Unstamped 920928 1 13 Flange Kits Refer to 1
O-Ring Table 1
3 Cover Screws, 5/16-18 UNC x 1” 926633 6 V72228
4 Bowl Screws, 5/16-18 UNC x 1” 926633 6 14 Plug Kit, Fastener, self-sealing, 925974 2
5 Cover, Without nameplate 924634 1 o-ring seal included with fastener
15 Indicator Electrical Optional
6 Cover O-Ring 35 psid 926643
Nitrile N72350 1 35 psid, 3-pin male receptacle 926753
Fluorocarbon V72350 1 Gasket 926126 2
7 Bowl O-Ring O-Ring V72010 2
Nitrile N72251 1 16 Indicator Visual Optional
Fluorocarbon V72251 1 35 psid 4-band 926748
Bracket, Inline mounting 924904 Optional
8 Element Seal Indicator Kit, Remote mount 924894 Optional
Nitrile 937410 1
Fluorocarbon 937411 1 17 Changeover Valve Assy., Duplex 926758 Optional
9 Element Refer to 1
Table 18 Check Valve Assy., Duplex 926757 Optional
10 Head, Machined only 1 Not Drain Plug, SAE-24 for RFP model
2” SAE Flange 925972 1 Shown Nitrile 909992 1
1½”SAE Flange 926146 1 Fluorocarbon 928363 1
1½” NPTF 925949 Not Check Valve Assy., Duplex N72265 1
Shown
11 Bowl, Select desired model 1
ILP-1 925916
ILP-2 924816
RFP-1 937626
RFP-1 with 2 inch NPTF fitting 924676 Filter Assembly
RFP-2 937627
RFP-2 with 2 inch NPTF fitting 924818
11 12
Exploded View
4
7
10
17 18
5 8 9
3 6
2
1
14
13 15
16 Drawings are for reference only.
47
Moduflow™ Series
Low pressure filters
How To Order
Example:
ILP 1 10Q B MP 35 Y9Y9 1
BOX 1: Filter Series BOX 5: Indicator BOX 7: Ports

Return-lin filter, inlet on side P Plugged Ports Filter Inlet Symbol/ Outlet Symbol/
RFP
outlet on bottom Model Description Description
Visual indicator w/
ILP In-line filter M
“no element” warning Y9 2” flange face 99 No fitting
DILP In-line filter Electrical indicator w/ SAE-24

E RFP P9 F9 2” NPTF
12” leads integral threads
BOX 2: Element Length Electrical indicator w/ 3-pin male F8

External check
D valve
quick dsconnect
Symbol Description
Note: First letter of indicator code = left side Y9 2” flange face Y9 2” flange face
1 Single of filter head when looking into inlet with bowl ILP
SAE-24 SAE-24
down; second letter = right side of filter head P9 P9
integral threads integral threads
2 Double when looking into inlet with bowl down.
DILP Y9 2” flange face Y9 2” flange face
BOX 3: Media Code BOX 6: Bypass
Symbol Description Symbol Description BOX 8: Options
02Q Microglass, 2 micron 35 35 psid (2.4 bar) Symbol Description
05Q Microglass, 5 micron 1 None
10Q Microglass, 10 micron
1. First pair of symbols denotes inlet for all filter
20Q Microglass, 20 micron styles; second pair of symbols denotes outlet.
2. Four symbols required: two for inlet, two for
WR Water Removal outlet.
3. Unused ports in filters come plugged with a
blank flange.
BOX 4: Seals 4. See Flange Kits table for port flange options.
Flange Kits are ordered separately.
Symbol Description
B Nitrile
E EPR standard options with a reduced lead time.
V Fluorocarbon
RFP / ILP / DILP Replacement Elements

Nitrile Seals Fluorocarbon Seals
Media Single Double Single Double
02Q 937393Q 937397Q 937401Q 937405Q

05Q 937394Q 937398Q 937402Q 937406Q
10Q 937395Q 937399Q 937403Q 937407Q
20Q 937396Q 937400Q 937404Q 937408Q
WR 940733 940734 940735 940736
48
Moduflow™ TFP Series
Bowl-less Design
3.24 [82.4]
INLET FLANGE
KIT ACCESSORY
1.19 [30.2]
5/16-18 UNC HEX HEAD

COVER SCREW
6.62 [168.1] 3.06 [77.8]
TORQUE TO 16-20 FT-LBS
COVER
3.18 [80.7]
2.47 [62.7]
INLET
2.47 [63.0] .50

TANK MOUNTING
SURFACE
(.010” MIN. FLATNESS
REQUIRED FOR SEAL)
INLET
CONFIGURATION: 4.70 [119.4]
FLANGE SEAL
2” SAE FLANGE FACE TANK HOLE RECOMMENDED
P/N N72251
(REF. SAE J518 CODE 61) (5.00 [127.0] MAX ALLOWED)
(SIZE 2-251)
WITH INTEGRAL
SAE-24 (1 7/8-12 UN-2B
THREAD)
O-RING BOSS PORT
(REF. SAE J1926/1)
12.19 [309.6] TFP-1

21.46 [545.1] TFP-2
.50 [12.7] MIN

INSTALLATION
TANK BOTTOM
CLEARANCE 45°
SURFACE
BYPASS
FLOW .415 DIA TANK
MOUNT HOLES BOTTOM VIEW
4-TOTAL ON 6.750
BOLT CIRCLE
Features Advantages
Shorter port-to-port distance. Provides a smaller footprint and reduced weight.
Direct tank mount capability eliminates need for adaptor Aluminum die cast head reduces weight and direct
flanges and bowl. tank mount flange reduces installation time and cost.
Standard head incorporates 2” SAE flange face with Enables one common head to be used. Simplifies
integral SAE-24 port configuration. ordering model code.
Filter head and element 2-piece construction requires Reduces assembly cost by 25%.
no filter bowl.
Patented element design with integral bypass valve and Ensures all contaminants remain captured during
inside to out flow path. service. New bypass valve with each element ensures
operation reliability.
49
Moduflow™ TFP Series
How To Order
Example:
TFP 1 10Q B MP 35 C32 1
BOX 1: Filter Series BOX 4: Seals BOX 6: Bypass

TFP Return-line filter B Nitrile 35 35 psid (2.4 bar)
Return-line filter anodized for E EPR
TFPW BOX 7: Ports
HWHC fluid
V Fluorocarbon
Symbol Description
BOX 2: Element Length
2” SAE flange face
C32
Symbol Description BOX 5: Indicator SAE-24 combination inlet port
1 Single Symbol Description
BOX 8: Options
2 Double P Plugged Ports
Symbol Description
Visual indicator w/
BOX 3: Media Code M 1 None
“no element” warning
Symbol Description Electrical indicator w/
E Please note the bolded options reflect
12” leads
02Q Microglass, 2 micron standard options with a reduced lead time.
Electrical indicator w/ 3-pin
05Q Microglass, 5 micron D
male quick dsconnect
10Q Microglass, 10 micron Note: First letter of indicator code = left side
of filter head when looking into inlet with bowl
20Q Microglass, 20 micron down; second letter = right side of filter head
when looking into inlet with bowl down.
WR Water Removal
TFP-1 TFP-2
Media Ethylene Media Ethylene
Nitrile Fluorocarbon Nitrile Fluorocarbon
Propylene Propylene
02Q 937393Q 937401Q 937671Q 02Q 937397Q 937405Q 937675Q
05Q 937394Q 937402Q 937672Q 05Q 937398Q 937406Q 937676Q
10Q 937395Q 937403Q 937673Q 10Q 937399Q 937407Q 937677Q
20Q 937396Q 937404Q 937674Q 20Q 937400Q 937408Q 937678Q
WR 940733 940735 N/A WR 940734 940736 N/A
50
RF7 Series
51
RF7 Series
Applications
• Mobile equipment
• Power unit fabricators
• Off-line filter loops Element Condition Indicator
- True pressure differential
The Parker RF7 filter is designed
- Know, at a glance, when to
for those applications where change the filter element
dependable, yet economical, - Gauge also available
return line system protection is
required. The in-tank mounting
design makes the RF7 ideally suited
for use by power unit fabricators,
mobile equipment manufacturers,
or anyone who views equipment Two-Piece Construction
space at a premium, but not at the (Head/Tube)
expense of performance. - Easy in-tank mounting
Bypass Valves
- Virtually zero leakage
- Multiple valves for high flow
Diffuser Tube
- Disperses return flow below
reservoir fluid level
- Prevents fluid aeration
- Closed bottom provides
for even fluid dispersal
- Prevents objects from falling
into the reservoir during
element servicing
Cartridge/Element Bypass Filter Screen

Handle - Prevents gross contamination
Vent
- Easy to remove from passing through the
- For variable displacement
entire assembly filter — even during bypass
pump applications
for servicing
52
RF7 Series
Element Features
Inside each Parker Filter is
a quality Parker Element Engineered Element
Gasket Ring Seal
Design
- Positive sealing for
The important item in a filter assembly - The right combination of
optimum element
is the element. It has to capture and hold pleat depth and
efficiency
contaminants that can damage or stop a number of pleats
machine...while at the same time means lower pressure
allowing the required flow of clean fluid losses (longer life)
- Dirt holding capability
so the machine can function properly.
is maximized for less
There are many ways to design and build frequent element
an element, and it’s easy to produce a low change-out
cost element. However, cost is not a good
selection criteria... especially when the risk Protective Perforated
is loss of critical performance. Cylinder
- Necessary for
For instance, consider wire mesh inside-to-outside flow
reinforcement. Not all filter elements have - Prevents media
it. It’s used in Parker elements to keep the “blow out” Elements for Every
pleats from collapsing or Application
- Microglass media for
bunching. long life and excellent
If pleats bunch, the effective surface area of system protection
the element is reduced, - Economical cellulose
excessive pressure drop develops, and the elements also available

filter assembly may go into the bypass Wire Reinforced Media
mode. This condition wastes energy (Not Visible)
- Prevents pleat
and allows unfiltered fluid flow back bunching
into the system, effectively shortening - Helps prevent
filter life. media migration
- Maintains media
efficiency
Features Advantage Benefits

• Tank mounted design. • Saves space and reduces hardware • Easy to integrate into system design.
requirements.
• Cover fill port. • Allows 100% filtration of all new system • Eliminates contamination before it can
oil. cause problems.
• High flow capacity. • One filter may handle all return line flows. • Cost savings in filters and hardware.
• Broad range of filter media available, • Choose the proper medium for system • Cost savings by avoiding both “over” and
including water removal. parameters. “under” filtration.
• Inside-to-outside flow through element • All contamination is trapped inside of • Contamination is not reintroduced into
with a closed bottom end cap. element assembly. the system during replacement.
• Wire reinforced Microglass elements. • Rugged construction stands up to abuse • The reliable filtration provided assures
of cyclic flows without performance loss. equipment protection, reduces downtime,
• Wire support reduces pleat bunching, maximizes element life, and allows the
keeps pressure drop consistent. hydraulic system to operate properly.
• Multipass tested elements (per ANSI/ • Filter performance backed by recognized • Filters you select have consistent
NFPA T3.10.8.8 R1-1990 modified for and accepted laboratory test standards. performance levels.
fine filtration).
• Complete element performance data • All pertinent information is provided in an • Provides an easy guide to proper filter
disclosure. easy-to-compare format. selection.
53
RF7 Series
RF7-1 Element Performance
Efficiency Capacity
10000 50
2Q
3.0
5Q
40
2Q
1000 99.9 2.5
5Q
10Q 10Q
20Q
30 2.0
200 99.5
100 99.0
20Q 1.5
20
20 95.0
1.0
10
0.5
2 50.0
0 0.0
0 4 8 12 16 20 0 40 80 120 160 200
Results typical from Multi-pass tests run per test standard ISO 16889 @ 50 gpm to 50 psid terminal - 10 mg/L BUGL

LPM LPM
0 100 200 300 400 500 0 100 200 300 400 500
10 10
0.6 0.6
8 8
0.5 0.5
02Q
6 6
05Q
0.4 0.4
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
10Q
4 0.3 4 0.3
20Q
0.2 0.2
2 2
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 30 60 90 120 150 0 30 60 90 120 150
GPM GPM
54
RF7 Series
RF7-2 Element Performance
Efficiency Capacity
10000 50
2Q
5Q
2Q 10Q 3.0
5Q 20Q
40
1000 99.9 2.5
10Q
30 2.0
200 99.5
100 99.0
20Q 1.5
20
20 95.0
1.0
10
2 0.5
50.0
0 0.0
0 4 8 12 16 20
0 60 120 180 240 300 360 420
Micron Size (c)
Capacity grams

LPM LPM
0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000
10 10
150SUS 150SUS
0.6 0.6
8 8
02Q 0.5 0.5
6 6
05Q
0.4 0.4
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
4
10Q 0.3 4 0.3
20Q
2 2
0.1 0.1
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 50 100 150 200 250 300
GPM GPM
55
RF7 Series
Specifications
Pressure Ratings: Operating Temperatures: Indicators:
Maximum Allowable Operating Nitrile 40°F to 225°F Visual system pressure
Pressure (MAOP): 150 psi (10.3 bar) (-40°C to 107°C) (gauge or pressure switch)
Design Safety Factor: 3:1 Fluorocarbon 15°F to 275°F Visual pressure differential
Element Burst Rating: (-26°C to 135°C)
Electrical pressure differential
50 psid (3.4 bar) minimum
Weight (approximate): 15A @ 250 VAC
Materials: RF7-1 34 lbs. (15.4 kg) .5A @ 125 VDC
Cast Aluminum Head & Cover RF7-2 42 lbs. (19 kg)
Steel Diffuser Tube
Steel Clamp 120.65
4.75
11.18
RF7-1 HAND TIGHTEN .44 DIA. MOUNTING HOLES
ONLY 4 TOTAL EQUALLY SPACED ON
400.05
241.30
Note: Optional v ent for va riable 15.75 9.50 DIA. B.C.
displacement pump applications RF7-2
ava ilable on co ver (not shown.) 711.20 INLET SECOND INLET
28.00 (STANDARD) (OPTIONAL)
ELEMENT
REMO VA L 203.20
CLEARANCE 8.00 SQ
MECHANICAL
INDICATO R
171.45
(OPTIONAL- 162.05
6.75 MAX
LEFT SIDE INL 6.38 MAX
SHO WN) ET
187.20
76.20
7.37 3.00
ELECTRICAL INDICATOR
MOUNTING 19.05 53.85 (OPTIONAL— RIGHT SIDE SHOWN)
GASKET .75 2.12
9.65
.38 DIA. VENT HOLE
RF7- 1
359.16 + 4.83 88.90
77.77
14.14 + .19 3.500
3.062
38.86 44.45
RF7- 2 1.53 1.75
670.31 + 4.83
26.39 + .19
42.88 50.80
1.688 2.00
50.04 62.74
1.97 DIA 21.34 2.47 DIA 25.40
.84 1.00
1/2-13 UNC X .81 1/2-13 UNC X .94
MIN FULL THD DEPTH MIN FULL THD DEPTH
4-PLACES 4-PLACES
2" SAE J518
CODE 61 FLANGE FACE 2 1/2" SAE J518
CODE 61 FLANGE FACE
O UT LE T
Linear Measure: millimeter Dimensions are intended

inch for reference only.
178.56
7.03 DIA.
Clearance hole in tank reservo ir Drawings are for reference only.
to be 7 1/8 IN . + 1/16 IN. DIA. Contact factory for current version.
56
RF7 Series Index
Parts List
Description Part Number
RF7-1 RF7-2
Specifications 1 Head - Single Inlet
2” SAE Flange Face w/gage ports 940709 940709
2 1/2” SAE Flange Face w/gage ports 932483 932483
Filter Service 2” SAE Flange Face w/indicator 932484 932484
When servicing an RF7 filter, use 2 1/2” SAE Flange Face w/indicator 932485 932485
the following procedure: Head - Double Inlets
A. Stop all flow to the filter. 2” SAE Flange Face w/gage ports 932550 932550
B. Loosen the clamp handle 2 1/2” SAE Flange Face w/gage ports 932551 932551
counterclockwise and remove the 2” SAE Flange Face w/indicator 932552 932552
clamp assembly. 2 1/2” SAE Flange Face w/indicator 932553 932553
C. Remove the filter cover by lifting 2 Cover 932288 932288
upward. 3 Bypass Mount 932521 932521
D. Pull the entire cartridge assembly 4 Lipseal
out by grabbing onto the “T” handle. Nitrile 932415 932415
E. Unscrew the “T” handle from the Fluorocarbon 932488 932488

bypass assembly (with mesh screen) 5 Bypass Valve (6) 930507 930507
and remove the bypass assembly. 6 Screen 932416 932416
F. Lift the element over the exposed 7 Screen Retaining Ring 932417 932417
rod assembly and discard. 8 “T” Handle Assembly 903889 903889
G. Place a new element over the rod 9 Clamp 909876 909876

and seat on the bottom. 10 Clamp Handle 926768 926768
H. Re-attach the bypass assembly to 11 Cover O-Ring
the top of the element. Nitrile N72263 N72263
I. Replace the “T” handle and Flourocarbon V72263 V72263
hand-tighten. 12 Element (See model code page)

13 Cartridge Rod Assembly 933067 932418
J. Firmly place the entire cartridge
assembly back into the filter 14 Diffuser Tube Assembly 933064 932419
housing. 15 Gasket
K. Set the cover back on the housing, Nitrile 932420 932420
reattach the clamp assembly and Fluorocarbon 932489 932489
hand tighten the handle. 16 Nameplate 920928 920928

17 Drivescrew (2) 900028 900028
18 Pressure Gauge 936912 936912
19 Indicators
Visual 924776 924776
Electrical 924964 924964
3 6 5
8 13
7 12
4
9 2 11
17 1 19 15 14
16
18
10
57
RF7 Series
How To Order
Example:
RF7 2 10Q MP 25 Y999 1
BOX 1: Seals BOX 4: Media Code BOX 6: Bypass

None Nitrile 02Q Microglass, 2 micron 25 25 psid (1.7 bar)
F3 Fluorocarbon 05Q Microglass, 5 micron
BOX 7: Ports
BOX 2: Filter Series Symbol Description
Symbol Description Inlet
10C Cellulose
RF7 In-tank return filter Y9 2” SAE flange face
WR Water Removal
Z9 2-1/2” SAE flange
BOX 3: Length
BOX 5: Indicator(s) 2Y9 Two inlets, 180° apart
Symbol Description
Symbol Description 2Z9 Two inlets, 180° apart
1 Single
P Plugged Ports Outlet
2 Double
G Gauge, color coded 99 No fitting
S Pressure Switch
BOX 8: Options
M Visual Indicator
Symbol Description
E Electrical Indicator
1 None
Note: (First letter of indicator code = left side
of filter head when looking into inlet with bowl Please note the bolded options reflect
down; second letter = right side of filter head standard options with a reduced lead time.
when looking into inlet with bowl down.)
Single Length Double Length

Media
02Q 933806Q 933811Q 933818Q 933152Q
05Q 933804Q 933810Q 933816Q 933153Q
10Q 933802Q 933809Q 933814Q 933155Q
20Q 933800Q 933808Q 933812Q 933156Q
10C 908648 923551 932498 932503
WR 928563 933853 932501 932506
58
BGT Series
59
BGT Series
Applications and Features
Specifications
•• Mobile Equipment •• Flows to 640 GPM
Housing Data:
•• 3 Micron to 120 Micron Absolute
•• Construction, Refuse •• Disposable or Recleanable Material:
Elements Head – Aluminum Alloy
•• Machine Tool Diffusor – Steel
•• Visual and Electrical Indicators
•• Oil Field •• Microglass elements Internals – Carbon Steel
•• Magnetic prefiltration and Aluminum
•• Full flow bypass valve Seals – Nitrile (Standard),
•• No internal leakage paths Fluorocarbon
•• Inside-to-out flow thru element Pressure Rating:
•• Complete contaminant removal Static – 150 psi (10.3 bar)
during element service
Temperature Range:
•• LEIF® element
(600 and 1000 Series only) Operating -40°F to 250°F
(-40°C to 120°C)
BGT Tank Mounted

Return Flow Filters
Take a close look and compare Parker 4. Simplified bypass design and location
features with any other filter. prevents flushing previously collected
contaminant back into the system. Since
1 1. Fluid flows through the inlet port into the element serves as the valve there is
an enlarged area which reduces fluid no troublesome separate valve to remove
velocity. Inlet flow does not impinge on when changing elements. Magnetic
the element. filtration occurs even during bypass. All
2 2. Filtration begins with magnetic potential leakage paths are o-ring sealed
prefiltration of ferromagnetic particles to eliminate bypass leakage that occurs in
loose fitting valve assemblies.
4 in the full fluid flow upstream of the
3 element, not downstream or in the BGT Filters are available with disposable
reservoir. Built-in or system generated elements of several contamination class
ferromagnetic wear debris (even particles levels for use in all common fluids.
smaller than the element rating) are
collected by the high strength (3.0K Optional accessories include visual and
Gauss) magnetic column. This results electric warning indicators that assure
BGT Filters feature Parker’s exclusive in extended element and oil life and proper element service.
Magnetic Prefiltration core which reduced maintenance and downtime,
collects ferromagnetic particles from which reduces overall operating cost.
fluid upstream of the filter element.
This feature alone could save hundreds 3. Fluid passes through the element in
of dollars a year by protecting costly an inside-to-outside direction, collecting
equipment from increased wear and particles inside the filter cartridge. This
malfunction by assuring that the fluid eliminates reinjection of contaminant
is as pure as possible when it leaves the during element change. Clean fluid
filter. Even during bypass due to cold then returns to the reservoir through the
start up, ferris contaminant is collected diffusor which prevents fluid aeration.
by the magnetic core, a feature of Normal return line filters, that flow
importance on any fluid power system. outside-to-inside, allow contaminated
fluid to drain back into the reservoir
when the element is serviced.
60
BGT Series
How To Size Tank Top Filters
Element Pressure Drop Factor:
Multiply the actual flow rate times the applicable ∆P factor to determine the pressure drop with a fluid viscosity
of 140 SSU. Correct for other viscosities by applying the following formula: Flow rate (GPM) x filter factor x (new
viscosity in SSU/140 SSU).
Flow/Pressure Drop Data

Fluid Conditions: Viscosity-140 SSU Sp. Gr. - 0.88
Size Example:
Media Element Size Code = 600
Code
Code 600 2000 Element Media Code = 10
1000
Filter Factor = .022 (From chart)
02QL .082 .0493 .0246 Flow = 160 GPM
05QL .031 .0187 .0091 Viscosity = 160 SSU
10QL .022 .0129 .0066
Formula:
20QL .014 .0088 .0044 160 GPM x .022 x (160 SSU/140 SSU) = 4.0 PSID
Element Data
Media Absolute Multipass Test Results To ISO 4572
(Time Weighted Averages)
Type Rating
B3 B6 B10 B12 B20 B25 B36
Microglass 3 ≥100 800 2000 >5000 ∞ ∞ ∞

Microglass 6 8 ≥100 1000 2000 >5000 ∞ ∞
Microglass 10 6 22 ≥100 ≥200 >5000 ∞ ∞
Microglass 20 – 2 8 20 ≥100 ≥200 >5000
Dimensions
BGT-13, BGT-15, BGT-17

Return Line Filter - Series 4

Dimensions BGT Filter Model
inches (mm) 13 15 17
C 18.0 (457) 27.0 (686) 48.0 (1219)
L 16.75 (425) 25.20 (640) 47.25 (1200)
D 9.49/9.47 (241/240.5)
E 10.25/9.70 (260/246)
61
BGT Series 2 1
Parts List 3
Item Description Material BGT-13 BGT-15 BGT-17

1 Top Spring Steel 48371205
2 Cover Die Cast 84.22.064.06
Aluminum (5842206)
3 Head Die Cast 5841032
Aluminum
4 Diffusor Steel 2110084 2110085 21100086
4
Bypass Assembly Seals
13, 15 or 17 Pressure BGT 13, 15 or 17 Description
6903184 Blocked R-8875 Cover O-ring
4903020 4.5 PSID SOR-90 Insert O-ring
4903004 12 PSID SOR-85 Bypass Seals
4903008 22 PSID R-8975 Tank Gasket
SOR-115 Element O-Ring
Nitrile or Fluorocarbon Material*
*Please specify seal material suffix when ordering;

Fluorocarbon seals: “-V”
Operating And Maintenance Instructions

A. Mounting D. Servicing Dirty Elements F. To Install A New Or Cleaned
1. Standard mounting. 1. Shut system down to assure that Element Cartridge
a. Cut proper size hole in the top there is NO PRESSURE OR FLOW 1. Lubricate all seals.
of the reservoir. into the filter housing. 2. Mount new or cleaned Parker
b. Drill holes for studs within the 2. Remove the filter cover. filter cartridge. NOTE: For ease of
proper bolt circle. 3. Remove the filter insert (bridge mounting, hold the cartridge away
c. Set the filter into the cutout hole which holds the element in place). from the magnetic core until the stud
and secure with proper size 4. Remove the bypass spring assembly is through the hole in the bottom
bolts, nuts and lock washers. or non-bypass plate from the stud. of the element. Then slide it up to
4. Utilize proper fittings. 5. Remove the contaminated cartridge securely seat it to the top of the
with a twisting motion. bridge.
B. Start-Up a. Discard the disposable element 3. Install the bypass spring assembly
1. Check for and eliminate leaks upon cartridge. or non-bypass plate, and tighten
system start-up. b. Wash cleanable or mesh until snug. NOTE: Older versions
2. Check differential pressure indicator, elements in a non-caustic may have a cotter pin/castellated
if installed, to monitor element solvent. Compressed air can nut retained bypass spring. In these
condition. be used to facilitate cleaning. cases, the nut should be turned
Use care to prevent damage down the shaft until the cross
C. Service to the element during cleaning. drilled hole is visible in the base
1. An element must be serviced when NOTE: Elements finer than of a castellation and the cotter pin
the indicator indicates service 150 microns (100 mesh) may inserted and ends flared to lock the
is required. NOTE: If the filter is require special ultrasonic bypass assembly in place.
not equipped with an indicator, cleaning. Consult factory for 4. Re-install the insert into the filter
the element should be serviced recommendations. housing, making sure that the top
according to machine manufacturer’s spring is secure.
instructions. E. Before Installing A New Element 5. Re-install the cover. Torque the cover
Cartridge nuts to 22 ft./lbs.
1. Clean the magnetic core with a lint-
free cloth. Follow procedures B.1 and B.2.
2. Check all seals and replace if
necessary.
62
BGT Series
How To Order
Example:
BGT 13 10QL B V E F48 1
BOX 1: Filter Series BOX 3: Media Code BOX 5: Indicator

BGT Return Filter BGT13/BGT15 P Plugged Port
02QL Leif® Microglass V Visual Differential Indicator
BOX 2: Filter Series
05QL Leif® Microglass E Electrical Differential Indicator
Symbol Description
10QL Leif® Microglass
13 600 lpm (160 gpm) BOX 6: Bypass
20QL Leif® Microglass
15 1000 lpm (265 gpm) Symbol Description
BGT17
17 2000 lpm (530 gpm) E 22 psid (1.5 bar)
02QL Microglass
05QL Microglass BOX 7: Ports
10QL Microglass Symbol Description
20QL Microglass F48 3” SAE Flange, Code 61

BOX 4: SEALS standard options with a reduced lead time.
Symbol Description
B Nitrile
BGT13 (old BGTS600) BGT17 (old BGTS2000)
Part Number Description Part Number Description
937834Q Element Leif® IN-13-02QL 937736Q Element IN-17-02Q-B
BGT15 (old BGTS1000)

937836Q Element Leif® IN-15-02QL
63
12CS/50CS Series
Coreless Medium Pressure Filters
64
12CS/50CS Series
Applications
Parker engineers have developed an innovative alternative to the age Typical Applications
old spin-on style can. This new design provides all of the benefits of high
• Mobile Ag
efficiency, long life Ecoglass filtration, without the environmental impact.
• Mobile Construction
The new environmentally-friendly 12CS and 50CS hydraulic filters feature
a reusable bowl and a patented filter element constructed of reinforced • Material Handlers
polymer end caps, microglass media, and polymer pleat support. The • Aerial Lifts
element core is permanently attached as part of the filter bowl. When
replaced, the element reduces costs, eliminates hot drain requirements, • Pilot Lines
can be easily incinerated, and is better-suited for most landfills.
• Charge Pump Hydrostatic
Drives
The 500 psi filters are rated up to 50 gpm, with premium Ecoglass elements
as standard offerings. The patented element design also prevents filter • Industrial Power Units
operation if the proper element is not in place.
• Machine Tools
• Joy Stick Controls
65
12CS/50CS Series
Features
1
2
7 5
1 Zero leakage bypass valve
2
2 Drip edge to avoid moisture collection
3
3 Flow diverting overmolded top endcap provides
head/bowl seal
4
Spin-on assembly with reusable bowl
5
Patented coreless non-metallic Ecoglass element
6
Permanent core as part of bowl assembly
7
Analog or switch indicator option for predictive maintenance
8
Indicators sense delta P with no external oil-ways
9
Rugged design for mobile applications
10
Upgrade for spin-on can applications
11
Low cost manifold mount option available
66
12CS/50CS Series
The Smart Alternative to Spin-on Cans!
Patented Filter Element

Provides head-to-bowl
seal
Cannot operate without
an element installed
Coreless Ecoglass Elements

Reduces disposal costs and
environmental impact
Ease-of-Service, environmentally
friendly
Spin-on Assembly with

Reusable Bowl
Improved, cost effective
design
Easy to maintain
500 PSI Operating Pressure

Withstands pressure surges
Application versatility
Option for Differential

Pressure Sensing including
an Analog 0-5V Output
For predictive maintenance
No external oil-ways
67
12CS Series
Performance
Beta Rating Efficiency Efficiency % PSID

Capacity BAR
10000 50
2Q
5Q
2Q 10Q 3
5Q 20Q
40
1000 99.9
10Q
30 2
200 20Q 99.5
100 99.0
20
20 95.0
1
10
2 50.0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 0 10 20 30 40 50

LPM LPM
0 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 0 15 30 45 60 75 90 105
25 25
150 SUS 150 SUS
150SUS
1.5 1.5
Empty Housing
Empty Housing
20 20
PSID
BAR
15 15 1.0
PSID
1.0
BAR
ze
izie
2Q
tSS
ortr
PPo
10 10
al l
inna
5Q
mi
m
0.5 0.5
No
10Q
4”
5
3/
5
20Q
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
GPM GPM
68
50CS Series
Performance
Beta Rating Efficiency Efficiency % PSID Capacity BAR
10000 50
2Q
5Q
2Q 5Q 3
10Q
20Q
40
10Q 99.9
1000
20Q
30 2
200 99.5
100 99.0
20
20 95.0 1
10
2 50.0
0 0
0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 0 20 40 60 80 100

LPM LPM
0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210
25 25.0
150 SUS 150 SUS
20 20.0
2Q
BAR
15.0
PSID
15 1.0
ze
1
Si
PSID
rt
BAR
Po
al
in
om
10 10.0
ize
N
5Q tS
1"
r
Po
0.5 al
in 0.5
10Q om
"N ize
1 /4 tS
5 5.0 1 or
lP
20Q ina
Nom
/2 "
11
0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
GPM GPM
69
12CS Series
Specifications
Pressure Ratings: Element Collapse Rating: Materials:
Maximum Allowable 150 psid (10.3 bar) Head: cast aluminum
Operating Pressure (MAOP):
500 psi (34.5 bar) Weights (approximate): Bypass valve: nylon with
12CS-2............3 lbs. (1.4 kg) steel spring
Fatigue: 400 psi (27.6 bar)
1,000,000+ cycles: 0-400 psi Filter element: reinforced
polymer end caps,
Design Safety Factor: 2.5:1 microglass media, and
OUTLET polymer pleat support
Nitrile: -40ºF to 225ºF
4 MOUNTING HOLES
SEE CHART Bowl: wrought aluminum
(-40ºC to 107ºC)
1.38
[34.9 mm] Permanent core: steel
Fluorocarbon: -15ºF to 225ºF
(-26ºC to 107ºC) 0.69
[17.5 mm]
0.69
1.38 [17.5 mm]
[34.9 mm]
INLET
LEFT SIDE
INDICATOR PORT OPTIONS:
3.73 SEE CHART
[94.7 mm] LOCATION
(IF USED) BOTH PORTS IDENTICAL
1.87 0.93
[47.4 mm] [23.6 mm]
RIGHT SIDE
INDICATOR
LOCATION
(IF USED)
INLET OUTLET
OUTLET
INLET PARKER
LABEL
PARKER
LABEL
11.21 0.06
[284.7 1.5 mm]
BOWL TORQUE:
30 - 35 FT-LBS
[40 - 47 Nm]
1.00
[25.4 mm]
MINIMUM ELEMENT
REMOVAL CLEARANCE
Drawings are for reference only. 1.06

Contact factory for current version. [26.9 mm]
Mounting Thread
NOMINAL
Port Option Port Thread
Configuration
1-1/16”-12
S12 3/8” x 16 x 5/8”
UN-2B
N12 3/4”-14 NPTF-1 3/8” x 16 x 5/8”
G12 G3/4” BSPP 3/8” x 16 x 5/8”
70
50CS Series
Specifications
Pressure Ratings: Element Collapse Rating: Materials:
Maximum Allowable 150 psid (10.3 bar) Head: cast aluminum
Operating Pressure (MAOP):
500 psi (34.5 bar) Weights (approximate): Bypass valve: nylon with
50CS-1............6 lbs. (2.7 kg) steel spring
Fatigue: 400 psi (27.6 bar)
1,000,000+ cycles: 0-400 psi Filter element: reinforced
polymer end caps,
Design Safety Factor: 2.5:1 microglass media, and
polymer pleat support
Operating Temperatures: OUTLET
Nitrile: -40ºF to 225ºF Bowl: cast aluminum

(-40ºC to 107ºC)
4 MOUNTING HOLES
SEE CHART
Permanent core: steel

Fluorocarbon: -15ºF to 225ºF 1.88
[47.8 mm]
(-26ºC to 107ºC)
0.94
[24 mm]
0.94
[23.9 mm]
1.88
[47.8 mm]
INLET
LEFT SIDE
INDICATOR
LOCATION
4.50 (IF USED)
[114.3 mm]
1.54 5.56
2.25 PORT OPTIONS: [141.3 mm]
[57.0 mm] [39.1 mm] SEE CHART
O.D.
BOTH PORTS IDENTICAL
RIGHT SIDE
INDICATOR
LOCATION
(IF USED)
INLET OUTLET
OUTLET
INLET
PARKER
LABEL
12.82 0.06
[325.7 1.5 mm]
BOWL TORQUE:
50 - 55 FT-LBS
[67.8 - 74.6 Nm]
0.28 0.06
[7.1 1.5 mm]
OPTIONAL DRAIN PLUG

1.50 SAE-4 IAW SAE J514
[38.1 mm] TORQUE 10 - 12 FT-LBS.
MINIMUM ELEMENT [13.6 - 16.3 Nm]
REMOVAL CLEARANCE
Port Mounting Thread

Port Thread
Option Configuration
S16 1-5/16”-12 UN-2B 3/8” x 16 x 5/8”
S20 1-5/8”-12 UN-2B 3/8” x 16 x 5/8”
S24 1-7/8”-12 UN-2B 3/8” x 16 x 5/8” Drawings are for reference only.
1.06 Contact factory for current version.
N16 1”-11.5 NPT -1 3/8” x 16 x 5/8” [27.0 mm]
NOMINAL
HEX
N20 1-1/4”-11.5 NPTF-1 3/8” x 16 x 5/8”
N24 1-1/2”-11.5 NPTF-1 3/8” x 16 x 5/8”
G20 G1-1/4” BSPP M10 x 1.5 x 16
71
12CS/50CS Series
Element Condition Indicators
1. Electrical Switch
- Connector: 12” wire leads, 18 Gauge
- Yellow (NC), black (NO), Red (C)
- Maximum switching voltage: 30V (DC/AC)
- Maximum switching current 0.2A
- Maximum carry current: 0.5A
- Approvals: CE, IP68
2. Analog Sensor
- Supply voltage: 4.5 to 5.5 VDC Electrical Switch Visual Indicator
or Analog Sensor
- Main output current: 1 mA
- Output voltage: Ratiometric (see graph)
- Approvals: CE, IP68
- Connector: 12” wire leads, 18 Gauge
4.5 V
Yellow (analog out)
VOLTS
Black (OV)
Red (supply +5 V)
0.5 V
3. Visual Indicator
- Push to test
- Battery operated
- Visual LED (red = change element)
Suggested Manifold Mounting Arrangement

63
MIN. FINISH REQUIRED
2.850 (Consult Factory for Application Specifics)
ON MANIFOLD SEALING FACE
Ø.766 ± .030 OUTLET

Manifold Block by Customer
1/4-20 UNC - 2B
.620 MIN FULL THD. DEPTH
Ø.609 ± .030 INLET (S) 3 PLCS EQUALLY SPACED
ANY PLACE ON B.C. ON Ø 1.85 B.C.
CENTERED BETWEEN
BOLT LOCATIONS
12CS Adaptor Mounting Arrangement

63 4.375
MIN FINISH REQUIRED
ON MANIFOLD SEALING FACE
1.375 .030 OUTLET
2.200 ID 3/8-24 UNF - 2B

INLET  .375 X 82°
CONSTRUCTION
ZONE
 .620 MIN. THD. DEPTH
4 PLACES ON Ø3.250 B.C.
Manifold Adaptor Kits*
3.560 OD Media 02QE 05QE 10QE 20QE
INLET Ø.680 ± .030 INLET(S)
CONSTRUCTION
ZONE
ANY PLACE IN
CONSTRUCTION ZONE
12CS 942204 942205 942206 942207
CENTERED BETWEEN
BOLT LOCATIONS 50CS 942208 942209 942210 942211
50CS Adaptor Mounting Arrangement * Kit includes O-rings, adaptor, mounting screws, element and bowl.
72
12CS/50CS Series
Service Instructions
Filter element should be replaced Parts List

as indicated by filter indicator
or at specified service intervals Index Description 12CS 50CS
recommended by the OEM. 1 Head Assembly (50 PSI electrical switch indicator ready)
SAE-12 942249 N/A
Replacement element procedure 3/4” NPT 942250 N/A
A. Shut down system and release G3/4” BSPP 942251 N/A
pressure in the filter line.
SAE-16 N/A 942259
B. Loosen bowl and remove
SAE-20 N/A 942260
rotating counter clockwise.
C. Remove dirty element from SAE-24 N/A 942261
filter head and discard. 1” NPT N/A 942262
D. Lubricate element seals on 1 1/4” NPT N/A 942263
clean element and install on 1 1/2” NPT N/A 942264
filter head element locator. G1 1/4” BSPP N/A 942265
E. Install reuseable bowl onto
2 Indicator
element and filter head.
Electrical 941814 941814
Tighten to specified torque.
Analog 941802 941802
1 Mounting Screws 941944 941944
2 3 Element (see chart on next page)
4 Bowl Assembly
Single - no drain N/A 942011
Single - w/ drain N/A 942012
Double - no drain 942220 N/A
5 Drain Plug SAE-4
3 Nitrile N/A 921088
Fluorocarbon N/A 928882
6 Bypass (not shown)
50 psid 928981 933424
7 Manifold Adaptor Kit (see drawing on previous page)
4 O-Ring (I.D.) V92020 V72135

O-Ring (O.D.) V92038 V72155
Manifold Adaptor 941811 941986
Mounting Screws 975689 942174
Element see chart on page 85
Bowl Assembly see #4 above
73
12CS/50CS Series
How To Order
Example:
12CS 2 10QE B N K S12 A

12CS 20 GPM nominal B Nitrile 12CS
50CS 40 GPM nominal V Fluorocarbon S12 SAE-12 integral threads
N12 3/4” NPT integral threads
BOX 2: Element Length BOX 5: Indicator
G12 G 3/4” BSPP (ISO 228)
50CS
1 Single (50CS only) N None
S16 SAE-16 integral threads
2 Double (12CS only) Visual w/ push to
ML
test, left N16 3/4” NPT integral threads
BOX 3: Media Code Visual w/ push to test, S20 SAE-20 integral threads
M1
right
Symbol Description N20 1-1/4” NPT integral threads
Electrical w/12”
EL
02QE Ecoglass, 2 micron flying leads, left G20 G 1-1/4” BSPP (ISO 228)
05QE Ecoglass, 5 micron Electrical w/12” flying S24 SAE-24 integral threads
E1
leads, right
10QE Ecoglass, 10 micron N24 1-1/2” NPT integral threads
Analog w/12” flying
AL
20QE Ecoglass, 20 micron leads, left
BOX 8: Options
Analog w/12” flying
A1
leads, right Symbol Description
1 None
BOX 6: Bypass
Drain port on bowl
Symbol Description 4
(50CS only)
G 25 PSID (1.7 bar)
K 50 PSID (3.5 bar) standard options with a reduced lead time.
Replacement Elements (Ecoglass)

Filter Model (Nitrile Seals) Filter Model (Fluorocarbon Seals)
Media 12CS-2 50CS-1 12CS-2 50CS-1
02QE 940765Q 940816Q 937619Q 940881Q
05QE 940764Q 940817Q 937618Q 940882Q
10QE 940763Q 940818Q 937617Q 940883Q
20QE 940762Q 940819Q 937622Q 940884Q
74
IL8 Series
75
IL8 Series
Applications
Cover Air Bleed
• Handle • Helps protect
protects bearings and
Applications for indicators from other sensitive
IL8 series filters damage components from
• Lube oil systems • Easy on, easy trapped air
off, for fast
• Power generation plants service
• Test stands
Fill Port
• Primary metal equipment • Prefilter the fluid,
before it gets into
• Pulp & paper equipment the machine’s
• Offshore drilling and oil patch system
• Purge air
• Flushing skids while filling
Indicators
IL8 series filters are excellent choices
• You can tell
for your demanding applications Bowl
element
whether you require simplex, duplex • Rugged cold
condition
or quadplex drawn steel—
at a glance
assemblies. excellent fatigue
• Both visual
and electrical resistance
Wherever high flow or high capacity
filters are required, the IL8 series can available • Three sizes for
be applied with confidence. any application:
Single (8”),
Filter housings have a simple yet Double (16”),
critical job... securely contain the and Triple (39”)
filter element with positive internal
sealing.
Ports
• SAE straight
The IL8 series filter housings are the
thread or
result of careful engineering. High
flange face
grade materials are used to provide
strength at critical stress points.
The cover and base are annodized

aluminum, the handle is nickel
plated ductile iron and the bowl is
rugged carbon steel. The result is a
reliable high performance filter for
an array of applications.
Drain Port Bypass Valve

(not visible) (not visible)
• Clean and easy servicing • Soft seat design
• Lets you drain bowl of fluid- for zero internal leakage
before element changes • Located in cover assembly
76
IL8 Series
Element Features
Ecoglass Replacement
Elements Reusable core
The latest in Ecoglass represents
the merging of high performance
filtration technology with
environmentally conscious
engineering. The Ecoglass line
of replacement elements feature
100% non-metallic construction.
The design reduces solid waste
and minimizes disposal costs
for industry. The non-metallic
construction means lightweight Non-metallic Ecoglass
elements (60% less weight) for easier element assembly
servicing.
Ecoglass elements utilize the same

proprietary media design as our
Microglass line of replacement
elements.
With Ecoglass, a reusable core is

installed into the filter housing and
remains in service throughout the
life of the assembly.
Microglass Replacement Elements

Tha latest in Microglass technology represents a leap forward in the
performance obtainable in hydraulic and lube filter elements.
The unique multi-layer design combines high efficiencies with exceptional

dirt holding capacities for performance that is unequalled in the industry
today. This performance is further enhanced in the IL8 series with the
introduction of the deep pleat design. The deep pleat element design
increases the amount of media in the element and therefore capacity.
With Microglass you do not have to make a compromise

between efficiency and capacity, you can have both.
77
IL8 Series
IL8-1 Element Performance
Efficiency Capacity
10000 100
2Q
6
5Q
80
2Q
1000 99.9 5
5Q
10Q 10Q
20Q
60 4
200 99.5
100 99.0
20Q 3
40
20 95.0
2
20
1
2 50.0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160

LPM LPM
0 100 200 300 400 500 0 100 200 300 400 500
25 5
150 SUS 150 SUS
20 4
SAE-24 0.25
15 1.0 3
0.20
PSID
SAE-32
BAR
PSID
BAR
02Q
ce 0.15
10 2 e Fa
05Q ng
0.5 ” Fla ace
-2 ge F 0.10
E lan
10Q SA ”F
5 1 -2½
SAE
0.05
20Q
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 30 60 90 120 150 0 30 60 90 120 150
GPM GPM
78
IL8 Series
Efficiency Capacity
10000 60 4
2Q 5Q 50 2Q
5Q
1000 99.9 10Q 3
10Q 20Q
40
200 99.5
100 99.0 30 2
20Q
20 95.0 20
1
10
2 50.0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 0 60 120 180 240 300 360 420

LPM LPM
0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000
25 10
150 SUS 150 SUS
20 8
SAE-32 0.5
e
ac
eF
15 1.0 6
0.4
ng
ce
PSID
Fla
PSID
BAR
Fa
BAR
02Q SAE-24
ge
2”
E-
lan
10 4 0.3
SA
”F
2½
0.5
E-
05Q 0.2
SA
5 2
10Q
20Q 0.1
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 50 100 150 200 250 300
GPM GPM
79
IL8 Series
Efficiency Capacity
10000 60 4
2Q
5Q
10Q
2Q 5Q 20Q
50
1000 99.9 3
10Q
40
200 99.5
100 99.0 30 2
20Q
20 95.0 20
1
10
2 50.0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 0 300 600 900 1200 1500

LPM LPM
0 500 1000 1500 0 500 1000 1500
10 25
150 SUS 02Q 150 SUS
8 20
e
0.5 SAE-32
ac
eF
SAE-24
ng
6 15 1.0
0.4
Fla
05Q
PSID
PSID
BAR
2”
BAR
ce
E-
Fa
SA
10Q 0.3
e
4 10
ng
la
”F
20Q
0.2 0.5
2½
E-
SA
2 5
0.1
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 75 150 225 300 375 450 0 75 150 225 300 375 450
GPM GPM
80
IL8 Series
Specifications: IL8
158.8
Single
6.25
Pressure Ratings: 377.7
Double
Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure Element 14.87
(MAOP): 500psi (34.5 bar) Removal Clearance
Triple
934
36.77
Rated Fatigue Pressure: 330psi (22.8 bar)
Design Safety Factor: 3:1
Buna: -40oF (-40oC) to 225oF (107oC)
Fluorocarbon: -15oF (-26oC) to 275oF (135oC)
Element Collapse Rating: 437±7
150 psid (10.3 bar) Single
17.20±.25
Element Condition Indicators:

Visual (optional)
Electrical -heavy duty (optional)
SPDT .25 amps (resistive) MAX 5 Double
655±7
25.80±.25
watts 12 to 28 VDC & 110 to 175 VAC
Note: Product of switching voltage and current
must not exceed wattage rating
Color Coding: 1214±7
White (common) Triple
47.80±.25
Black (normally open)
Blue (normally closed)
Materials:
Bowl: low carbon steel
Cover: anodized aluminum Inlet
Handle: nickel plated ductile iron
Base: anodized aluminum Outlet
Shipping Weights (approximate): 33.3

1.31
Single: 40 lbs. (18.1 kg)
Double: 50 lbs. (22.7 kg) 118.1 95.3
Triple: 75 lbs. (34 kg) 4.65 3.75

inch 101.6
4.0
50.8 .500 - 13 UNC-
2.0 2B x .75 Deep
*
Min. Mounting
Holes, 4 Total
138.2
M2
5.44
159.7
H
6.29
203.2
H2
8.00 236±3 101.6
9.28±.12 4.0
58.7
2.31
33.3
1.31
*
95.3
3.75
81
IL8 Series
Specifications: HDIL8/HQIL8
Pressure Ratings: Element Condition Indicators:
Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure Visual (optional)
(MAOP): 400psi (27.6 bar) Electrical-heavy duty (optional)
Rated Fatigue Pressure: 330psi (22.8 bar) SPDT .25 amps (resistive) MAX 5 watts
Design Safety Factor: 2.5:1 12 to 28 VDC & 110 to 175 VAC
Note: Product of switching voltage and current
must not exceed wattage rating
-15oF (-26oC) to 200oF (93oC)
Color Coding:
Element Collapse Rating:
White (common)
150 psid (10.3 bar)
Black (normally open)
Materials: Blue (normally closed)
Changeover valve: steel
Shipping Weights (approximate):
Bowl: low carbon steel
HDIL8-2 320 lbs. (145 kg)
Cover: anodized aluminum
HDIL8-3 375 lbs. (170 kg)
Cover handle: nickel plated ductile iron
HQIL8-2 525 lbs. (238 kg)
Base: steel
HQIL8-3 650 lbs. (295 kg)

ANSI Flange Adapter inch
End, Side View
22.5° 7.00
177.8
Changeover Valve Flow vs. Pressure Loss

Flow – LPM
0 500 1000 1500
7
lve
Va
6 .24
4”
S–
SU
Pressure Drop – PSI
e
Pressure Drop – Bar
5 alv
00
V
20
4”
ve S– .3
4 al U
e V 0S
lv 3” 20
” Va
US–
3 S .2
3 S– 0
SU 20
00
2 20
.1
1
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Flow – GPM
82
IL8 Series
Specifications: HDIL8/HQIL8
Linear Measure: millimeter 1704.5
inch 33.55
EQUALIZING VALVE 203.2

MOUNTING HOLES 8.00
.66 DIA THRU 16 TOTAL 165.1 ½” SAE-8 STR THD FILL PORT.
6.50 TORQUE 30-45 FT-LBS.
228.6
9.00
HDIL8 165.1
6.50
203.2
8.00
Top View 177.8
7.00
¼” SAE-4 STR THD VENT PORT.

TORQUE 10-15 FT-LBS.
OPTIONAL ANSI
FLANGE ADAPTER
COVER
HANDLE 180° HANDLE
TORQUE: “M2” STYLE SHOWN
431.8 ROTATION FOR TORQUE 30-45 FT-LBS
(-2) HAND “H” STYLE CHANGE OVER
17.0 TIGHT SHOWN
MINIMUM ELEMENT
REMOVAL CLEARANCE TORQUE
(-3) 990.6 30-45 FT-LBS
39.0
763.75
HDIL8/HQIL8 (-2) 30.07
Side View (-2)

692.7
27.27 (-3) 1320.6
51.99
(-3) 1249.5 1” SAE-16 STR
49.19 300
THD DRAIN
11.81 PORT TORQUE:
427.0
16.81 85-100 FT-LBS
16.0
.63
65.5
STANDARD SAE PORTING
2.58
771.55
30.38
¼” SAE-4 STR
THD VENT PORT 203.2
TORQUE 10-15 8.00
FT.-LBS. 165.1
6.50
EQUALIZING
VALVE
165.1 203.2
587.35 6.50 8.00
23.12
HQIL8
624.85
Top View
24.60
½” SAE-8 STR
177.8 THD FILL PORT
7.00 TORQUE
638.85 30-45 FT.-LBS.
25.15
355.60
115.9 14.00
4.56
OPTIONAL ANSI 366.7 568.3

Drawings are for reference only. MOUNTING HOLES .66 DIA
FLANGE ADAPTER 14.44 11.19 THRU 16 TOTAL
733.5
28.88
83
IL8 Series Top View
Element Servicing Instructions: IL8 Fill Port
When servicing the IL8 filter, use the following procedure: Torque 30-45 FT-LBS
1. Stop the system’s power unit.

2. Relieve pressure in the filter line. Drain fluid from Outlet
housing if desired.
3. Rotate cover handle counter-clock wise.
Carefully lift and remove the cover. Inlet
4. Remove element from the housing. Discard all

disposable elements as they are not cleanable.
With Ecoglass elements the permanent core will Optional indicator
(Visual or Blank Only)
remain in the housing. Vent Port
Torque 10-15 FT-LBS Torque 55–70 FT–LBS
5. Place new element in housing, centering it on the

element locator in the bottom of bowl.
6. Inspect cover o-ring and replace if necessary.
7. Install cover, rotate clockwise and hand tighten.
Parts List
Nitrile Fluorocarbon Handle Torque
Index Description
P/N P/N Hand Tight
Cover Assembly
25 psi bypass w/indicator port 928887 928888
1 1
50 psi bypass w/indicator port 928889 928890 3
No bypass w/indicator port 928891 928892
2 Cover o-ring N72257 V72257
6
Indicators
P option-indicator port plug N/A 925515 4 2
M 2 25 PSI N/A 932026
M 2 50 PSI N/A 932027
H 25 PSI N/A 933053
3
H 50 PSI N/A 932905
H 2 25 PSI N/A 933141
H 2 50 PSI N/A 933142
H 3 25 PSI N/A 934164
H 3 50 PSI N/A 934165 7
4 Elements (See chart on model code page)
not shown Bleed (vent) Plug, SAE 4 931357 931358
6 Fill Plug, SAE 8 908822 928628

not shown Drain Port Plug, SAE 10 925513 928883
7 Base O-ring N72262 V72262
Flange Kits (optional)
1 ½” NPTF (w/2” flange face only) 924786 926011
2” NPTF (w/2” flange face only) 924785 926010 Inlet
Outlet
SAE-24 (w/2” flange face only) 924782 926007
2½” socket weld (w/2½” flange face only) 929313 929346
SAE-32 (w/2½” flange face only) 929314 929347
2½ NPTF (w/2½” flange face only) 929315 929348
The 2½” Flange Face Kits include the

NOTE:
minimum width SAE J518 Code 61 Flanges.

84
IL8 Series
Element Servicing Instructions: HDIL8/HQIL8
The system does not need to be shut down to service the elements.
1. Red arrow on operating handle points to on-duty 7. Turn the “T” handle fully clockwise and hand
chamber(s). tighten only. This will seat the shoes.
2. Open off-duty vent plug(s). Do not thread out 8. Close the pressure equalizing valve.
completely. 9. Red arrow now points to the new on-duty
3. Open the pressure equalizing (fill line) valve slowly to chamber(s).
admit fluid to the off-duty chamber(s). 10. Open the new off-duty vent plug(s).
4. When fluid is discharged from the off-duty vent 11. Remove the new off-duty chamber cover(s) by
plug(s), close and tighten. rotating counter-clockwise.
5. Turn the “T” handle, on the center valve section, 12. Remove the new off-duty drain plugs and drain
counter-clockwise 5 turns. chambers to desired level.
6. Depress the operating handle to unseat the seal 13. Follow steps 3 - 7 on opposite page.
shoes, then rotate 180° and return handle upward 14. Close and tighten the vent plug(s).
into the opposite slot.
Warning: You should not rotate the handle
until you equalize the pressure.
Parts List
HDIL8 HQIL8
Index Description
1 Cover Assembly
25psi bypass w/indicator port 928887 928888 928887 928888 5 1
50psi bypass w/indicator port 928889 928890 928889 928890 6
No bypass w/indicator port 928891 928892 928891 928892
2 Cover O-ring N72257 V72257 N72257 V72257
3 Indicators
P option-indicator port plug N/A 925515 N/A 925515
M2 25psi N/A 932026 N/A 932026
M2 50psi N/A 932027 N/A 932027 3
H 25psi N/A 933053 N/A 933053
H 50psi N/A 932905 N/A 932905
H2 25psi N/A 933141 N/A 933141 9
H2 50psi N/A 933142 N/A 933142
H3 25psi N/A 934164 N/A 934164
H3 50psi N/A 934165 N/A 934165
4 Elements (see chart on model code page)
5 Bleed (vent) Plug, SAE-4 931357 931358 931357 931358
6 Fill Plug, SAE-8 908822 928628 908822 928628 3
7 Drain Plug SAE-16 925353 928364 925353 928364
12
8 Transfer Valve
SAE 4” 933824 936123 933824 936123
SAE 3” 933825 936122 933825 936122
9 Housing Assembly
Double length 933832 933832 933832 933832
Triple length 933831 933831 933831 933831
10 5/8”-11 x 3” SHCS 933928 933928 933928 933928
11 5/8” Lock Washer 933879 933879 933879 933879
12 Adapter Block Kit
(block, 3 o-rings, 12 bolts) N/A N/A N/A 933833
13 Flange Adapter Kit
(flange, o-ring, 4 bolts) 8
Consult factory Consult factory
3” SAE 300 lb. flange
4” SAE 300 lb. flange
14 Seal Kit Transfer Valve Consult factory Consult factory
15 Seal Kit Housing Assembly Consult factory Consult factory 7
16 Equalizing Valve Consult factory Consult factory
85
IL8 Series
How To Order
Example:
BOX 1 BOX 2 BOX 3 BOX 4 BOX 5 BOX 6 BOX 7 BOX 8 BOX 9
HDIL8 2 R 20QE HM2 25 QQ 1
BOX 1: Seals BOX 5: Media Code BOX 7: Bypass

Symbols Description Symbols Description Symbols Description
None Nitrile 02QE Ecoglass, 2 micron 25 25psid
F3 Fluorocarbon 05QE Ecoglass, 5 micron 50 50 psid
10QE Ecoglass, 10 micron No indicator and
XX
BOX 2: Filter Series blocked bypass
20QE Ecoglass, 20 micron
Symbols Description
BOX 8: Ports
IL8 In-Line BOX 6: Indicators
Symbols Description
HDIL8 Duplex Symbols Description
IL8
HQIL8 Quadplex P Port Plugged
PP SAE-24 straight thread
M2 Visual auto reset
BOX 3: Length RR SAE-32 straight thread
Electrical w/ conduit
H YY SAE 2” flange face
Symbols Description connection
2 Double Electrical w/ DIN ZZ* SAE 2-1/2” flange face
H2
43650 connection
3 Triple HDIL8/HQIL8
Note: Two symbols required, first is for
housing, the second is for the cover(s). Electrical WW 3” SAE flange face (code 61)
BOX 4: Core indicators only available on the housing.
QQ 4” SAE flange face (code 61)
Symbols Description
Note: IL8 outlet port requires minimum width
R Reusable SAE J518 code 61 flange.
BOX 8: Options
Symbols Description
1 None
11 Blocked bypass

Media Double Triple
02QE 933834Q 933734Q
05QE 933835Q 933612Q
10QE 933836Q 933735Q
20QE 933837Q 933736Q
Reuseable Core 933838 933636
86
15/40/80CN Series
87
15/40/80CN Series
Applications
• Compressor Lube Oil Ecoglass Replacement

• Off-line Filter Loops Elements
• Machine Tools Ecoglass represents the merging
(Automotive Standard) of high performance filtration
• Hydrostatic Drive technology with environmentally
Charge Pumps conscious engineering. The
• Mobile Equipment Ecoglass line of replacement
• Pilot Lines For Servo elements feature 100% non-
Controls metallic construction. The
• Oil Patch Drilling Equipment design reduces solid waste and
• Injection Molding minimizes disposal costs for
industry. The non-metallic
This partial list of applications for construction means lightweight
Parker CN series filters has a elements (60% less weight) for
common factor, the need for an easier servicing.
economical, medium pressure
range filter with excellent fatigue Ecoglass elements utilize the same
pressure ratings. Prior to the proprietary media design as our
availability of the CN filter, Microglass line of replacement
applications such as those listed elements.
were restricted by limitations of
With Ecoglass, a reusable core is
a spin-on can, or forced into the
installed into the filter housing
higher cost range of high pressure
and remains in service throughout
filters.
the life of the assembly.
The CN series fills this gap, and
now with the newly increased
fatigue rating from 550 to 800 psi,
the applications are expanded.

800 psi fatigue rating •• Ability to provide reliable service under •• Reduced downtime due to premature
(eight times that of a spin-on) tough cyclic operating conditions filter failures
•• Can be utilized in applications where •• Reduce costs, better “fit” for the
high pressure filters may may been the application
only option
Diametral (side) seal between head and •• Proven reliability in cyclic applications •• No downtime, no leaks
bowl •• Reduced importance of bowl torque •• Performs with “real world” service
Dust seal •• Prevents contamication from building •• Easier service, no galling
up on bowl / head threads
Cast aluminum head •• Low profile, lightweight and durable •• Less weight, smaller envelope and
cleaner appearance
Standard Ecoglass elements •• Multi-layered design produced high •• Great performance value
capacity and efficiency •• Reliable performance throughout
•• Reduces pleat bunching, keeps element life
performance consistent •• Reduces downtime, maximizes
element life
Complete performance data disclosure •• All pertinent information is provided in •• No hidden deficiencies
an easy-to-compare format •• Easy selection of proper filtration
Visual, electrical or electrical/visual •• Check element condition at a glance •• Optimize element life, prevent
indicators available •• Right style for the application bypassing
•• Matches your system electrical
connections
88
15/40/80CN Series
Features
Element Condition Indicators

Available in visual or electrical, with a
Ports choice of several power connections
SAE, NPT or flange face (80CN) (E3 shown).
provides mounting flexibility.
Head
Cast aluminum is rugged
with small profile for
easy mounting.
Diametral (side) Seal
Dust Seal
Protects head and bowl Bypass
threads from external Cartridge style bypass has good sealing
contamination buildup. characteristics and low hysteresis.
Choice of two settings to match
application needs.
Element Assembly
High efficiency (Bx>200), high capacity
Bowl
Ecoglass media with it’s multi-layered Aluminum is lightweight and
design is unequalled in performance. corrosion resistant.
Drain Port (optional)

Optional drain port allows for
easy element servicing.
89
15CN Series
15CN-1 Element Performance
Efficiency Capacity
10000 100
2Q
6
5Q
80 2Q
1000 99.9 5Q
10Q 5
10Q 20Q
60 4
200 99.5
100 99.0
20Q 3
40
20 95.0
2
20
1
2 50.0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Micron Size (c) Capacity (grams)

LPM LPM
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
25 25
150SUS 150SUS
EMPTY HOUSING
1.5 1.5
20 20
05Q
02Q
15 15
1.0 1.0
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
10Q
10 10
20Q
0.5 e 0.5
rt Siz
5 inal Po
5 o m
¾” N
ize
Port S
” Nominal
1
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 5 10 15 20 0 5 10 15 20
GPM GPM
90
15CN Series
Efficiency Capacity
10000 100
2Q 6
5Q
80
1000 99.9 2Q 5
10Q 5Q
10Q
20Q
60 4
200 99.5
100 99.0
20Q 3
40
20 95.0
2
20
1
2 50.0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20
0 5 10 15 20
Micron Size (c)
Capacity (grams)

LPM LPM
0 20 40 60 80 0 20 40 60 80
25 25
150 SUS 150 SUS
EMPTY HOUSING
1.5 1.5
20 20
15 15
1.0 1.0
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
02Q
ze
Si
10 10
rt
Po
10Q
al
in
05Q 0.5
om
0.5
”N
20Q
5
¾
5 e
rt Siz
inal Po
om
1” N
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25
GPM GPM
91
40CN Series
Efficiency Capacity
10000
100
2Q 5Q 6
80
1000 99.9 2Q
10Q 5Q 5
10Q
20Q
200 99.5 60 4
100 99.0
20Q 3
40
20 95.0
2
20
1
2 50.0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 0 10 20 30 40

LPM LPM
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
25 25
150 SUS 150 SUS
EMPTY HOUSING
1.5 1.5
20 20
02Q
05Q
15 15
1.0 1.0
ize
10Q
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
tS
or
lP
10 10
ina
ize
m
20Q
rt S
No
0.5 o 0.5
lP
1”
na
5 omi
5 ” N
1½
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100
GPM GPM
92
40CN Series
Efficiency Capacity
PSID BAR
Beta Rating Efficiency %
10000 100
2Q 5Q 6
80
1000 99.9 2Q
5Q 5
10Q
10Q
20Q
200 60 4
99.5
100 99.0
20Q 3
40
20 95.0
2
20
1
2 50.0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

LPM LPM
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
25 25
150 SUS 150 SUS
EMPTY HOUSING
1.5 1.5
20 20
02Q
15 15
1.0 1.0
ize
PSID
PSID
tS
BAR
BAR
or
05Q
lP
na
10 10 ze
Si
mi
rt
No
o
lP
1”
10Q 0.5 ina 0.5

om
5 20Q
5 ”N
1½
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100
GPM GPM
93
40CN Series
Efficiency Capacity
PSID BAR
10000 100
2Q
6
5Q
80
2Q
1000 99.9 5Q 5
10Q 10Q
20Q
60 4
200 99.5
100 99.0
20Q 3
40
20 95.0
2
20
1
2 50.0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

LPM LPM
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
25 25
150SUS 150SUS
1.5 Empty Housing
1.5
2Q
20 20
15 1.0 15 1.0
e
Siz
ze
Si
PSID
PSID
rt
BAR
BAR
rt
Po
5Q
Po
l
al
na
in
10
mi
om
10
No
"N
1"
1½
0.5 0.5
10Q 5
5
20Q 0.0
0 0.0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100
GPM
GPM
94
80CN Series
Efficiency Capacity
10000 100
2Q
5Q
2Q 10Q 6
5Q 20Q
80
1000 99.9
5
10Q
60 4
200 99.5
100 99.0
20Q 3
40
20 95.0
2
20
1
2 50.0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 0 20 40 60 80 100

LPM LPM
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
25 10
150 SUS 150 SUS
Empty Housing
1.5 0.6
20 8
0.5
15 6 0.4
1.0
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
02Q e 0.3
10 4 Siz
P ort
l
ina
05Q 0.5 Nom 0.2
”
1½
5 2 ize
10Q 20Q rt S
na l Po 0.1
i
om
2” N
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100
GPM GPM
95
80CN Series
Efficiency Capacity
10000 100
2Q
5Q
2Q 10Q 6
5Q
20Q
80
1000 99.9 5
10Q
60 4
200 99.5
100 99.0
20Q 3
40
20 95.0 2
20
1
2 50.0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140

LPM LPM
0 100 200 300 400 500 0 100 200 300 400 500
25 25
150 SUS 150 SUS
Empty Housing
1.5 1.5
20 20
15 15
1.0 1.0
PSID
BAR
PSID
BAR
ze
02Q
Si
rt
Po
10 10
al
in
om
0.5
”N
05Q 0.5
1½
5 5
Size
10Q ort
20Q inal P
om
2” N
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 30 60 90 120 150 0 30 60 90 120 150
GPM GPM
96
15/40/80CN Series
Specifications
Maximum Allowable Operating Materials: Element Condition Indicators:
Pressure (MAOP): Head and Bowl: Aluminum Visual 360° green/red auto reset
1000 psi (69 bar) Indicators: Aluminum body, Electrical/Visual (E)
plastic connectors 5A @ 240VAC, 3A @ 28VDC
Rated Fatigue Pressure:
Bypass: Nylon Black (common)
800 psi (55.2 bar) Red (normally open)
Design Safety Factor: 2.5:1 Weights (approximate): White (normally closed)
Operating Temperatures: Model Single length Double length
Nitrile: -40°F (-40°C) to 225°F 15CN 2.5 lb. (1.13 kg) 3.5 lb. (1.6 kg) NO C C
E2 E3
40CN 4.5 lb. (2.00 kg) 5.5 lb. (2.49 kg)
(107°C) NC NC NO
80CN 12.4 lb. (5.62 kg) 15.2 lb. (6.89 kg)

Fluorocarbon: -15°F (-26°C) to
225°F (107°C) Electrical-Heavy Duty (H)
.25A (resistive) MAX 5 watts
Element Collapse Rating: 12 to 28 VDC & 110 to 175 VAC
Standard: 150 psi (10.3 bar) White (common)
Drawings are for reference only. Black (normally open)
Contact factory for current version. Blue (normally closed)
Dimensions
are in (mm) A B C D E F G H I J K L M
6.17 9.87 1.85 1.00 2.80 3.38 2.88 3.25 1.50 .90 1.69 1.44
15CN (156.6) (250.7) (47.0) (25.4) (71.1) (85.9) (73.2) (82.6) (88.1) (22.9) (42.9) (36.6)
NA
6.73 10.33 2.44 1.28 4.22 5.00 4.37 4.80 2.44 1.25 2.32 2.37 15.07
40CN (170.8) (262.4) (62.0) (32.6) (107.2) (127.0) (111.0) (121.9) (62.0) (31.8) (58.8) (60.2) (382.8)
11.06 15.81 3.06 1.95 4.91 6.25 3.25 5.96 4.00 1.62 3.12 1.63
80CN (280.9) (401.6) (77.7) (49.5) (124.8) (158.7) (82.6) (151.4) (101.6) (41.1) (79.4) (41.3)
NA
15CN H
40CN H
80CN H
4 Mounting holes
5/16 - 18 UNC X 63 (16.0)
J 4 Mounting Holes
I 4 Mounting Holes 5/16”-18 UNC x 0.50 (12.7) J
1/4”-20 UNC x 0.28 (7.1 )
L F
L L
F
F
G
G
G
K K
K
J I
I
Torque
25-30 ft. lbs.
Torque
25 - 30 ft. lbs.
M2, E2, E3- M2, E2, E3-

2.38 (60.5) M2, E2, E3- 3.06 (77.7)
H-3.31(84.1) 2.38 (60.5) H-3.93 (99.8)
H1-3.20 (81.3) D
H1-2.58 (65.5) H-3.31(84.1)
D H1-2.58 (65.5)
D
C
C C
Single Length
A
Single Length Single Length
A Double Length
A B
Double Length Double Length
B Torque B
15 - 20 ft. lbs. Torque
Triple Length 60-70 ft. lbs.
Torque
M 42 - 50 ft. lbs.
Element Removal Element Removal SAE-4

Clearance Clearance 1.00 (25.4) SAE - 4
1.00 (25.4) Element Removal Drain
2.50 (63.5) SAE - 4 2.50 (63.5) Nominal Hex Drain Plug Plug
Nominal Hex Drain Plug Clearance
E 2.50 (13.5) 1.00 (25.4)
Nominal Hex
E E
97
15/40/80CN Series
Element Service Instructions
A. Stop the system’s power unit. Parts List

B. Relieve any system pressure in the filter line. Index Description 15CN 40CN 80CN
1 Head
C. Drain the filter bowl if drain port option is 3/4” NPT bypass/ indicator ready 933865 N/A N/A
3/4” NPT no bypass/ no indicator 933877 N/A N/A
provided. 3/4” NPT no bypass/ indicator ready 933869 N/A N/A
D. Loosen and remove bowl. 3/4” NPT no indicator/ bypass ready 933873 N/A N/A
SAE-12 bypass/ indicator ready 933863 N/A N/A
E. Remove element by pulling downward with a SAE-12 no bypass/ no indicator 933875 N/A N/A
SAE-12 no bypass/ indicator ready 933867 N/A N/A
slight twisting motion and discard. SAE-12 no indicator/ bypass ready 933871 N/A N/A
F. Check bowl o-ring for damage and replace 1” NPT bypass/ indicator ready 933864 932950 N/A
1” NPT no bypass/ no indicator 933876 932986 N/A
if necessary. 1” NPT no bypass/ indicator ready 933868 932962 N/A
1” NPT no indicator/ bypass ready 933872 932974 N/A
G. Lubricate element o-ring with system fluid SAE-16 bypass/ indicator ready 933862 932947 N/A
and SAE-16 no bypass/ no indicator 933874 932983 N/A
place on post in filter head. SAE-16 no bypass/ indicator ready 933866 932959 N/A
SAE-16 no indicator/ bypass ready 933870 932971 N/A
H. Install bowl and tighten to specified torque. 1 1/2” NPT bypass/ indicator ready N/A 932948 934012
1 1/2” NPT no bypass/ no indicator N/A 932984 934018
15CN - 15-20 ft. lbs 1 1/2” NPT no bypass/ indicator ready N/A 932960 934016
1 1/2” NPT no indicator/ bypass ready N/A 932972 934014
40CN - 42-50 ft. lbs SAE-24 bypass/ indicator ready N/A 932945 934027
SAE-24 no bypass/ no indicator N/A 932981 934033
80CN - 60-70 ft. lbs SAE-24 no bypass/ indicator ready N/A 932957 934031
I. Confirm there are no leaks after powering the SAE-24 no indicator/ bypass ready N/A 932969 934029
2” NPT bypass/ indicator ready N/A N/A 934020
system. 2” NPT no bypass/ no indicator N/A N/A 934026
2” NPT no bypass/ indicator ready N/A N/A 934024
2” NPT no indicator/ bypass ready N/A N/A 934022
SAE-32 bypass/ indicator ready N/A N/A 934035
SAE-32 no bypass/ no indicator N/A N/A 934042
2 3 SAE-32 no bypass/ indicator ready N/A N/A 934040
5 SAE-32 no indicator/ bypass ready N/A N/A 934037
Flange face, SAE 2” bypass/indicator ready N/A N/A 934103
4 Flange face, SAE 2” no bypass/no indicator N/A N/A 934109
Flange face, SAE 2” no bypass/indicator ready N/A N/A 934107
Flange face, SAE 2” no indicator/bypass ready N/A N/A 934105
Indicators
2 M2-Visual auto reset/ 25 psi 932026 932026 932026
M2-Visual auto reset/ 50 psi 932027 932027 932027
3 H-Electrical/ 25 psi w/ 1/2” conduit connection 933053 933053 933053
6
H-Electrical/ 50 psi w/ 1/2” conduit connection 932905 932905 932905
H1-Electrical/ 25 psi w/ wire leads 933054 933054 933054
H1-Electrical/ 50 psi w/ wire leads 932906 932906 932906
Not Shown:
E-Electrical/Visual 25 psi w/ wire leads 929610 929610 929610
E-Electrical/Visual 50 psi w/ wire leads 929587 929587 929587
1 4 E2-Electrical/Visual 25 psi w/ DIN connection 931153 931153 931153
E2-Electrical/Visual 50 psi w/ DIN connection 929599 929599 929599
7 5 E3-Electrical/Visual 25 psi w/ 3-pin connection 932773 932773 932773
E3-Electrical/Visual 50 psi w/ 3-pin connection 929596 929596 929596
6 Bypass Valve
25 psid assembly 928979 930507 933628
9 50 psid assembly 928981 933424 933630
Not Shown:
No bypass plug 935744 927719 934174
7 Element (see model code page)
8 Bowl
Single length 936758 936760 936763
8 Double length 936759 936761 936764
Triple length – 936762 –
9 Bowl and Dust Seal
Buna N (Nitrile) N72142 N72239 N72244
10 Fluorocarbon V72142 V72239 V72244
10 Drain Plug - SAE-4
Buna N (Nitrile) 921088 921088 921088
Fluorocarbon 928882 928882 928882
98
15/40/80CN Series
How To Order
Example:
40CN 2 10QE B M2 K S16 4
BOX 1: Filter Series BOX 5: Indicator BOX 7: Ports

15CN 3/4” nominal ports P Port plugged 15CN
40CN 1-1/2” nominal ports M2 Visual Automatic Reset N12 3/4” NPT
80CN 2” nominal ports Electrical/Visual with 1/2” NPT N16 1” NPT
E conduit connection and wire S12 SAE-12 straight threads
BOX 2: Element Length leads
S16 SAE-16 straight threads
Symbol Description Electrical/Visual (DIN43650
E2 Hirschman style 40CN
1 Single connection) N16 1” NPT
2 Double Electrical/Visual (ANSI
N24 1-1/2” NPT
3 Triple (40CN only) E3 B.9355M 3-pin Brad Harrison
style connection) S16 SAE-16 straight threads
BOX 3: Media Elctrical indicator with 1/2”-14 S24 SAE-24 straight threads
H
NPT connection and 12” leads
Symbol Description 80CN
02QE Ecoglass, 2 micron BOX 6: Bypass N24 1-1/2” NPT
05QE Ecoglass, 5 micron Symbol Description N32 2” NPT
10QE Ecoglass, 10 micron G 25 PSID (1.7 bar) S24 SAE-24 straight threads
20QE Ecoglass, 20 micron K 50 PSID (3.5 bar) S32 SAE-32 straight threads
Y32 Flange face, SAE 2”, Code 6
BOX 4: Seals
Symbol Description BOX 8: Options
B Nitrile Symbol Description
E Ethylene Propylene 4 Drain port on bowl
V Fluorocarbon 21 No bypass and drain port

Replacement Elements (Ecoglass)

Media 15CN-1 15CN-2 40CN-1 40CN-2 40CN-3 80CN-1 80CN-2
02QE 936698Q 936702Q 936706Q 936710Q 936622Q 936713Q 936716Q
05QE 936699Q 936703Q 936707Q 936711Q 936623Q 936714Q 936717Q
10QE 936700Q 936704Q 936708Q 936601Q 936720Q 936602Q 936718Q
20QE 936701Q 936705Q 936709Q 936712Q 936721Q 936715Q 936719Q
99
MPD Series
Medium Pressure Duplex Filters
100
MPD Series
Applications
• Circulating Lube Oil Systems

• Power Generation Control
Systems
• Steel Mill Control Systems
• Pulp & Paper Control Systems
• Test Stands
• Automotive Stamping Presses
• Offshore & Land Based
Oilfield Applications
MPD series filters are an

outstanding choice for today’s
demanding hydraulic control
and circulating oil systems.
The MPD’s innovative

modular design, rugged
ductile iron construction and
coreless element technology,
combined with many other
features, provide solutions
across a broad range of
industrial applications.
The Modular design provides

user flexibility for simplex
or duplex applications.
Incorporating side chambers
as simplex filters along with
duplex installations provide
common elements across the
circuit design.
Construction features like

full ported transfer valve with
neutral center flow capability
offer tremendous benefit
in cold start conditions.
Standard features like
pressure sensing taps, vents,
drains and internal pressure
equalization make this
product incomparable
in industry.
101
MPD Series
Features
Cover /Bypass
Valve Assembly Vents
Dust Seal
Permanent Core
Modular
Transfer Valve Housing
Assembly Design
Coreless Element
Technology
Pressure Taps
Element
Condition
Indicators
Drains
Ports
(2” ANSI Shown)
102
MPD Series
MPD-1 Element Performance
Efficiency Capacity
PSID BAR
10000 100
2Q
5Q
10Q 6
2Q 5Q 20Q
80
1000 99.9 5
10Q
60 4
200 99.5
100 99.0
20Q 3
40
20 95.0
2
20
1
2 50.0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20
0 20 40 60 80 100 120

LPM LPM
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
25 25
150SUS 150SUS
1.5 1.5
20 20
15 1.0 15 1.0
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
02Q
10 10
05Q 0.5 0.5
5 5
10Q Empty Housing
20Q
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100
GPM GPM
103
MPD Series
MPD-2 Element Performance
Efficiency Capacity
10000 100
2Q
5Q
2Q
10Q 6
5Q 20Q
80
1000 99.9 5
10Q
60 4
200 99.5
100 99.0
20Q 3
40
20 95.0
2
20
1
2 50.0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 0 50 100 150 200 250 300

LPM LPM
0 100 200 300 400 500 0 100 200 300 400 500
25 25
150 SUS 150 SUS
Empty Housing
1.5 1.5
20 20
15 15
1.0 1.0
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
10 10
02Q
05Q 0.5 0.5
5 5
10Q g
usin
ty Ho
20Q Emp
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 30 60 90 120 150 0 30 60 90 120 150
GPM GPM
104
MPD Series
Ecoglass represents the merging of high performance
filtration technology with environmentally conscious
engineering. The Ecoglass line of replacement elements
features 100% non-metallic construction. Non-metallic
Ecoglass
Reusable element
The design reduces solid waste and minimizes disposal
core assembly
costs for industry. The non-metallic construction means
lightweight elements (60% less weight) for easier servicing.
Ecoglass elements utilize the same proprietary media design
as our Microglass line of replacement elements.
With Ecoglass, a reuseable core is installed into the filter
housing and remains in service throughout the life of the
assembly.
Microglass Replacement Elements

Microglass represents a leap forward in the performance obtainable in hydraulic and lube filter
elements.
The unique multi-layer design combines high efficiencies with exceptional dirt holding
capacities for performance that is unequalled in the industry today. This performance is
further enhanced in the MPD series with the introduction of the deep pleat design. The deep pleat
element design increases the amount of media in the element and therefore increases capacity.
With Microglass, you do not have to make a compromise between efficiency and capacity; you can
have both.

Modular design filter •• Use a simplex or duplex •• Reduced installation due to common
elements
•• Application flexibility
Top access cover •• Remove element from top •• No oil mess
•• Lighter than removing entire bowl
Visual and electrical indicators •• Know exactly when to service elements •• Keeps system clean
Drain port •• Drain all oil from assembly prior to •• Eliminates cross contamination
servicing
Vent port •• Purges all trapped air in filter •• Get the maximum performance from
elements
Multipass tested elements •• Element performance backed by •• Elements selected will have
(per ANSI/NFPA T3.10.8.8 R1-1990) recognized test standards consistent performance levels
Option of Ecoglass or •• Multi-layer media •• High capacity with high efficiency
•• Coreless as standard •• No performance loss from pleat
•• HF4 as option bunching
Equalizing valve & manifold •• No external plumbing •• Safety & reliability
Upstream & downstream sensing ports •• Add additional instrumentation •• Product flexibility
105
Type H Series: Heavy duty electrical/no visual, rated 0.25
MPD Series Amps resistive, 12 to 28 VDC and .25 Amps resistive,

110-175 VAC; 5 watts; SPDT.
‘H’ SERIES ELECTRICAL INDICATOR CONNECTOR CHART
Specifications

CONNECTOR MODEL CODING
½”-14 NPT CONDUIT ADAPTER
W/24” WIRE LEADS (FOR ALL
H
WIRING / MALE CONNECTOR
BLACK (NO),
BLUE (NC),
LIGHT TO HEAVY CONDUIT USES) AND WHITE (C)
Pressure Ratings: NONE: 12” WIRE LEADS ONLY H1 BLACK (NO), BLUE (NC)
Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure (MAOP): AND WHITE (C)
3000 psi (206.9 bar) SAE port — MPDH only No indicator P option: plugged indicator port.
1200 psi (81.6 bar) SAE port; Contact factory for other available indicator options & types.
500 psi (34 bar) ANSI port
Rated Fatigue Pressure: Element Servicing Instructions
3000 psi (206.9 bar) SAE port — MPDH only The system does not need to be shut down to service
1200 psi (81.6 bar) SAE port; elements; however, pressure must be equalized at both
500 psi (34 bar) ANSI port side chambers of the duplex filter before performing
Design Safety Factor: 3:1 transfer valve changeover.
*Consult factory for higher operating pressures
1. Black flow arrow on top of the transfer valve points to
Operating Temperatures: the on-duty chamber.
-15oF (-26oC) to 160oF (71oC)
*Consult factory for temperatures outside specified range 2. Open the equalizing valve (counter-clockwise) to
balance pressure at the side chambers.
Standard: 150 psid (10.3 bar) 3. Shift directional lever on the ratchet handle to switch
High collapse Microglass only: the ratchet direction.
1200 psid (81.6 bar) (SAE); 4. Pull detent ring up to disengage the locking pin and
500 psid (34 bar) (ANSI) allow handle to rotate.
Materials: 5. Rotate ratchet handle back and forth over the inlet
Transfer Valve: Ductile Iron port until the transfer valve is fully shifted and the
Side Chamber: Ductile Iron detent locking pin engages.
Side Chamber Extension: Steel 6. Slack flow arrow now points to the new on-duty side
Cover: Ductile Iron (MPD), Carbon Steel (MPDH) chamber.
Equalizing Valve and Manifolds: Steel
7. Close equalizing valve (clockwise) to isolate the side
Shipping Weights (approximate): chambers.
MPD-1: 215 lbs. (98 kg) 8. Loosen new off-duty vent plug (counter-clockwise)
MPD-2: 285 lbs. (129 kg)
approximately 2 turns. Do not thread out complete.
Element Condition Indicators: 9. Remove drain plug (counter-clockwise) tram new
Type M2 Series: Visual, auto-resetting with a red off-duty chamber to lower oil level.
indication at the designated differential pressure. 10. Remove new off-duty chamber cover by rotating
In the clean condition, indication is green. (counter-clockwise) until unthreaded then lift from
Type E Series: Electrical/Visual, auto-resetting with a red chamber.
indication at the designated differential pressure. In the 11. Pull element out from chamber. Discard used
clean condition, indication is green. Rated 5 Amps at disposable elements as they are not cleanable.
125/250 VAC; 5 Amps resistive, 3 amps With Ecoglass elements the permanent core will
inductive (sea level) at 28 VDC; SPDT. remain in the chamber.
‘E’ SERIES ELECTRICAL INDICATOR CONNECTOR CHART
12. Install new element by centering it on the element
CONNECTOR MODEL CODING WIRING / MALE CONNECTOR locator in the bottom of the chamber and pushing
DIN 43650 3 POLE + EARTH E2
down into place. For Ecoglass elements slide all the

DIN 50005 PLUG PIN CODE way down onto the permanent core.
13. Inspect cover o-rings and replace if necessary.
3 PIN ANSI/B93.55M E3
14. Install cover onto the chamber by rotating clockwise)
(DIMENSIONS ONLY) and tighting to 90-100 ft.-lbs.
15. Install and tighten drain plug (clockwise)
to 60-70 ft.-lbs.
16. Open equalizing valve (counter-clockwise) to purge air
from the new off-duty chamber.
17. When oil flows from the vent close the equalizing valve
(clockwise).
18. Tighten new off-duty vent plug (clockwise)
to 15-20 ft.-lbs.
106
MPD Series
Specifications
ANSI Dimensional Drawing
8.00 ± .12 4.00 ± .03 ø.75 ± .03 (ø19.1 ± .8)

(203.2 ± 3.0) (101.6 ± .8) Mounting Holes
2 places 2 places 6 places
4.91 ± .12
ø6.40 ± .06
(124.7 ± 3.0)
(ø162.6 ± 1.5)
2 places
3.25 ± .12
(82.6 ± 3.01) 5.00 ± .03
2 places (127.0 ± .8)
2 places
PUOTATE
R
LL
TO
UTY
ON
-D
Cover Torque
UTY 60-70 FT-LBS
(81.4-94.9 Nm)
-D
ON
TA TO
2.50 ± .03
TE
ROULL
P
(63.5 ± .8)
DIR
EC
2 places
TIO
NA
GE VE ION E. .
GA O TAT DL RE
EN TH O N U
E
S. R .
T OR E R HA SS
D/D AC H AT NC UR
EN F L ET RE
TE E B OW N RALA ED
ET K &ANDCH E P
C
Y S AN O VE TO RO
28.62 ± .25
P
HIF DLALL R O B
R
IT TCHT R NA G V VE
(726.9 ± 6.4)
LL T H G T LE VE
O
2.56 ± .03
FU E IN L AL
GE
IN OTALL DT DIRQU AN
1.62 Nominal (MPD-2)

UN A N IO IN
CH
T E R TE CT IZ
(65.0 ± .8)
LE T E E AL
R
cover hex
TE
E
FIL
4. . PU HIFEN
2 places
3 .S P
2 .O
2 places
1
R7.00 ± .25 (R177.8 ± 6.4)
22.40 ± .50 (569.0 ± 12.7)
¼“ SAE-4 SAE Equalizing

O-Ring Boss Valve
Pressure Ports
Per SAE J1926/1
-2 PLS Plugged
Linear Measure: inch [millimeter] Torque
10-15 FT - LBS
(13.6 - 20.3 Nm)
IN
7.00 ± .03
(177.8 ± .8)
5/16” SAE - 5 O-Ring Boss

Vent Plug, Port Per SAE J1926/1 .28 ± .06
(7.1 ± 1.5)
OUT
Torque 15-20 FT - LBS (20.3 - 27.1 Nm)
Ratchet - 2 Places
Handle
Handle
Detent
4.00 ± .03
(101.6 ± .8)
CHAN FOR
INLET LE OVER
HAND TATE
AND RO G
LIFT RIN
GEOVER
1“ SAE-16 Drain Port

2 Places Plugged
Torque 60-70 FT - LBS
(81.4 - 94.9 Nm)
IN Optional Chamber
Mounted Differential
Pressure Indicator
(Type M2
Indicator shown
19.18 ± .18 Torque 25-30 FT-LBS
(487.2 ± 4.6) (33.9-40.7 NM)
(MPD-1)
OUT
.69 ± .09 2“ Raised Face 300 LB. 10.25 ± .03

(17.5 ± 2.3) Foot Mounting InLet/Outlet Flange (260.4 ± .8)
Surface Per ANSI B16.5 2 Places

107
MPD Series
Specifications
SAE Dimensional Drawing
8.00 ± .12 4.00 ± .03

(203.2 ± 3.0) (101.6 ± .8)
2 places 2 places
ø.75 ± .03 (ø19.1 ± .8)

Mounting Holes 4.91 ± .12
6 places ø6.40 ± .06 (124.7 ± 3.0)
(ø162.6 ± 1.5)
2 places
3.25 ± .12 5.00 ± .03
(82.6 ± 3.0) (127.0 ± .8)
2 places 2 places
PU OTA
R
LL TE
Y
TO
UT
-D
ON
Y
UT
-D Cover Torque
60-70 FT-LBS
RO LL TO
ON
2.50 ± .03
TE
TA
PU
(63.5 ± .8) (81.4-94.9 Nm)

DIR
EC
2 places
TIO
FIL
N
AL
TE
E
R
UR
CH
N H O AT DL E.
TE RT OT AN UR
ED
GA V IO E.
A
GE ER N.
EN FO E R H SS
N
OC
ET & DL ET RE
GE
PR
H P
S.
D/D CK AN TC E
OV
TE BA H A C
ER
IF E OW R AN
ER
SH DL L ON AL
OV
Y N AL R B
PR
LL HA TO VE TO
GE
OC
2.00 ± .03
FU ET G LE VE
AN
L L
ED
28.62 ± .25
TIL TCH RINNA VA
1.62 Nominal
CH
UN A T IO G
UR
T E R EN CT IN
(50.8 ± .8)
LE T ET E LIZ
R
E
TE
(726.9 ± 6.4)
IN OTA L D DIR UA
cover hex
IL
R UL T EQ
F
P HIF N
2 places
3 . S PE
(MPD-2)
2 .O
2 places
1
4.
R7.00 ± .25 (R177.8 ± 6.4)
22.40 ± .50 (569.0 ± 12.7)
¼“ SAE - 4 SAE Equalizing

O-Ring Boss Valve
Pressure Ports
Per SAE J1926/1
-2 PLS Plugged
Linear Measure: inch [millimeter] Torque
10-15 FT - LBS
(13.6 - 20.3 Nm)
IN
7.00 ± .03
(177.8 ± .8)
5/16 SAE - 5 O-Ring Boss
Vent Plug, Port Per SAE J1926/1 .28 ± .06
Torque 15-20 FT - LBS [20.3 - 27.1 Nm] [7.1 ± 1.5]
Ratchet - 2 Places
OUT
Handle
Handle
Detent
4.00 ± .0
(101.6 ± .8)
CHANT FO R
INLE LE OVER
HANDRO TAT E
AND RING
LIFT
G EO
VER
1“ SAE-16 Drain Port

2 Places Plugged
Torque 60-70 FT-LBs
(81.4 -94.9 Nm)
IN Optional Chamber
Mounted Differential
Pressure Indicator
(Type M2
Indicator shown)
19.18 ± .18 Torque 25-30 FT-LBS
[487.2 ± 4.6] [33.9-40.7 Nm]
(MPD-1)
OUT
.69 ± .09 2 SAE Code 61 10.25 ± .03

[17.5 ± 2.3] Foot Mounting Inlet/Outlet Flange [260.4 ± .8]
Surface Per SAE J518 2 Places

108
MPD Series
Parts List
Element Type Element Type
Index Description Index Description
Ecoglass Microglass Ecoglass Microglass
1 Cover Assembly 6 Vent plug 935466 935466
w/ 25 psi bypass 935964 935964 7** Vent plug o-ring V93905 V93905
w/ 50 psi bypass 935965 935965 8 Drain plug w/ o-ring 928364 928364
w/ no bypass 935966 935966 9 Pressure tap plug w/ o-ring 928882 928882
2 Cover (O-ring & Dust seal) V72247 V72247 10** Equalizing valve 928118 928118
3 Cover backup ring 935419 935419 11 Transfer valve assembly
4 Indicator ANSI 2” w/ indicator port 935968 935968
P option - plugged port 925515 925515 SAE 2” w/ indicator port 935969 935969
M2 25 psi 932026 932026 12 Housing assembly
M2 50 psi 932027 932027 right side w/ indicator port 935970 935972
E2 25 psi 931153 931153 right side w/o indicator ports 935974 935975
E2 50 psi 929599 9299599 left side w/ indicator port 935971 935973
E3 25 psi 932773 932773 left side w/o indicator ports 935974 935975
E3 50 psi 929596 929596 13 Housing extension (MPD-2) 935489 935489
H 25 psi 933053 933053 14 5/8” - 11x1-3/4” HHCS 922812 922812
H 50 psi 932905 932905 15** Seal kit - transfer valve Consult Factory
H1 25 psi 933054 933054 16** Seal kit - housing assembly Consult Factory
H1 50 psi 932906 932906
see chart on * Consult factory for MPDH components
5 Element
model code page ** Not Shown
1
2
3
5
13
11
12
9
4
14
109
MPD Series
Medium Pressure Duplex Filters
How To Order
Example:
MPD 1 10QE NE2 25 B2 1
BOX 1: Seals BOX 5: Indicators BOX 7: Ports

None Nitrile Side Chamber 2” 300 lb RF ANSI flange
B2*
(500 psi)
F3 Fluorocarbon N No indicator; no pressure port
2” SAE 4 bolt Code 61 flange
P Indicator, port only Y9
BOX 2: Filter Series face
M2 Visual auto reset Note: Only available for MPD
Symbol Description
Electrical w/ DIN 43650
MPD Duplex Filter E2
connector BOX 8: Options
High pressure, 3000 psi Equalizing Valve Manifold
MPDH Symbol Description
duplex filter
P Port plugged 1 None
BOX 3: Element Length M2 Visual auto reset 11 No bypass
Symbol Description Electrical w/ DIN 43650
E2
connector Please note the bolded options reflect
1 Single
Note: Two (2) symbols required. First symbol standard options with a reduced lead time.
2 Double denotes side chamber indicator mounted on
inlet side. Second symbol denotes indicator on
equalizing valve manifold.
BOX 4: Media
Symbol Description BOX 6: Bypass
02QE Ecoglass, 2 micron Symbol Description
05QE Ecoglass, 5 micron 25 25 PSI (1.7 bar) setting
10QE Ecoglass, 10 micron 50 50 PSI (3.5 bar) setting
20QE Ecoglass, 20 micron Note: If “no bypass” option (-11) and an indicator
is selected, above symbols (25,50) denote the
indicator setting
EcoglassReplacement
Elements (Fluorocarbon) HF4 Replacement Elements (Fluorocarbon)
Media MPD-1 MPD-2 Element Collapse

Media Single Length Double Length
Rating
02QE 935516Q 935488Q
3 micron 150 psi (10.3 bar) HF41L3VQ HF42L3VQ
05QE 935517Q 935458Q
3 micron 2000 psi (138 bar) HF41H3VQ HF42H3VQ
10QE 935518Q 935520Q
20QE 935519Q 935521Q
110
15P/30P Series
111
15P/30P Series
Applications
• Saw mills
• Aircraft ground support
equipment Indicators
• Asphalt pavers Both visual auto reset style
• Hydraulic fan drives and dual indicator visual/
• Power steering circuits electrical style available Straight
to suit your application. Thread Ports
• Waste trucks Patented design resists
• Cement trucks SAE straight
false signaling due to
thread for
• Servo control protection vibration.
positive sealing
• Logging equipment
These application examples have

one thing in common... the need for
clean hydraulic fluid.
Modern high pressure hydraulic

systems are demanding. Better
controls and long component
life are expected. To deliver the
high standards of performance,
hydraulic components are built with
tighter tolerances which increases Bypass Valve
their sensitivity to contamination. (not visible)
Bowl Construction May be blocked for
That’s where Parker pressure filters Formed of high grade 6061 critical applications
come into play. They filter out T6 aluminum.
ingressed contamination before it Powder painted, corrosion
jams a valve or scores a cylinder. resistant finish.
They block pump generated
debris before it gets to servo or
proportional valves. Parker pressure
filters are a key ingredient in Hex
(not visible)
meeting today’s system demands.
Hex formed at base
of bowl for easy
Put your hydraulic systems in
removal
our care. We are committed to
designing and building the best
filters available to industry.
Bowl
Configurations
Single and double length
bowls available to cover a Drain Port
wide range of flows. (not visible)
30P available in a duplex Clean and easy

version. servicing
Lets you drain bowl
before element
changes
112
15P/30P Series
Element Features
O-Ring Seal
Quality elements make
Positive sealing for
the difference optimum element Engineered
efficiency Element Design
The important item in a filter
The right combination of pleat depth and
assembly is the element. It must number of pleats means lower pressure
capture and retain contaminants losses (longer life)
that can damage system Dirt holding capacity is maximized for
components. At the same time it less frequent element change-out
must allow flow to pass as freely as
possible to perform it’s function.
Wire
There are many ways to design Reinforced
and build an element, and it’s easy Media
to produce a low cost element. Prevents pleat
However, cost is not the only bunching
selection criteria, especially when Helps prevent
the risk is loss of critical machine media migration
performance. Maintains media
efficiency
For instance, wire mesh
reinforcement. Not all filter
elements have it. It’s used in Parker
elements to keep the pleats from
bunching or collapsing. If pleats Elements for
Every Application
bunch, the effective surface area of
Standard Microglass media for long life
the element is reduced, excessive
and excellent system protection
pressure drop develops, and the
filter assembly may go into
premature bypass mode.
There are many other features that

are included standard with every
quality Parker element. The table
below outlines several.

Wire reinforced Microglass Rugged construction, stands up The reliable filtration provided
elements to abuse of cyclic flows without assures equipment protection,
performance loss reduces downtime, maximizes
Wire support reduces pleat element life, and allows the
bunching, keeps pressure drops hydraulic system to operate
consistent properly
Multipass tested elements (per Filter performance backed Filters you select have known
ANSI/NFPA T3.10.8.8 R1-1990) by recognized and accepted performance levels
laboratory test standards
Complete element performance All pertinent information is Provides an easy guide to proper
data disclosure provided in an easy-to-compare filter selection
format
113
15P Series
15P-1 Element Performance
Efficiency Capacity
PSID BAR
10000 100
2Q
6
5Q
80
2Q
1000 99.9 5Q 5
10Q 10Q
20Q
60 4
200 99.5
100 99.0
20Q 3
40
20 95.0
2
20
1
2 50.0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
*High Collapse Correction Factor: Flow vs. Pressure Loss

“QH” Elements (2000 psid) = 1.4 times reported loss
LPM LPM
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
25 25
150SUS 150SUS
1.5 1.5
20 20
02Q 05Q
15 15 1.0
1.0
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
10Q
10 10
ing
20Q
0.5 ous 0.5
H
mpty
5 5 E
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 5 10 15 20 0 5 10 15 20
GPM GPM
114
15P Series
Efficiency Capacity
PSID BAR
10000 100
6
2Q 5Q
80
2Q
1000 99.9 5Q
5
10Q 10Q
20Q
60 4
200 99.5
100 99.0
3
20Q 40
20 95.0 2
20
1
2 50.0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 0 5 10 15 20

LPM LPM
0 20 40 60 80 0 20 40 60 80
25 25
150SUS 150SUS
1.5 1.5
20 20
g
15 15
sin
1.0 1.0
PSID
ou
PSID
BAR
BAR
yH
02Q
pt
10 10
Em
05Q 0.5
10Q 0.5
20Q
5 5
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25
GPM GPM
115
30P Series
Efficiency Capacity
PSID BAR
10000 100
6
2Q 5Q
80
99.9 2Q
1000 5
5Q
10Q 10Q
20Q
60 4
200 99.5
100 99.0
20Q 3
40
20 95.0
2
20
1
2 50.0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 0 5 10 15 20

LPM LPM
0 50 100 150 0 50 100 150
25 25
150SUS 150SUS
1.5 1.5
20 20
05Q
02Q
15 1.0 15 1.0
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
10Q
g
in
us
10 10
Ho
y
pt
20Q 0.5 0.5

Em
20Q
5 5
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50
GPM GPM
116
30P Series
Efficiency Capacity
10000 100
2Q
5Q
10Q 6
2Q 5Q 20Q
80
1000 99.9 5
10Q
60 4
200 99.5
100 99.0
20Q 3
40
20 95.0 2
20
1
2 50.0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 0 10 20 30 40

LPM LPM
0 50 100 150 200 0 50 100 150 200
25 25
150SUS 150SUS
1.5 1.5
20 20
15 15 1.0
1.0
PSID
BAR
PSID
BAR
g
in
us
02Q
Ho
10 10
y
pt
05Q 10Q
Em
20Q 0.5 0.5

5 5
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
GPM GPM
117
15P Series
Specifications
Pressure Ratings: Materials:
Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure Bowl: impacted aluminum (6061-T6, black powder
(MAOP): 3000 psi (206.9 bar) painted exterior)
Rated Fatigue Pressure: 2000 psi (138 bar) Head: extruded aluminum (6061-T6, black powder
Design Safety Factor: 3:1 painted exterior)
Bypass: nylon
Buna: -40°F (-40°C) to 225°F (107°C) Element Condition E2 Indicators: E3
E3
Fluorocarbon: -15°F (-26°C) to 275°F (135°C) Visual (optional) 360° green/ red
Electrical/ Visual (optional)
Element Collapse Rating: 5A @ 240VAC, 3A @ 28VDC
Standard- 350 psid (24.1 bar) Electrical-heavy duty (optional)
“H” Option- 2000 psid (138 bar) .25A (resistive) MAX 5 watts
“X” Option- 3000 psid (206.9 bar) 12 to 28 VDC & 110 to 175 VAC
Weights (approximate): Color Coding:
15P-1 3.5 lb. ( 1.6 kg.) White (common)
15P-2 4.6 lb. ( 2.1 kg.) Black (normally open)
Blue (normally closed)

inch
Top View
Torque 55-70 Ft Lbs
101.6
4.00 ¾ SAE-12 (1-1/16-12 UN-2B)
23.0
.91 Straight Thd Boss Port
Torque 79-90 Ft Lbs
(Ref to SAE J-514)
46.0
1.81
87.0 Visual Indicator Electrical/ Visual Indicator

79.4 Dia. 3.43
3.13 42.4
50.5 Rotates 360
1.67
1.99 Max
79.4±.13
3.125±.005
21.8 61.0 Max 59.2 Max
.86 6.22 6.8±.13 61.0
.25 2.40 2.33
.266±.005 2.40
155.3
6.11
25.4 62.5
1.000 2.46 15P-1
Torque 30-35 Ft Lbs Outlet
250.4 173.5±.2. 3
9.86 6.83±.09
15P-2 15P-1
268.7±.2. 3
10.58±.09
15P-2 50.8
2.00 Optional 7/16-20 SAE-4
Minimum Drain Port
CartridgeRemoval Torque 15-20 Ft Lbs Manifold
Clearance 16.3
.64
88.9
3.50
44.4 2 Plcs
1.75
31.7 40.1
Bottom View
1.25 1.58
64.3
2.53 31.7
1.25 .344 Thru
23.9 15.8 2 Plcs

.94 Plugs Supplied With
.63 Bypass Only
Inlet Outlet
.69 Dia. .69 Dia.
2-117 O-ring Boss 2-117 O-ring Boss
118
30P/30PD Series
Specifications
Pressure Ratings: Materials:
Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure Bowl: impacted aluminum (6061-T6, black powder
(MAOP): 3000 psi ( 206.9 bar) painted exterior)
Rated Fatigue Pressure: 2000 psi (138 bar) Head: extruded aluminum (6061-T6, black powder
Design Safety Factor: 3:1 painted exterior)
Bypass: Nylon
Buna: -40°F (-40°C) to 225°F (107°C) Element Condition Indicators:
Fluorocarbon: -15°F (-26°C) to 275°F (135°C) Visual (optional) 360° green/ red
E2 E3
E3
Electrical/ Visual (optional)
Element Collapse Rating: 5A @ 240VAC, 3A @ 28VDC
Standard- 350 psid (24.1 bar) Electrical-heavy duty (optional)
“H” Option- 2000 psid (138 bar) .25A (resistive) MAX 5 watts
“X” Option- 3000 psid (206.9 bar) 12 to 28 VDC & 110 to 175 VAC
Weights (approximate): Color Coding:
30P-1 6.4 lb. (2.9 kg.) White (common)
30PD-1 36 lb. (16.3 kg.) Black (normally open)
30P-2 8.7 lb. (3.9 kg.) Blue (normally closed)
30PD-2 40 lb. (18.1 kg.)
Top View
69.9 3 16 UNC 11.2 Deep Min. 4 Total
2.750 8 .44
Optional 34.9 50.8
Manifold Torque 30-40 Ft Lbs
1.375 101.6 2.000
Plate 38.9
4.00
1.531
44.5 2 Plcs 34.3 inch
1.75 1.350 Torque 55-70 Ft Lbs
114.3 94.0
3.700 90.1 66.7
4.55 Outlet
12.7 3.55 2.63
50.8 3.0 Visual Indicators Electrical/Visual Indicator
.500 .12
2.000 Inlet 42.4
Max - Rotates 360
22.2 Dia Thru 28.6 1.67
40.9
Manifold .875 1.125 Dia
Option 1.610 81.8 1.9-2.0 Deep 2-Total 63.0
Indicator 3.220 .074-.080 2.48 61.2
10.3
Location .406 Dia Thru 2-119 O-Rings 63.0 2.41
20.3 2.48 Max Max
15.7 Dia 10.7 Deep
.62 .42 .800
4-Total Manifold Mount
Side View Options
Str thd Boss Port

Side View 1” SAE-16 (1-5/16-12 UN-2B) 210.0 229.6
24.4 Torque 120-140 Ft Lbs 8.27 9.04
.96
30P-1 30P-1 Outlet
Torque 65-70 Ft Lbs

75.2
2.96
319.3
12.57
101.6
30P-2 4.00 Optional Str Thd Drain Port
Minimum 7/16-20 SAE-4
Cartridge Torque 15-20 Ft Lbs
Removal
Clearance
338.8
13.34 69.9
104.8 Dia 2.750
30P-2 Bottom View 92.1 Dia
4.13 34.9
3.63
1.375 10.3
Dia Thru 2 Total
.406
52.3
2.06
28.8 Hex
1.12
19.1 31.8
.75 1.25
101.6
4.000 Optional Mounting Bracket (925563)
Port to Port
119
30P Duplex Filter
The Parker 30PD duplex pressure Diverter Valve
Balance Valve
filter provides uninterrupted Low torque for easy
Safety valve equalizes
filtration for equipment that cannot servicing
pressure between the
be shut down for servicing. Detent for valve handle two bowls
prevents accidental
The 30PD allows you to simply switching
switch the diverter valve and service Handle indicates which Operating Instructions
the element while the other side is in filter is in use
Name tag and operating
service. instructions riveted to
Vent Valves manifold
Pressure balancing valves and check
Allow for convenient
valves are all neatly assembled in a purging of trapped air,
compact manifold head that makes and pressure
operation safe, smooth and easy.
Vent valves are also included to Ports Vent Drains
insure that all air is purged during SAE straight thread ports 1/8-27 NPT drain port,
service so that maximum system for positive sealing both sides
performance is achieved.
The Parker 30PD makes use of 30PD Empty Housing Flow vs Pressure Loss
industry proven components. To obtain total filter assembly pressure loss, add empty housing loss to the
Elements are multi-pass tested pressure loss of selected element on 30P element performance pages.
in accordance with ANSI/NFPA
T3.10.8.8 R1 -1990. Bowls and head 30PD
25
are subjected to rigorous fatigue
BAR
1.6 Valve Manifold Flow/Pressure Loss

testing to insure a trouble free 1.4 20
Differential Pressure
service life. 1.2
1.0 15
0.8
10
0.6
Drawings are for reference only. 0.4
Contact factory for current version. 5
0.2
PSI
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
GPM FLOW LPM
Installation Dimensions 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175

inch
244.3
9.62 72.4 136.7
122.2 2.85
4.81 5.38
MAX.
IN
152.4 FILTER SCEMATIC
OPERATING
6.00 INS NS
IO N
101.6
4.00
R O T AT
30PD-1
208.3 3.0
1“ SAE - 16 8.20 .12
(1.312 - 12 UN -2B)
309.4 STRAIGHT 30PD-2
12.18 THREAD BOSS
MAX. 317.5 3.0
BOTH PORTS 12.50 .12
IN FIL
SE TE
RV R
IC
E
152.4
6.00
MAX.
275.6 2.75 101.6
10.85 .25 28.4 4.00 MIN.
1.12 HEX ELEMENT
REMOVAL
CLEARANCE
120
15P/30P Series
Parts List Element Servicing
Index Description 15P 30P
15P/30P
1 Head
In-line porting A. Stop the system’s power unit.
Bypass w/ top indicator port 931520 933956 B. Relieve any pressure in the filter
No bypass w/ side indicator port 931519 933956 line and drain filter bowl if drain
Bypass w/ side indicator port 931522 933955 port is provided.
No bypass w/ side indicator port 931521 933955
C. Loosen and remove bowl.
Manifold Porting
Bypass w/ indicator port 931135 933954 D. Remove element from housing.
No bypass w/ indicator port 931523 933954 E. Place new, clean element in
2 Bypass valve assembly housing, centering it on the
50 psid (in-line model only) 928981 925127 element locator.
No bypass 935744* 925209
F. Inspect the bowl & back-up
3 Elements (see chart on model code page)
o-ring and replace if necessary.
4 Bowl & back-up O-ring
Nitrile N92138 N92151 G. Install bowl and tighten to
Fluorocarbon V92138 V92151 specified torque.
5 Bowl
Single w/out drain 937547 937551
30PD
Single w/ drain 937549 937553
Double w/ out drain 937548 937552 A. Arrow on diverter handle points
Double w/ drain 937550 937554 to the on-duty chamber.
6 Drain plug, SAE-4 B. Open off-duty vent valve (vent
w/ nitrile o-ring 921088 921088 port should be plumbed back
w/ fluorocarbon o-ring 928882 928882 to reservoir).
7 Nameplate (unstamped) 920928 920928
C. Open balance valve slowly
8 Drive Screws 903393 903393
to admit fluid into off duty
9 Mounting spacer tube (not shown) 925650 N/A
chamber.
10 Mounting bracket kit N/A 925563
11 Blank indicator kit 925515 925515 D. When fluid is discharged from
12 Indicators (fluorocarbon seals) vent port, close and tighten.
Visual auto reset 932027 932027 E. Pull up on detent pin and rotate
H option (1/2” conduit connection) 932905 932905 diverter approximately 90° until
E2 option (DIN 43650 connection) 929599 929599 detent relocates in seat.
E3 option (3 pin ANSI/B93.55M connection) 929596 929596
F. Close and tighten balance
13 Manifold mounting kit N/A 925562
valve.
Manifold o-ring (2 required)
Nitrile N92117 N92119 G. Open new off-duty vent valve to
Fluorocarbon V92117 V92119 relieve pressure.
H. Follow steps C-G from 15P/30P
Note: consult factory for EPR part numbers
instructions above.
*Not for manifold-style head
I. Close and tighten vent valve.
12
Warning: Do not try and rotate
handle until you equalize pressure
11 with the balance valve.
1 3
5 6
4
8
7 4
4
6
10 8
71 2 4
3
121
15P/30P Series
High Pressure Duplex Filters
How To Order
Example:
30P 1 10Q E M2 K S16 4
BOX 1: Filter Series BOX 5: Indicators BOX 7: Ports

15P Pressure Filter P Port Plugged 15P
30P Pressure Filter M2 Visual auto reset S12 SAE-12
30PD Duplex style 30P Electrical w 1/2” - 14 NPT X 3/4” manifold porting
H
connection and 12” leads 30P
BOX 2: Element Length Electrical/visual w/ 1/2” NPT
S16 SAE-16
Symbol Description E conduit connection and wire
leads X 1” manifold porting
1 Single
Electrical/visual w/ DIN 30PD
2 Double E2 43650 Hirschman style S16 SAE-16
connection
BOX 3: Media Note: Customer supplies subplate for 30P
Electrical/visual (ANSI/B.9355M manifold porting or may purchase 925562 30P
Symbol Description E3 3-pin Brad Harrison style con- manifold mounting kit. 15P requires no subplate.
02Q* Microglass, 2 micron nection)

BOX 8: Options
Note: For side mount indicators, place a “S”
05Q Microglass, 5 micron after indicator symbol. Not available on 30PD Symbol Description
10Q* Microglass, 10 micron model.
1 None
BOX 6: Bypass 2 No bypass
BOX 4: Seals Symbol Description 4 SAE-4 drain port on bowl
K 50 PSI (3.5 bar) 21 No bypass and drain port
Symbol Description
B Nitrile (NBR)
E Ethylene propylene (EPR) Please note the bolded options reflect
N Fluorocarbon (FKM)
Replacement Elements (Fluorocarbon)

Media 15P-1 15P-2 30P/30PD-1 30P/30PD-2
02Q 932610Q 932616Q 932622Q 932628Q
05Q 932611Q 932617Q 932623Q 932629Q
10Q 932612Q 932618Q 932624Q 932630Q
20Q 930369Q 930370Q 933135Q 933136Q
02QH 932613Q 932619Q 932625Q 932631Q
05QH 932614Q 932620Q 932626Q 932632Q
10QH 932615Q 932621Q 932627Q 932633Q
20QH 934983Q 930544Q NA NA
02QX 933576Q 933578Q 933580Q 933582Q
10QX 933577Q 933579Q 933581Q 933583Q
122
50P Series
123
50P Series
Applications
Applications for 50P series filters
• Automotive specified equipment
• Hydrostatic transmission circuits
• Servo and proportional controls
• Offshore drilling rigs
Vent Plug
• Mining equipment Purge all air from
filter assembly
• Power units Improves system
performance
The design objective for all Parker
filters is to achieve a sensible
balance between cost and Cover
performance. We use state of the art Durable ductile iron
technology to arrive at innovative Top service
yet practical designs, which are cost elements
effective for OEM’s and users alike. No oil spills during
service
The 50P series allows you to
customize each filter to closely
match your needs. Choose
the options which best fit your
application. No need to waste Bowl
money on features you don’t need. Single or double
Head length
The 50P series filters are bowl-up, Ductile iron
which provides several possible construction-
advantages. The bowl-up mounting SAE or manifold
makes servicing the elements quick ports
and easy. Simply remove the top Meets SAE HF4
cover to access the element. A drain automotive
port is provided to allow oil be specification
removed from filter prior to element
servicing. This design reduces the
possibility of oil spillage and injury
to maintenance personnel.
The 50P series has optional

manifold porting for space saving Bypass (not visible)
design that reduces the number of Cartridge style
fittings and potential leak points.
Precision matched
The porting is also designed to
assemblies
match the installation of many
other manufacturers. Most Indicators
important, the 50P series meets the Visual or
SAE HF4 automotive standard. electrical/visual
Drain Plug (not visible) Several connector
Drain oil for easy service options
124
50P Series
Features
O-Ring Seal Microglass Media

Positive sealing for optimum Multi-layer for high capacity and
element efficiency high efficiency
Four different micron sizes
available
Wire reinforced to prevent pleat
Plastic End Caps bunching
Excellent corrosion
protection
Laser marked for clear
long lasting identification
Spiral Support Cylinders
(Not Visible)
High strength consistent support
Continuous length eliminates leak
points and increases
surface area
Meets SAE HF4 specificaton

for automotive uses

Base mounted filter No brackets required for installation Reduces instrallation costs
Remove element from top
Top access cover No oil mess
Lighter then remiving entire bowl
Visual and electrical Know exactly when to service
indicators elements
Drain all oil from assembly prior to
Drain port Eliminates cross contamination
servicing
Get the maximum performance
Vent port Purges all trapped air in filter from elements
Prevents a “spongy” system
Element performance backed by Elements selected will have
Multipass tested elements
recognized test standards consistent performance levels
High capacity with high efficiency
Multi-layer media
Microglass elements No performance loss from pleat
Wire reinforced pleats
bunching
125
50P Series
50PR Reverse Flow Filter
The 50PR was designed specifically for hydrostatic Sizing 50PR Filter Assemblies
transmission loops because of it’s capability to
handle reverse flow. To accurately determine the total pressure loss that
will be seen when used in your system, the following
Closed circuit HSTs frequently reverse direction steps should be taken.
causing flow to reverse in the fluid lines. Pressure
filters installed between pump and motor must be able to 1. Examine the “Flow vs. Pressure” curve below.
handle reverse flow without having contaminant washed Find the pressure drop for the maximum
off of the elements and back into the system. To prevent system flow on the forward flow curve. Record
such an occurrence, the filters require the use of internal this value as “housing with check valve
check valves to direct the flow through the element in one pressure loss.”
direction and around the element in the other. Parker’s 2. Examine the appropriate pressure loss curve
internal check valve design minimizes additional pressure for the media and bowl length combination.
loss and eliminates the cost associated with external valves These curves are found in the Element
and fittings. Also the internal design keeps the envelope Performance Data section.
dimensions of the filter to a minimum as can be seen on 3. Find the pressure drop for the maximum flow
the installation drawing. rate through the filter and record this value as
“element pressure loss.”
4. Find the empty housing pressure drop for the
maximum flow rate through the filter and
record
50PR Schematic this value as “empty housing pressure loss.”
RFC
5. Add the values obtained in steps 1 and 3, then
subtract out the value from step 4. The
resultant pressure loss should not exceed 1/3
of the bypass valve or indicator you intend to
select. If this ratio exceeds 1/3, then a double
length housing or other media grade may need
to be considered.
Bypass Valve Contact the division if there is any doubt as to the
total pressure loss you have calculated.
Typical Flow/Pressure Curves For 50PR

1.75 25
REVERSE FLOW CHECK VALVE L)

1.5
OTA
(BAR)
20 (T
OW
FL Y)
1.25
RS
E
ONL
VE V.
RE C.
15 .F.
DIFF. PRESS.
1 (R
OW
FL
D
0.75 AR
10 RW
FO
0.5
5
(PSI)
0.25
200 SUS
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
(GPM) FLOW (LPM)
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375
126
50P Series
Efficiency Capacity
PSID BAR
10000 100
2Q
5Q
2Q
10Q 6
5Q 20Q
80
1000 99.9 5
10Q
60 4
200 99.5
100 99.0
20Q 3
40
20 95.0
2
20
1
2 50.0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
*High Collapse Correction Factor:

“QH” Elements (2000 psid) = 1.4 times reported loss Flow vs. Pressure Loss
LPM LPM
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
25 25
150 SUS 150 SUS
1.5 1.5
20 20
02Q
15 1.0 15 1.0
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
10 10
05Q Empty Housing
0.5 0.5
5 5
10Q
20Q
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100
GPM GPM
127
50P Series
Efficiency Capacity
10000 100
2Q
5Q
2Q
10Q 6
5Q 20Q
80
1000 99.9 5
10Q
60 4
200 99.5
100 99.0
20Q 3
40
20 95.0
2
20
1
2 50.0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 0 50 100 150 200 250 300
LPM LPM
0 100 200 300 400 500 0 100 200 300 400 500
25 25
150 SUS 150 SUS
1.5 1.5
20 20
02Q
15 15 1.0
1.0
PSID
BAR
BAR
PSID
10 10
0.5 ing 0.5

05Q ous
5 H
5
pty
10Q Em
20Q
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 30 60 90 120 150 0 30 60 90 120 150
GPM GPM
128
50P Series
Efficiency Capacity
PSID BAR
10000 100
2Q
5Q
10Q 6
2Q 5Q 20Q
80
1000 99.9 5
10Q
60 4
200 99.5
100 99.0
20Q 3
40
20 95.0
2
20
1
2 50.0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400

LPM LPM
0 100 200 300 400 500 0 100 200 300 400 500
25 25
150 SUS 150 SUS
1.5 1.5
20 20
02Q
15 15 1.0
1.0
PSID
BAR
PSID
BAR
10 10
05Q 0.5 ing 0.5
ous
5 H
5 10Q pty
Em
20Q
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 30 60 90 120 150 0 30 60 90 120 150
GPM GPM
129
50P Series
Specifications
Pressure Ratings: Indicators:
Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure Visual 3 band (clean, change element, bypass)
(MAOP): 5000 psi (344.8 bar) Electrical: visual as above plus electrical switch with wire
Rated Fatigue Pressure: 3500 psi (241.4 bar) leads or connection as selected.
Design Safety Factor: 3:1 5A @ 240VAC
3A @ 28VDC
Element Collapse Rating: SPDT D
E2 E3
150 psid (10.2 bar) standard
2000 psid (138 bar) high collapse “H” option Color Coding:
Operating Temperatures: Red (normally open)
Buna: -40oF (-40oC) to 225oF (107oC) Black (common)
Fluorocarbon: -15oF (-26oC) to 275oF (135oC)
Shipping Weights (approximate):
Filter Materials: 50P-1: 56 lb. (25.4 kg)
Head (base) and Cover: ductile iron 50P-2: 77 lb. (34.9 kg)
Bowl: seamless steel tube 50P-3: 95 lbs. (43.0 kg)
50PR-1: 59 lb. (26.8 kg)
50PR-2: 80 lb. (36.3 kg)
Dimensions:
50P-1 50PR-1 50P-2 50PR-2 50P-3
mm/inches Drawings are for reference only.
387.1 404.6 622.8 640.3 850.4 Contact factory for current version.
X
15.24 15.93 24.52 25.21 33.48
254.0 254.0 508.0 508.0 760.2
Z 162.6
10.00 10.00 20.00 20.00 30.00
6.40
SAE-5 VENT
ELEMENT REMOVAL PORT TORQUE
CLEARANCE 20-25 FT LBS.
Z
TORQUE
45-50 FT LBS.

inch
SAE-5
DRAIN PORT
68.1
OUTLET 2.68
34.8
1.37 “YY” “PP”
OPTIONAL 158.8 161.8
RIGHT HAND 6.25 6.37
TORQUE
INDICATOR 115-130 FT LBS.
12.7
.50 92.2
1½” SAE-24 PORTS 3.63 OPTIONAL
FLANGE
OUTLET (2-128 O-RING)
79.4
3.125 5/8”-11 UNC-2B
22.4 7.9 98.0 39.6
.88 .31 3.86 1.56
127.0
5.00 50.8
63.5 INLET 34.8 12.7
2.50 2.00 (2-128 O-RING) 1.37 .50
36.5
34.9 14.3 MOUNTING HOLES 1.437
1.375 .563 DIA. THRU
18.3
42.8 57.2 .72
DIA. C BORE1.685 2.25 38.1
114.3 DIA. THRU
1.95 1.50
DEEP 4.50
.0775
130
50P Series
Parts List and Service Instructions
Index Description Part Number 50P/50PR Element Service Instructions

1 Head Assembly C/F When servicing the 50P filter, use
the following procedure.
2 Bowl C/F
A. Stop the system’s power unit.
3 Cover 926655
B. Relieve any pressure in the
Cover O-ring filter or line.
4 Buna N92246
C. If desired, oil can be drained
Fluorocarbon V92246
Vent Plug 927363 from filter housing by removing
5 Buna N93905 the drain port plug located in
Fluorocarbon V93905 the head.
Elements selected will have D. Rotate the cover counter
6 Element
consistent performance levels clockwise and remove.
Drain Plug 927363 E. Remove element from
7 Buna N93905 housing.
Fluorocarbon V93905 F Place new, clean element into
8 Bypass Valve housing centering element
(50PR valve is not serviceable)
over locator.
50psi 924189
No bypass, 50 psi indicator 924192
G. Inspect cover o-ring and
90 psi 927399 replace if necessary
No bypass, 90 psi indicator 930683 H. Apply cover to filter and
Indicator Kits tighten to 45-50 ft. lbs.
Mechanical (left side) 931916 I. Replace drain plug and tighten
Mechanical (right side) 931924 20-25 ft. lbs.
Electrical (wire leads) 925337
Electrical (3-pin Brad Harrison sytle) 926482
Electrical (DIN 43650 connection) 929362
O-ring, Manifold port
Buna N92128
Fluorocarbon V92128
Note: Consult factory for EPR compatible part numbers 1

8
7
5 4
131
50P Series
How To Order
Example:
F3 50P 1 10Q DL 90 PP 1
BOX 1: Seals BOX 5: Indicators BOX 6: Bypass & Indicator Setting

None Buna P Port plugged 35 35 psid
F3 Fluorocarbon PL Port plugged, left side 50 50 psid
E8 EPR M Visual indicator 90 90 psid
BOX 2: Basic Assenbly ML Visual indicator, left side

BOX 7: Ports
Symbol Description Electrical indicator w/ wire leads
E Symbol Description
and conduit connection
50P 5000 PSI (MAOP)
PP SAE-24 straight thread
50PR* Reverse flow hydrostatic version Electrical indicator w/ wire leads
EL YY SAE 1 1/2” flange face (J518)
and conduit connection, left side
* Not available on triple length,
must choose 1 or 2 in box 3. 1 3/8” manifold ports on
Electrical indicator w/ ANSI, XX
bottom of head
D B.93.55M 3-pin Brad Harrison
BOX 3: Length style connection BOX 8: Options
Symbol Description Electrical indicator w/ ANSI/
Symbol Description
1 Single D B.93.55M 3-pin Brad Harrison
style connection, left side 1 None
2 Double
11 Blocked bypass
3 Triple Note: Left side is on viewer’s left when looking
into inlet port.
BOX 4: Element Media standard options with a reduced lead time.
Symbol Description
Replacement Elements (Fluorocarbon)

Standard Collapse High Collapse
Media Single Double Triple Media Single Double Triple
02Q 932668Q 932677Q 933486Q 02QH 932674Q 932683Q 936446Q
05Q 932669Q 932678Q 933487Q 05QH 932675Q 932684Q 936447Q
10Q 932670Q 932679Q 933488Q 10QH 932676Q 932685Q 936448Q
20Q 931018Q 931020Q 933489Q 20QH 930438Q 931490Q 936449Q
132
100P Series
133
100P Series
Features
Specifications:
•• Pressures to 6,000 PSI Flow Rating: 265 GPM Indicators: Brass
•• Flows to 265 GPM Operating Pressure: 6000 PSI Elements: Consult Factory
•• Microglass Elements 3 to 20 Proof Pressure: 9000 PSI Weight: Length 2 -104 Lbs.
Micron Burst Pressure: 12,000 PSI Electrical Ratings:
•• 1½” and 2” Ports - SAE
Fatigue Pressure: Hirschman Connector without Lamps:
O-Ring or Code 62 Flange 0-4000-0 PSI@3,000,000 cycles E2 110 VAC, .5 Amp Ind., 2 Amp Res.
•• Reverse Flow Option 250
‘E2’VAC, .5 Amp Ind., 2 Amp Res.
Bypass Setting: 100 PSID
28 VDC, 1 Amp Ind., 2 Amp Res.
Fluid Temperature: -40°F to +212°F
Constrution:
Head and Cap: Nodular Iron
Bowl: Seamless Steel Tube
Dimensions
Inches (mm)
Optional Mounting Bracket
Dimensions in(mm)
Port
A B C
1.437 3.125
F 5/8”-11 x 1.4”
(36.5) (79.4)
1.750 3.812
T 3/4” - 10 x 1.4”
(44.5) (96.8)
134
100P Series
Element Performance
Flow/Pressure Drop Data
Fluid Conditions: Viscosity 140 SSU and Sp. Gr. 0.88
20 200
HOUSING BYPASS VALVE
15 150
∆P IN PSI
∆P IN PSI
10 100
5 T
OR 50
/2”P
11 RT 0
PO
0 2” 0 55 110 165 220 275
0 55 110 165 220 275 FLOW RATE IN GPM
25
40 Length 2
QX
REVERSE 02
Q
02
35
FLOW VALVE 20
Q
QX
30
05
∆P IN PSI
Q
∆P IN PSI
10
10
Additive ∆P in reverse
25 flow direction 15
20
20Q
15 10
10
Additive ∆P, normal 5
5 flow direction
0
0 55 110 165 220 275 0
0 55 110 165 220 275
FLOW RATE IN GPM
FLOW RATE IN GPM
Multipass Test Results to ISO 4572 (Time Weighted Average)

Filtration Rating
Media Code βx > 100 β3 β6 β10 β12 β20 β25
>100 >300 >1500 >2000 >5000

02Q 3 99.0 99.67 99.93 99.95 99.98
INF
12 >100 >1000 >2000 >5000
05Q 6 99.98
INF
91.7 99.0 99.9 99.95
8 22 >100 >200 >5000
10Q 10 99.98
INF
87.5 95.4 99.0 99.5
20Q 20 – 2 8 20 >100 >200

50.0 87.5 95.0 99.0 99.5
Element Beta ratio βx

Element efficiency in percent*
135
100P Series
Parts List
Index Description Part Number

1 Visual Indicator 6N50-2A
Electrical Sub-Assy 90.34.000.24
Indicator Plug 84.01.066.30
2 Electrical Actuator Assembly, FF3468
Hirschmann connector, E2, 28
VDC, 250 VAC max.
3 Head
1000-F, 1 1/22 SAE 6000 psi 84.69.268.20
flange Code 62
1000-T, 22 SAE 6000 psi 84.69.268.22
flange, code 62
4 Seals Nitrile Flourocarbon
4a Bypass assembly/ Plug seal N93924 V93924
4b Indicator to Head seal N72019 V72019
4c Actuator dust seal N72012
4d Adapter to head seal 81.10.150.15 81.10.152.15
4e Head/Bowl/Cap seal N92346 V92346
4f Head to bowl back-up ring FF3142
4g Element seal N72141 V72141
4h Bowl cap seal 81.10.150.86 81.10.152.86
4i Drain plug seal N93906 V93906
not Optional Mounting bracket, 402904
shown includes (2) 5/8”-11 x 1 1/4”
hex flange bolts
*Included in Seal Kit: 936063, Nitrile 8061000013, Fluorocarbon

†Included in Element Kit
‡To specify seal material, add the following suffix to the part number:
A Nitrile H Fluorocarbon

136
100P Series
How To Order
Example:
100P 2 10Q B M2 M F32 1

100P High Pressure Filter B Nitrile F24 1 1/2” SAE flange, code 62
V Fluorocarbon F32 2” SAE flange, code 62
Symbol Description BOX 5: Indicators BOX 8: Options
2 Double Symbol Description Symbol Description
M2 Visual Differential 1 None
BOX 3: Media Code
E2 Electrical Differential 3 Reverse floe valve (RFV)
Symbol Description
Mounting bracket
TP
Standard Element BOX 6: Bypass & Indicator Setting (including bolts)
02Q Microglass, 2 micron Symbol Description RFV & mounting bracket
3TP
(including bolts)
05Q Microglass, 5 micron M 100 psid (7 bar)
10Q Microglass, 10 micron X No bypass Please note the bolded options reflect
High Collapse
02QX Microglass, 2 micron
10QX Microglass, 10 micron
Replacement Elements (Nitrile)

Standard Collapse High Collapse
Notes:
Media Single Media Single
1. Filters include the element you select
02Q 939064Q 02QX 940741Q already installed.
05Q 939065Q 10QX 940724Q 2. Indicator setting is 73 psid (5,0 bar).
10Q 939066Q 3. When the no bypass option is selected,
20Q 939067Q a high collapse element must also be
selected.
*Note: Consult factory for fluorocarbon elements.
137
World Pressure Filters
The Standard in 7,000 psi Pressure Filters
138
WPF Series
Applications
Parker engineers have developed Typical Applications

what soon will be the industry
• Aircraft Ground Support
standard in high pressure
hydraulic filtration. The new • Injection Molding
7,000 psi WPF series incorporates
many advanced features designed • Mining
for one reason: to improve your • Mobile Ag
bottom line.
• Mobile Construction
There is no better high pressure
• Oil & Gas Exploration
filter available today for durability
and performance. The reduction • Power Generation
of your operating costs is our
primary concern, and we are • Primary Metals
committed to contributing • Refuse Trucks
towards your success.
139
WPF Series
Features
3
1
1 High strength ductile iron filter

2 head with integral indicator port
2 Steel bowl with standard drain port
3 Proprietary element endcap assembly

includes bypass and reverse flow valves
4 Patented deformable tangs

secure element in bowl
5 Coreless element assembly
6 Re-usable element support core
140
WPF Series
SurgeGuard Elements
141
WPF Series
WPF1 Element Performance
Capacity
100
150 SUS (32 cSt) 2Q
5Q 6.0
10Q
80
5.0
60 4.0
PSID
BAR
3.0
40
2.0
20
1.0
0 0.0
0 2 4 6 8
Grams
Flow vs. Pressure Drop*

LPM
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
30
150 SUS (32 cSt) 2.0
25
2Q
1.5
20
5Q
PSID
BAR
15
1.0
Q
10
10
g
sin 0.5
Hou
5 pty
Em
0 0.0
0 3 6 9 12
GPM
Note: During reverse flow, ΔP is 20 psid at max. flow.
142
WPF Series
Capacity
100
150 SUS (32 cSt) 2Q
5Q 6.0
10Q
80
5.0
60 4.0
PSID
BAR
3.0
40
2.0
20
1.0
0 0.0
0 5 10 15 20 25
Grams
Flow vs. Pressure Drop* Manifold Pressure Drop

LPM LPM
0 50 100 150 0 50 100
30 35
150 SUS (32 cSt) 2.0 150 SUS (32 cSt)
30 2.0
25
Q
2Q
5Q
10
1.5 25
20 1.5
20
ing
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
15
us
1.0
Ho
15 1.0
pty
Em
10 g
sin
Hou 10
pty 0.5
Em 0.5
5
5
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 10 20 30 40 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
GPM GPM
143
WPF Series
Capacity
100
150 SUS (32 cSt) 2Q
5Q 6.0
10Q
80
5.0
60 4.0
PSID
BAR
3.0
40
2.0
20
1.0
0 0.0
0 10 20 30 40
Grams
Flow vs. Pressure Drop*

LPM
0 50 100 150 200
30
150 SUS (32 cSt) 2.0
25
2Q
1.5
20
5Q
Q
10
PSID
BAR
15
1.0
g
in
10 ous
yH
pt
Em 0.5
5
0 0.0
0 15 30 45 60
GPM
144
WPF Series
Capacity
100
150 SUS (32 cSt) 2Q
5Q 6.0
10Q
80
5.0
60 4.0
PSID
BAR
3.0
40
2.0
20
1.0
0 0.0
0 25 50 75 100 125
Grams

LPM LPM
0 100 200 300 400 500 0 100 200 300 400
30 35
150 SUS (32 cSt) 2.0 150 SUS (32 cSt)
2Q
30 2.0
25
1.5 25
5Q
20 1.5
20
Q
ing
10
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
15
us
1.0
Ho
15 1.0
pty
Em
10
g 10
in
ous
yH 0.5 0.5
5 pt
Em 5
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 30 60 90 120 150 0 30 60 90 120
GPM GPM
145
WPF Series
Capacity
100
150 SUS (32 cSt) 2Q
5Q 6.0
10Q
80
5.0
60 4.0
PSID
BAR
3.0
40
2.0
20
1.0
0 0.0
0 30 60 90 120 150
Grams

LPM LPM
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 100 200 300 400
30 35
150 SUS (32 cSt) 2.0 150 SUS (32 cSt)
30 2.0
25
2Q
1.5 25
20
1.5
20
ing
5Q
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
15
us
1.0
Ho
Q 15 1.0
pty
10
Em
10
g 10
sin
Hou 0.5
y 0.5
pt
5 Em 5
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 30 60 90 120 150 180 0 30 60 90 120
GPM GPM
146
T-Port
WPF Series
INDICATOR PORT IS AT 15° AS
SHOWN ON ALL FILTERS
EXCEPT WPF 1 WHICH IS AT 0°
Specifications SAE-8 INDICATOR PORT

PLUGGED AS STANDARD
TORQUE: 40 - 45 N-m (30 - 33 ft-lb)
Maximum Allowable Operating

Pressure (MAOP):
7000 psi (483 bar)
MOUNTING HOLES (4 PLACES)
Rated Fatigue Pressure: THREADS ARE METRIC
FOR FLANGE PORTS
WPF 1 & 2: M8 x 1.25 x 12 DEEP
WPF 3,4,5: M10 x 1.5 x 12 DEEP
6000 psi (414 bar)
-15°F (-26°C) to 250°F (135°C)
Standard: 300 psi (21 bar)
High Collapse: 2000 psi (138 bar)
OS
N (4 PLACES)
BOWL TORQUE:
WPF 1 : 20 - 30 N-m (15 - 20 ft-lb)
WPF 2 & 3 : 35 - 40 N-m (25 - 30 ft-lb)
WPF 4 & 5: 80 - 95 N-m (60 - 70 ft-lb)
O
P
Materials:
R
Head: SG Iron
Q
Bowl: Steel
Indicator: Stainless Steel SAE-6 DRAIN PLUG
WPF 1: NOT AVAILABLE
with Plastic Connectors WPF 2,3,4,5: STANDARD
PLUG TORQUE: 35 - 40 N-m (25 - 30 ft-lb)
WPF 1: 24 (15/16) HEX
WPF 2,3,4,5: 38 (1-1/2) HEX
Weights: 13 (.512) MIN.
WPF1 9 lbs. (4.1 kg) A

WPF2 13 lbs. (5.9 kg) ELEMENT SERVICE CLEARANCE
WPF3 21 lbs. (9.5 kg)

WPF4 45 lbs. (20.4 kg) Flange N: Thread
O P Q R S
WPF5 67 lbs. (30 .4 kg) Size & Depth
3/4” .750” .937” .469” 2.000” 1.000” .750”
Drawings are for reference only. 1” 1.000” 1.093” .546” 2.250” 1.125” 1.000”
1-1/4” 1.250” 1.250” .625” 2.625” 1.312” 1.250”
1-1/2” 1.500” 1.437” .719” 3.125” 1.563” 1.500”
T-Port Dimensions (mm/inch)
Filter Model A B C D E F G H I J K L M
70 180 69.5 23 15 27 60 30 90 92 46 30 15
WPF1
2.76 7.09 2.74 .91 .59 1.06 2.36 1.18 3.54 3.62 1.81 1.18 .59
79 293 75 32 26 30 80 40 98 110 55 40 20
WPF2
3.11 11.53 2.95 1.26 1.02 1.18 3.15 1.57 3.86 4.33 2.17 1.57 .78
88 345 93 40 29 35 90 55 120 126 63 45 27.5
WPF3
3.47 13.58 3.66 1.57 1.14 1.38 3.54 2.17 4.72 4.96 2.48 1.77 1.08
100 445 128 49 39 48 120 50 160 163 81.5 60 25
WPF4
3.94 17.52 5.04 1.93 1.54 1.89 4.72 1.97 6.3 6.42 3.21 2.36 .98
100 561 128 61 51 48 140 80 160 183 91.5 70 40
WPF5
3.94 22.09 5.04 2.40 2.01 1.89 5.51 3.15 6.30 7.20 3.60 2.76 4.57
147
WPF Series
Specifications
Maximum Allowable Operating Manifold

Pressure (MAOP):
SAE-4 VENT PLUG
7000 psi (483 bar) SAE-8 INDICATOR PORT
PLUGGED AS STANDARD
N
TORQUE: 25 - 28 N-m (18 - 20 ft-lb)
TORQUE: 40 - 45 N-m (30 - 33 ft-lb)
Rated Fatigue Pressure:
6000 psi (414 bar)
Operating Temperatures: M
-15°F (-26°C) to 250°F (135°C)

OUTLET
Element Collapse Rating: WPF 4 & 5:
ø 41.2 (1.622) C'BORE
Standard: 300 psi (21 bar) P x 1.96 (.077) DEEP
High Collapse: 2000 psi (138 bar) ø 34 (1.34) THRU

2-127 SIZE O-RING INCLUDED
J
K WPF 2:
ø 28.6 (1.125) C'BORE
O L
x 1.96 (.077) DEEP
ø 22 (.866) THRU
D 2-119 SIZE O-RING INCLUDED
I
H
Materials: E
F
Head: SG Iron
INLET
Bowl: Steel WPF 4 & 5:
Indicator: Stainless Steel ø 41.2 (1.622) C'BORE

x 1.96 (.077) DEEP
with Plastic Connectors G ø 34 (1.34) THRU
2-127 SIZE O-RING INCLUDED
WPF 2:
Weights: ø 28.6 (1.125) C'BORE
WPF2 18 lbs. (8.2 kg) x 1.96 (.077) DEEP

ø 22 (.866) THRU
WPF4 63 lbs. (28.6 kg) 2-119 SIZE O-RING INCLUDED
WPF5 70 lbs. (31.7 kg) B
BOWL TORQUE:
WPF 2: 35 - 40 N-m (25 - 30 ft-lb)
WPF 4 & 5: 80 - 95 N-m (60 - 70 ft-lb)

SAE-6 DRAIN PLUG

PLUG TORQUE: 35 - 40 N-m (25 - 30 ft-lb)
13 (.512) MIN. HEX: 38 (1-1/2)
A
C ELEMENT SERVICE CLEARANCE
Manifold Dimensions (mm/inch)
Filter Model A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P
79 343 75 24 39 95 116 50 6 110 80 40 110 121 17 30
WPF2
3.11 13.50 2.95 .94 1.53 3.74 4.57 1.97 .24 4.33 3.15 1.57 4.33 4.76 .67 1.18
100 532 128 38 57 140 150 75 13 142 100 50 166.5 161 21 31.7
WPF4
3.94 20.94 5.04 1.50 2.24 5.51 5.91 2.95 .51 5.59 3.94 1.97 6.56 6.34 .83 1.25
100 627 128 38 57 140 150 75 13 142 100 50 166.5 161 21 31.7
WPF5
3.94 24.69 5.04 1.50 2.24 5.51 5.91 2.95 .51 5.59 3.94 1.97 6.56 6.34 .83 1.25
148
WPF Series
Indicator Specifications
M2
M2 E2
E2 3
A
1
B
Torque: 30-33 ft-lb (40-45 N-m)

Indicator setting: 50 psid
Indicator Dimensions (mm/inch)
Option Description Connection/Power Wiring “A”
M2 Visual auto reset N/A N/A N/A
DIN 43650 3 pole +Earth Pin 1 - Common

73.7
WPF5 Electrical/visual 5A@125/250 VAC, Pin 2 - Normally closed
2.90
3A@28VDC Pin 3 - Normally open
149
WPF Series
Service & Maintenance Instructions
1 Stop system power

and vent captive pressure. 4 5
2 Drain filter assembly.
3 Remove bowl and

element assembly.
4 Push down to squeeze

tangs and lift element.
5 Twist to remove core.
6 Retain reusable core.
7 Discard used element.
8 Insert reusable core into

new element until it snaps.
6 8
9 Push element assembly
into bowl, snap tangs.
10 Inspect o-ring and

anti-extrusion ring.
11 Install bowl with

new element.
12 Torque bowl, vent

and drain plugs.
13 Power up and inspect.
9 11
150
WPF Series
Parts List
T-port
8 9 10
Index Part Description Part Number
1 WPF1 Head SAE-8 940986
WPF2 Head 3/4” Flange 940989
WPF2 Head SAE-12 940988
WPF3 Head 1” Flange 940992 11
WPF4 Head 1-1/4” Flange 940923
1
WPF5 Head 1-1/2” Flange 940773
2 Element See chart on page 153
3 WPF1 Reusable Core 941175
WPF2 Reusable Core 941176
WPF4 Reusable Core 941178 2
4 WPF1 Bowl O-ring V92141
WPF2 Bowl O-ring V92144
5 WPF1 Anti-extrusion Ring 941185
WPF2 Anti-extrusion Ring 934798
3
6 WPF1 Bowl 941153
4
WPF2 Bowl 941154
WPF3 Bowl 942300 5
WPF4 Bowl 941156
WPF5 Bowl 941157
7 Drain Plug 934320
8 Indicator Plug 941172
9 Electrical Indicator 941173
11 Name Plate 920928
Not Drive Screw (2 required) 900028
Shown
6
151
WPF Series
Parts List
Manifold
2 1 9 10 11 12
Index Part Description Part Number
1 WPF2 Manifold Mount Head 941273
WPF4 Manifold Mount Head 940982
WPF5 Manifold Mount Head 940982
2 WPF2 Manifold Mount O-rings (2 req’d) V92119
WPF4 Manifold Mount O-rings (2 req’d) V92127
WPF5 Manifold Mount O-rings (2 req’d) V92127
3 Element See chart on page 153
4 WPF2 Reusable Core 941176
5 WPF2 Bowl O-ring V92144
WPF4 Bowl O-ring V92157 3
6 WPF2 Anti-extrusion Ring 934798
7 WPF2 Bowl 941154
WPF4 Bowl 941156
WPF5 Bowl 941157
8 Drain Plug 934320 4
9 Vent Plug 928882
10 WPF Indicator Plug 941172
11 Electrical Indicator 941173
12 Visual Indicator 941174
Not Name Plate 920928
Shown
5
Not Drive Screw (2 required) 900028
Shown 6
152
WPF Series
How To Order
Example:
WPF 2 10QE V M2 K S12 1

WPF High Pressure Filter B Nitrile WPF1
E Ethylene Propylene S08 SAE-8
V Fluorocarbon WPF2
Symbol Description
S12 SAE-12
1 1/2” Nominal ports BOX 5: Indicators
Y12 3/4” SAE code 62 flange face
2 3/4” Nominal ports Symbol Description
X12 Manifold
3 1” Nominal ports P Plugged indicator port
WPF3
4 1 1/4” Nominal ports M2 Visual automatic reset
S16 SAE-16
5 1 1/2” Nominal ports Electrical/Visual (DIN 43650
E2 Y16 1” SAE code 62 flange face
style connection)
BOX 3: Media Code Note: When the “M2” or “E2” option is selected, WPF4
the indicator port is plugged and the indicator is S20 SAE-20
Symbol Description shipped as a loose part.
Standard Element (bypass only) 1 1/4” SAE code 62 flange
Y20
BOX 6: Bypass & Indicator Setting face
02E Ecoglass, 2 micron
Symbol Description X20 Manifold
K 50 psid (3.5 bar) WPF5
No bypass & No indicator S24 SAE-24
High Collapse (no-bypass only) X
(port plugged) 1 1/2” SAE code 62 flange
02QH Microglass, 2 micron Y24
Note: When an indicator and no bypass face
10QH Microglass, 10 micron (“2” in Box 8) is selected, the indicator setting is
50 psid (3.5 bar). X24 Manifold
BOX 8: Options
Symbol Description
1 Bypass (standard element only)
No bypass (high collapse
2
element only)

Media WPF1 WPF2 WPF3 WPF4 WPF5
Ecoglass, 02QE 941029Q 941032Q 941035Q 941038Q 941041Q
Standard Collapse
300 psid (21 bar)
High Collapse Microglass, 02QH 941044Q 941046Q 941047Q 941050Q 941052Q
2000 psid (138 bar) Microglass, 10QH 941045Q 941047Q 941049Q 941051Q 941053Q
153
12S Series
154
12S Series
Applications
• Offshore – High pressure and aggressive environment

• DI Water – Water fogging
• Food Processing – Caustic washdown (poultry, etc.)
• Test Stands – High pressure

Lightweight Ease of service and installation Reduced installation cost
Porting Flexibility Reduction in piping and use
of adaptors
Multipass tested elements Filter performance backed Filters you select have
(per ANSI/NFPA T3.10.8.8 by recognized and accepted known performance levels
R1-1990) laboratory test standards
Optional visual and Know exactly when to Keeps system clean
electrical indicators service elements
Drain port Drain all oil from assembly Eliminates cross contamination
prior to servicing
Optional upstream & Add additional instrumentation Product flexibility
downstream sensing ports
High strength Microglass 2000 psid collapse strength High capacity with high effi-
elements Multi-layer media ciency
Wire reinforced pleats No performance loss from
pleat bunching
100% pressure tested Quality Reliability
155
12S Series
Specifications
12SMP (10,000 psi)
Pressure Ratings: Element Collapsing Rate:
Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure High Collapse “H” option: 2,000 psi (138 bar)
(MAOP): 10,000 psi (690 bar)
Proof: 15,000 psi (1035 bar) Materials:
Head: Stainless Steel 316L
Operating Temperatures: Bowl: Stainless Steel 316L
Fluorocarbon (FKM) -15°F (-26°C) to 275°F (135°C)
Ethylene Propylene (EPR) -40°F (-40°C) to 225°F (107°C) Weight (approximate):
Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM) 5°F (-15°C) to 536°F (280°C)* Model Single Length Double Length
12SMP 14 lbs. (6.35 kg.) 17 lbs. (7.71 kg.)
* Consult factory when requesting this seal. A special element
may be required to withstand operating temperature.
12SHP (20,000 psi)

Pressure Ratings: Element Collapsing Rate:
Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure High Collapse “H” option: 2,000 psi (138 bar)
(MAOP): 20,000 psi (1,380 bar)
Proof: 30,000 psi (2,070 bar) Materials:
Head: Stainless Steel 17-4
Operating Temperatures: Bowl: Stainless Steel 17-4
Fluorocarbon (FKM) -15°F (-26°C) to 275°F (135°C)
Ethylene Propylene (EPR) -40°F (-40°C) to 225°F (107°C) Weight (approximate):
Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM) 5°F (-15°C) to 536°F (280°C)* Model Single Length Double Length
12SHP 14 lbs. (6.35 kg.) 17 lbs. (7.71 kg.)
* Consult factory when requesting this seal. A special element

may be required to withstand operating temperature.
2.34 (59.44) ELECTRICAL INDICATOR
1.44 (36.58) VISUAL INDICATOR
Dimensions
BURST TEST
PROOF TEST ON FILTER HOUSING
30000
25000 PORT SIZES PER

REQUIREMENTS
(BOTH SIDES)
20000
APPLY PST PIPE SEALANT

PSID
SINGLE LENGTH: #567 TO THREADS

15000 8.09 (205.49) LUBRICATE O-RING
TORQUE BOWL TO
DOUBLE LENGTH: 75 ± 10 FT-LBS
11.80 (299.72)
10000
5000
0
OPTIONAL DRAIN PLUG
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS:
TIME 1.00 SAE-4: 18-20 FT-LB
1/4 M/P: 20-25 FT-LB
(25.4)
INLET
.75 INLET
(19.05)
I
I
4.25 DIA. REF
.75
(19.05)
1.50
(38.1)
OPTIONAL
VISUAL/
ELECTRICAL
INDICATOR
3/8-16 UNC-2B x .63 MIN. OPTIONAL 1/4" NOM. PRESSURE

Drawings are for reference only. FULL THREAD
MOUNTING HOLES
SENSING PORTS (2 PLACES)
O
O

(2 PLACES)
OUTLET OUTLET
156
12S Series
12S-1 Element Performance
Efficiency Capacity
10000 100
10QH
05QH
2QH 6
5QH 80
1000 99.9 5
10QH
60
4
20QH
200 99.5
100 99.0 3
40
20QH
2
20 95.0 02QH
20
1
2 0 0
50.0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Grams
0 4 8 12 16 20
Micron Size (c)

LPM LPM
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 20 40 60 80
25 25
150SUS HOUSINGS
1. 5 1.5
20 20
SAE-8
15 1. 0 15
02QH 1.0
PSID
BAR
PSID
BAR
05QH 10QH
10 10
20QH
0. 5 SAE-12 0.5
5 5
1 NPTF
0 0. 0 0 0.0
0 5 10 15 20 0 5 10 15 20 25
GPM GPM
157
12S Series
12S-2 Element Performance
Efficiency Capacity
10000 100
05QH
2QH 6
5QH 80
20QH
02QH
1 0 QH
1000 99.9 5
10QH
60
4
200 99.5
100 99.0 3
40
20QH
2
20 95.0
20
1
2 0 0
50.0 0 5 10 15 20
Grams
0 4 8 12 16 20
Micron Size (c)

LPM LPM
0 20 40 60 80 0 20 40 60 80
25 25
150SUS HOUSINGS
1.5 1.5
20 20
SAE-8
15 1.0 15 1.0
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
02QH
10 10
05QH
10QH 0.5 SAE-12 0.5
20QH
5 5
1 NPTF
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25
GPM GPM
158
12S Series
How To Order
Example:
12SHP 1 10QH V SP HP 10 11
BOX 1: Basic Assembly BOX 5: Indicators BOX 7: Port Size

12SMP 10,000 psi MAOP (316 SS) N No indicator, no proessure port 4 1/4” nominal (N, MP)
12SHP 20,000 psi MAOP (17-4 SS) SP 2
1/4” pressure ports only 6 3/8” nominal (N, MP)
Electrical/Visual (DIN 43650 8 1/2” nominal (N)
BOX 2: Element Length 4L35 3
style connection) 10 9/16” nominal (MP, HP)
Symbol Description Electrical DIN 43650-A, ISO
5T353 12 3/4” nominal (S, N)
1 Single 4400, 50 psid setting
16 1” nominal (S, N)
2 Double
BOX 6: Port Type4
BOX 8: Options
BOX 3: Media Code Symbol Description
Symbol Description
Symbol Description S5
SAE O-ring
1 Bypass (60 psid)
02QH Microglass, 2 micron N3 NPTF
11 No bypass
05QH Microglass, 5 micron Medium pressure autoclave
MP 197 Bypass w/ 1/4” drain port
(M/P)
10QH Microglass, 10 micron
HP High pressure autoclave (H/P) 217 No bypass w/ 1/4” drain port
20QH Microglass, 20 micron
Notes:
1. Recommended for DI water applications
BOX 4: Seals 2. Pressure ports will math port type selected
Symbol Description in Box 6
3. Available for operating pressure <10,000 psi
V Fluorocarbon only
E1 Ethylene Propylene 4. For other options contact the division
5. Available for operating pressure <6,000 psi
P Perfluorocarbon only

Microglass (Fluorocarbon) Microglass (Ethylene Propylene)
Media Single Double Single Double
02QH 403397 403401 403482 403417
05QH 403398 403402 403483 403486
No-bypass
10QH 403399 403403 403484 403487
20QH 403400 403404 403485 403488
02QH 937439 737443 937471 937478
05QH 937440 937444 937472 937476
Bypass
10QH 937441 937445 937473 937477
20QH 937442 937446 937474 937478
159
40S Series
Stainless Steel High Pressure Filter
160
40S Series
Parker’s comprehensive asset health management approach extends
well beyond traditional methods and brings focus to long term system
performance and reliability.
The 40S Series is another example of this approach, a high pressure filter
constructed in all 316 stainless steel which makes it ideally suited for
water and caustic applications or where harsh environmental conditions
exist. The filter affers allowable operating pressure of 3000 PSI/138 Bar
and capable of flows up to 150 GPM/570 LPM depending on viscosity.
Typical Markets-Applications
• Mining • Marine
Dust Control - Water Spray Hydraulic Power Unit
• Oil & Gas • Food & Beverage
Offshore BOP Fluids Caustic Wash Down
• Power Gen • Pulp & Paper
Wet Compression Caustic Environment
161
40S Series
Specifications
Pressure Ratings: Element Materials:
Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure End Caps: 316 Stainless Steel
(MAOP): 3,000 psi (206 bar) Core: 316 Stainless Steel
Rated Fatigue Pressure: 3,000 psi (206 bar) Housing Materials:
Head: 316 Stainless Steel
Design Safety Factor: 3:1 Bowl: 316 Stainless Steel
Cover: 316 Stainless Steel
Operating Temperatures: Indicator: 300 Series Stainless Steel with
EPR: -40°F (-40°C) to 225°F (107°C) Thermoplastic connectors
Fluorocarbon: -15°F (-26°C) to 275°F (135°C)
Weight (approximate): 65 lbs (29.5 kg)
High Collapse: 2,000 psi (138 bar)
Dimensions
ELEMENT REMOVAL
CLEARANCE in. (mm) OUTLET
20.0 (508.0)
1-1/4 HEX
TORQUE 120 FT-LBS
3/4 HEX
INLET
TORQUE 12-20 FT-LBS
TOP VIEW
21.7 (551.2) 5.65 (143.5) 3.16 (80.3)
3.85 (97.8)
1.93 (49.0) INLET
1.63
(41.4)
5.3
(134.6)
3.25
(82.6)
5.7 (144.8)
1/2”-13 UNC .8” OUTLET

4 PLCS
BOTTOM VIEW
SAE-32 PORTS
2 PLCS ASSEMBLY NOTE: ANTI-SIEZE COMPOUND
Drawings are for reference only. REQUIRED ON ALL THREADS
162
40S Series
Features
• Bowl-up configuration for ease of element maintenance
• 316 stainless steel construction
• Large porting for increase flow capacity
• Stainless steel visual and visual/electrical indicator options
• Integral mounting holes for installation flexibility
• High fatigue pressure rating for demanding applications
• High efficient microglass elements standard
Parts List Drawings are for reference only.

Ref. Part Number Description

4
945665 Head, SAE-24, No indicator 7
945924 Head, SAE-24
945926 Head, SAE-32, No indicator
1
945925 Head, SAE-32
946106 Head, 2” NPTF (2” - 11 1∕2), No indicator
2
945684 Head, 2” NPTF (2” - 11 1∕2)
2 945667 Cover
3 945666 Bowl 6
4 945704 Fill Port Plug
FMUM3LERS08 50PSI (3.5bar) indicator (Ethylene Propylene O-ring)
FMUT1LERS08 50PSI (3.5bar) SS electrical indicator (Ethylene Propylene O-ring)
5
FMUM3LVRS08 50PSI (3.5bar) indicator (Fluorocarbon O-ring)
FMUT1LVRS08 50PSI (3.5bar) SS electrical indicator (Fluorocarbon O-ring)
E82240 Bowl O-Ring (Ethylene Propylene) 3
6
V92240 Bowl O-Ring (Fluorocarbon)
E83905 SAE-5 Fill port O-Ring (Ethylene Propylene)
7
V93905 SAE-5 Fill port O-Ring (Fluorocarbon)
8 942736 Back up ring
8
9 942508 Indicator Plug 6
V93908 Indicator Plug O-ring (Fluorocarbon) 1
10 9
E83908 Indicator Plug O-ring (Ethylene Propylene) 5
V93906 Indicator Plug O-ring (Fluorocarbon)
11
E83906 Indicator Plug O-ring (Ethylene Propylene) 11 10
163
40S Series
Element Performance
Efficiency Capacity
10000 100
02QH
05QH
10QH 6
2QH 5QH 20QH
10QH 80
99.9
1000 5
60 4
200 99.5
20QH
100 99.0
3
40
20 95.0
2
20
1
2 50.0
0 0
0.0 4.0 8.0 12.0 16.0 20.0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Micron Size (c)
Capacity grams
Flow vs Pressure Loss

LPM LPM
0 100 200 300 400 500 0 100 200 300 400 500
25.0 25.0
150SUS (32 cSt) 150 SUS (32 cSt)
2QH 1.5 Empty Housing 1.5

5QH 20.0
20.0
10QH
15.0 1.0 15.0 1.0
PSID
PSID
ize
BAR
BAR
20QH S
o rt
10.0 10.0 a lP
in
o m
N
25WH 0.5 2" 0.5
5.0 5.0
74WH
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

0 30 60 90 120 150 0 30 60 90 120 150
GPM GPM
164
40S Series
Stainless Steel High Pressure Filters
How to Order
Select the desired symbol (in the correct position) to construct a model code. Example:
40S 2 10QH E P K S32 1
BOX 1: Filter Series1 BOX 4: Seals BOX 7: Ports

40S High Pressure Filter, 100 gpm V Fluorocarbon (FKM) S24 SAE-24 (17∕8” - 12 UN-2B)
E3 Ethylene Propylene (EPR) N32 2” NPTF (2” - 11 1∕2)
S32 SAE-32 (21∕2” - 12 UN-2B)
Symbol Description BOX 5: Indicator
2 Double Length Symbol Description BOX 8: Options5
P Port Plugged Symbol Description
BOX 3: Media Code2
M3 Visual 16 With Bypass (steel spring)
Symbol Description
T1 Electrical 2 3
No Bypass
02QH 2 µm Microglass
SP 4 1
∕4” Sensing Ports
05QH 5 µm Microglass Notes:
1. The filter includes the element you select
10QH 10 µm Microglass BOX 6: Bypass/Indicator 5
already installed.
2. 2000 psid collapse.
20QH 20 µm Microglass Symbol Description 3. Recommended for DI Water applications.
K 50 psid (3.5 bar) 4. Pressure ports will match Box 7 port type
25WH 25 µm Wire Mesh
(SAE or NPT)
74WH 74 µm Wire Mesh No bypass / No Indicator 5. When an indicator and no bypass (“2” in
X
(port plugged) Box 8) is selected, the indicator setting in
50 psid (3.5 bar).
6. Bypass valve body: Glass filled nylon
Bypass Spring: Steel
Fluorocarbon (FKM) Ethylene Propylene (EPR)
Media Part Number Part Number
02QH 945773Q 945774Q
05QH 945757Q 945775Q
10QH 945776Q 945777Q
No Bypass
20QH 945778Q 945933Q
25WH 946195 946191
74WH 946193 946189
02QH 945779Q 945780Q
05QH 945781Q 945782Q
10QH 945783Q 945784Q
Bypass
20QH 945785Q 945786Q
25WH 946194 946190
74WH 946192 946188
165
Portable Filter Carts
Models 5MFP & 10MFP with Moduflow™
and Intelli-Cart™
166
Applications
• Filtering new fluid before Parker portable filter carts are the Once water comes into contact
putting into service ideal way to prefilter and transfer with this material, it is removed
• Transferring fluid from fluids into reservoirs or to clean up from the system.
drums or storage tanks to existing systems.
The Parker portable filter cart uses
system reservoirs Fluid should always be filtered two high capacity ModuFlow™
• Conditioning fluid that is before being put into use. New Plus filters for long element life
already in use fluid is not necessarily clean fluid. and better system protection. The
• Complimenting existing Most new fluids (right out of the first stage (inlet) filter captures
system filtration drum) are unfit for use due to larger particles, while the second
high initial contamination levels. stage (outlet) filter captures finer
• Removing free and Contamination, both particulate particles or removes water. A
emulsified water from a and water, may be added to a new rugged industrial quality gear
system fluid during processing, mixing, pump gets the job done fast.
• For use with fluids such as handling and storage.
hydraulic, gear and lube oils Using a Parker portable filter
Water is removed by installing cart is the most economical way
Par-Gel™ elements in the outlet to protect your system from
filter. Par-Gel™ elements are made the harm that can be caused by
from a polymer which has a very contamination.
high affinity for free water.
Features Advantages Benefits

Two filters instead of one w/ Pump protection and long Element cost savings and
2.5 times increased dirt holding element life trouble-free service
capacity
Wide variety of particulate Capable of getting a fluid to a Extends fluid life and system
elements available desired cleanliness level performance
Par-Gel™ water removal Removes “free water” from a Gets dirt and water out of
elements available system system with one process
Heavy duty frame Rugged and durable Built to last
Lightweight and portable Easy to move from place-to- One person operation
place
Two flow rates available: 5 gpm Enables use in low or high Matched to your needs
or 10 gpm viscosity applications
Eleven-foot hose and wand Additional hardware not Ready to use as received
assemblies included necessary
167
Features
icountPD (Intelli-Cart™ option)
• Early warning LED or
digital display indicators
Hose & wand assembly for Low,Medium and High Service cover
• Ready to use; no additional contamination levels • Top-accessible for easy
hardware needed • Self diagnostic software changing of elements
• Flexible hoses for tight spots
• Kink-resistant hose prevents
pump cavitation
Electrical Cord
• 6 ft. with ON/OFF
switch
• Optional 20
ft. cord with
retractable reel &
Visual indicator mounted power
• Tells you when to switch with
change element thermal overload
protection
Heavy Duty frame

• Rugged and built
to last
Dual filters
• Two stage,
double length
filtration for long
110V/220V AC motor
element life and
• Industrial brand
pump protection
name
Elements (not shown) Gear pump Drip tray

• Available for both particulate • Industrial quality • Helps keep the work
and Water Removal (WR) • Quiet operation area safe and clean
in double length w/ 2.5 • Dependable, long life
times increased dirt holding
capacity
168
Specifications
Maximum Recommended Fluid Electrical Service Required: Construction:
Viscosity: 5MFP – 110/220 volts, 60/50 Cart frame – Steel
5MFP – 3000 SUS (647cSt) Hz, single phase, 8/4 amps Filter head – Aluminum
0.85 specific gravity 10MFP – 110/220 volts, 60/50 Filter bowl – Steel
10MFP – 500 SUS (108 cSt) Hz, single phase, 10/5 amps Hoses – PVC (Std.)
0.85 specific gravity EPDM (high temp option)
Electrical Motor: Wands – PVC (Std.)
Visual Indicator (outlet filter): 5MFP – ½ hp @ 1725 rpm, Steel tube (high temp
Visual differential type Open, Drip Proof option)
3-band (clean, change, bypass) 10MFP – ¾ hp @ 3450 rpm,
Open, Drip Proof Weight:
Thermal overload protection 110 lbs. (45.4kg)
Filter Bypass Valve Settings
(Integral to Element):
Inlet – 3 psid (0.2 bar)
Outlet – 35 psid (2.4 bar)
Operating Temperature:
Seal option “B” (standard)
-40°F to +150°F (-40°C to +66°C)
Dimensions:
A = Height: 1034mm (40.7 in.)
B = Width: 648mm (25.5 in.)
C = Depth: 503mm (19.8 in.)
New feature!
Intelli-Cart™
Parker is pleased to announce its
R&D effort to offer a diagnostic
filter cart - the Intelli-Cart. The
icountPD particle detector, the
most up-to-date technology
in solid particle detection, can
A be mounted to the standard
frame of the filter cart for
enhanced monitoring of your
hydraulic system. The icountPD,
coupled with the filter cart is a
cost effective solution to fluid
management and contamination
control. Ask your sales
representative today for more
information.
C B
169
Typical Fluid Cleanliness Level Filter Cart Performance
Requirements Fluid cleanliness levels are a function of initial
contamination levels, contamination ingression rates,
Many manufacturers of hydraulic components reservoir size and filter element efficiency.
have established fluid cleanliness levels for their The chart below lists approximate time requirements
components. Using a portable filter cart can be a very to achieve certain cleanliness levels based on the
effective way to reach and maintain these cleanliness assumptions noted.
levels.
Component ISO Cleanliness Reservoir Time Projected
Level Capacity Required Cleanliness
Servo control valves 16/14/11 (Gallons) (Hours) Level (ISO)
Proportional valves 17/15/12 50 0.5 20/18/15
Vane and piston pumps/motors 18/16/13 50 1.0 17/15/12
Directional and pressure control valves 18/16/13 50 2.5 16/14/11
Gear pumps/motors 19/17/14 100 1.5 18/16/13
Flow control valvescylinders 20/18/15 100 2.5 17/15/12
New fluid 20/18/15 100 4.0 16/14/11

200 2.5 19/17/14
200 3.5 18/16/13
200 5.0 17/15/12
Filter Cart Element

Notes:
The results in the chart are based on the following assumption:
Performance 1. Initial contamination level is 500,000 particles greater than 10

micrometers per 100 ml of fluid (10MFP cart).
2. Inlet filter fitted with 40SA element; outlet with 20Q element.
Media Code Filter Media Capacity (grams)
3. System ingression rate equal to 1 X 106 particles greater than 10
40W Woven Wire * micrometers entering the system per minute.
40SA Synthetic *
20Q Microglass 140 The Intelli-Cart™ with particle detector provides
an excellent method for filtering and trending
10Q Microglass 135
contamination levels.
05Q Microglass 130
02Q Microglass 110 For optimum particle detector performance results
when monitoring contamination levels, fluid viscosity
range should be 50 - 250 SUS.
Efficiency
10000
Par-Gel™ Media Water
2Q 5Q
Capacity
1000 99.9
10Q Model Fluid Viscosity Capacity
5MFP 75 SUS 600 ml
200 99.5
200 SUS 420 ml
100 99.0
20Q 10MFP 75 SUS 500 ml
200 SUS 300 ml
20 95.0
Notes:
1. Par-Gel™ elements are designed to remove “free wa-
2 50.0 ter”, which is defined as water that is above a particular
fluid’s saturation level.
0 4 8 12 16 20 2. Capacity is very dependent on flow rate and viscosity.
Micron Size (c) Not recommended with fluids in excess of 500 SUS.
Notes: Multipass test run @ 80 gpm to 50 psid terminal - 5 mg/l BUGL.
170
Assembly
1. Install hoses to inlet and outlet 6. The inlet filter element is pro- 3. Loosen hex head screws on
filters by threading the hose end vided with a 3PSI bypass spring, filter cover. Turn cover to clear
with the straight thread o-ring and prevents the pump from screws, remove cover.
seal fitting into the filter flange. cavitating if the element is not 4. Pull filter element from the filter
2. Connect the PVC tube wands changed. The outlet filter ele- head.
to the swivel fitting on the hose ment is provided with a 35PSI a) Replace the synthetic or
end. When servicing the PVC bypass spring to prevent exces- Microglass elements. Verify
tube wand, do not over-torque sive pressure which may be correct element replacement.
the metal fittings going into the harmful to personnel or to the b) Wire mesh elements can be
PVC coupling. Over-torque will filter cart. cleaned. Ultrasonic cleaners
result in cracking the coupling. provide best results.
Generally, 1/4 turn beyond hand- Warning: The filter bypass 5. Install element in filter housing.
tight is sufficient. spring acts as a relief valve for Make sure element o-rings seat
3. The Intelli-Cart™ is shipped the pump. Do not restrict the properly into the head, making
with a bag that contains user outlet hose with a shut-off valve sure that the notch on the
manuals, iPD programming disk, which will defeat the function element lines up with the notch
and accessory parts. of the bypass valve, causing in the head.
4. The iPD is shipped with the excessive pressure, which may 6. Inspect the cover o-ring and
factory default setting. Users can be harmful to personnel or to the replace if necessary.
reprogram the iPD with the cable filter cart. 7. Replace cover and tighten hex
located in the attached bag, head screws until they are snug.
the program disk and the iPD 7. The cleanliness indicator works Do not over-torque (16 - 19
owners manual. on differential pressure and will Ft. Lbs.) these screws. Do not
indicate the condition of the interchange the inlet filter cover
Operating Instructions element (CLEAN, CHANGE, or with the outlet filter cover. (The
BYPASS). inlet filter has a “RFP” prefix, the
1. Insert the inlet wand assembly
outlet filter has a “ILP” prefix).
into the supply fluid receptacle
(drum/reservoir). The RFP filter is NOTE: The filter cart must be in 8. Contact the HFD service
operation for the indicator to read department at 419-644-0259
the inlet filter.
properly. regarding iPD calibration.
2. Insert the outlet wand assembly
9. iPD removal: remove oil lines
into the clean fluid receptacle
Maintenance Instructions from the iPD at the two fittings
(drum/reservoir). The ILP fIlter is
closest to the iPD. Disconnect
the outlet filter. 1. Turn switch to OFF position
the two cables from the iPD.
3. Verify that the ON/OFF switch is and unplug cord from electrical
Remove iPD from cart via two
OFF and plug the cord into the outlet.
screws. The cart can be used
proper grounded power source 2. Remove tube wands from oil to
without the iPD as long as the
(3 wire). prevent siphoning.
sample hoses are removed from
4. Turn switch to ON position and
the System 20. Protect sampling
check outlet wand for oil flow.
connectors from contamination.
Allow 30 to 60 seconds for
filters to fill with oil. If repeated
attempts to obtain oil flow fail,
check pump inlet fittings for
tightness, remove inlet filter Problem Cause Solution
access cover and verify the Does not start •• ON/OFF Switch •• Turn switch ON, replace switch if defective
cover sealing o-ring is in place. •• No electrical power •• Plug in cart
For very viscous fluids it may be •• Defective motor •• Replace
necessary to pour 1 or 2 quarts No oil flow or •• Filter housing not filled •• Allow pump to run 30 to 60 seconds
of fluid into the RFP inlet filter erratic pump with oil
housing to prime pump initially. noise
•• Suction leak •• Check tightness of inlet fittings
5. The condition of the filter •• Check o-ring in inlet filter cover for nicks
element should be monitored •• Kink or restriction in inlet hose
by observing the cleanliness •• Add 1 or 2 quarts of oil to inlet filter
indicator on the outlet filter. •• Defective pump •• Replace pump
When the indicator is in the
CHANGE position, both inlet and Indicator reads •• Element dirty •• Replace or clean elements (both filters)
CHANGE or •• Oil extremely cold or •• Change element to coarser micron rating
outlet filter elements MUST be BYPASS viscous
replaced to prevent fluid from
going through the bypass in the Indicator does •• No outlet element •• Install element
not seem to •• 40 micron element •• Check cart model number to verify correct
filters.
move installed in outlet filter element. The inlet filter has a rating RFP prefix;
the outlet filter has an ILP prefix
171
Filter Cart Replacement Parts
18
19 21**
17 15 16
20**
14
13
11 10
1
12
9 2
7 3
6 4
5
Item Item
No.
Part No. Description Qty
No.
Part No. Description Qty
1 928690 Frame 1 13 940978 Tube Fitting 1

1 941468 Frame (Intelli-Cart™) 1 14 928623 Cord Reel 1
2 940980 Pipe Reducer Fitting 1 15 941665 Inlet Filter – Nitrile 1
3 940979 Tube Fitting 1 15 941666 Inlet Filter – Fluorocarbon 1
4 937526 Suction Tube Assy. 1 16 928784 Tube Wand Assy. – Seal Option B 2
5 928652 Adapter Fitting 1 17 941908 Outlet Filter – Nitrile 1
6 928731 Pump 1 17 941909 Outlet Filter – Fluorocarbon 1
7 940977 Adapter Fitting 1 18 928663 Hose Assy. – Seal Option B 2
8 928650 Wheel 2 19 928651 Handle Grip 2
9 928653 Axle 1 20 See Chart** Element, (1) Inlet & (1) Outlet 2
10 928678 Motor 10MFP 1 21 See Chart** icountPD (Intelli-Cart™) 1
10 929692 Motor 5MFP 1 B84654 icount Cable (Intelli-Cart™) 1
11 937527 Discharge Tube Assy. 1 B84224 icount Hoses (Intelli-Cart™) 2
12 941467 Discharge Tube Top (Intelli-Cart™) 1 2/2A40EG4M-S icount Fitting 1(Intelli-Cart™) 2
941466 Discharge Tube Bottom (Intelli-Cart™) 1 EMA3/1/8ED icount Fitting 2 (Intelli-Cart™) 2
STI.0144.100 System 20 (Intelli-Cart™) 1 **Refer to chart on How to Order page.
3/8-8F40HG5S System 20 Fitting 1 (Intelli-Cart™) 2
12/8 F50X-S System 20 Fitting 2 (Intelli-Cart™) 2
172
5MFP, 10MFP and Intelli-Cart
How To Order
Example:
10MFP 2 40SA 10Q B VP I 1
BOX 1: Filter Series BOX 4: Outlet Filter Element BOX 7: Bypass

5MFP 5 GPM (3000 SUS max) 02Q Microglass, 2 micron 35 PSID (2.4 bar)
I
10MFP 10 GPM (500 SUS max) 05Q Microglass, 5 micron (outlet filter element)
10Q Microglass, 10 micron BOX 8: Options

20Q Microglass, 20 micron Symbol Description
Symbol Description
WR Par-GelTM Water Removal 1 None
2 Double
20’ electrical cord (retractable
BOX 5: Seals 61
BOX 3: Inlet Filter Element reel)
Symbol Description
Symbol Description 9 Visual indicator on inlet filter
B Nitrile PD2 iPD w/ standard LED display
40SA Synthetic, 40 micron
Stainless steel mesh, iPD w/ LCD display and
40W BOX 6: Indicator PDL2
40 micron nominal integrated Moisture Sensor
Symbol Description
20Q Microglass, 20 micron Notes:
Visual indicator, 3-band 1. standard woth option PD or PDL
VP
(mounted on outlet filter only) 2. only available in 10MFP configuration

Nitrile Seals Fluorocarbon Seals
Media Inlet Filter Outlet Filter Inlet Filter Outlet Filter
(3 psid integral bypass) (35 psid integral bypass) (3 psid integral bypass) (35 psid integral bypass)
02Q N/A 937397Q N/A 937405Q
05Q N/A 937398Q N/A 937406Q
10Q N/A 937399Q N/A 937407Q
20Q 940971Q 937400Q 940974Q 937408Q
40SA 940802 N/A 940972 N/A
40W 940803 N/A 940973 N/A
WR N/A 940734 N/A 940736
173
Guardian®
Portable Filtration System
174
Guardian®
The Guardian portable filtration system is a unique pump/motor/filter

combination designed for conditioning and transferring petroleum-based
and water emulsion fluids. It protects your system from contamination
added with new fluid because new fluid is not necessarily clean fluid.
Most new fluids right out of the drum are unfit for use due to high initial
concentrations of contaminants. Contamination may be added to a new
fluid during processing, mixing, handling, and storage.
The Guardian also circulates and “polishes” fluid in your existing

systems to reduce the contamination to an acceptable level. There are
hundreds of applications that the Guardian is suited for, with more being
discovered each day. If your system is sensitive to the harmful effects of
contamination, then the Guardian may be ideal for you.
Features Advantages Benefits

Lightweight, hand held, compact Easy to carry and fits easily on top of One person operation, capable of
design 55 gallon drums. getting to hard to reach areas.
Flow rate to 4 gpm (18 lpm). Filters and transfers simultaneously. One step operation.
Pump/motor combination with Handles fluids up to 16,000 SUS Reliable performance in a wide variety
Carboxylated Nitrile seals standard. viscosity (11,000 SUS -24 VDC). of operating conditions.
Built-in relief valve with no Only filtered fluid reaches downstream 100% filtration ensured, even when
downstream fluid bypass. components. unattended.
Wide variety of filter elements High capacity 2 micron absolute Maximizes element life between
available. disposable microglass to 74 changes.
micron cleanable wire and water
removal.
Clear, wire-reinforced 5’ hose No additional hardware required. Ready to use and easy to maneuver.
assemblies with wand attachments.
Optional quick disconnect hose Fast, easy setup and tear-down. Eliminates messy drips.
connections.
Heavy-duty ¼ HP, 115 VAC (230 VAC, UL recognized and CSA listed, with Safe, reliable performance; field
24 VDC- optional) motor with thermal replaceable brushes. serviceable.
overload protection.
Geroter pump with visible serviceable Dirt tolerant design with added Pump reliability in highly contaminated
inlet strainer. protection. fluids.
Quiet operation. Less than 70dB noise level @ 3 feet. Can be used most anywhere with
minimal disturbance.
Convenient inlet-to-outlet hose Contains fluids when transporting. Clean and safe operation.
connection.
Low center of gravity. Guardian stability. Unattended reliability.
Dual motor seals. Added motor protection. Longer motor life.
Auxiliary inlet/outlet ports. Used in place of, or in addition to, Flexibility.

standard ports. The outlet can also be
used as a sampling port.
175
Guardian®
Specifications and Installation
Maximum Allowable Operating Dimensions
Pressure (MAOP) mm
50 psi (3.4 bar) in
Flow Capacity
Up to 4 gpm (15 lpm) 18/3 power cord with
3 wire (1.5mm2 cross section)
3 prong plug. 1 ft.
power cord, 3 ft. lenth Non conductive
Maximum Recommended Fluid length(110/120 VAC).
(220/240 VAC).
Minimum
139.7 Element
carrying handle. 25 psid (1.7 bar)
Viscosity Quick access, zero differential visual
5.50 removal
leakage, ¾-11.5 NH indicator. clearance.
(.85 specific gravity) garden hose connections.
110-120 VAC and 220-240 VAC -
16,000 SUS ¾” lightweight Removable element.
24 VDC - 11,000 SUS wand assembly,
3 ft. full extended
Warning length.
208.5
Explosion hazard. Do not pump 8.21
flammable liquids such as gasoline,

alcohol, solvents, etc.
Ambient Operating Temperature
-15°F to 104°F (-26°C to 40°C) Vibration isolating
rubber feet 4-pls.
Fluid Operating Temperature ¾”wire reinforced flexible
inlet hose, 5 ft. length.
-15°F to 120°F (-26°C to 49°C)
¾”wire reinforced ¾”- 11.5 NH
Visual Indicator flexible outlet hose,
5 ft. length.
garden hose thread(Outlet).
Differential pressure type, set at 25

psid (1.7 bar)
Recommended Fluids
Motor is UL recognized
Petroleum based oils, water and CSA listed
emulsions, and diesel fuels
Integral Relief Valve
Set at 50 psi (3.4 bar) for motor
195
protection. 7.68
Noise Level
<70db at 3 ft.
Clean inlet strainer
as required
Electrical Motor
Visible and easily
¼ hp@2500 rpm. cleanable inlet strainer
24 VDC; 10A max. 398.5
110-120 VAC; 50/60 Hz; 3A max. 15.69
220-240 VAC; 50/60 Hz; 1.5A max.

Thermal overload protected. #10-24 Terminal Studs
Replaceable brushes (500 hours). 2-places (24 VDC)
Weight
Approximately 24 lbs (10.8 kg)
On/off Guardian Schematic
Materials switch
Housing - cast aluminum

Cover - die cast aluminum
Handle and Indicator - nylon Inlet
Wands and Hose - PVC 50.8
2.00
Fittings - brass
Outlet
Seals - fluorocarbon/carboxylated
nitrile 152.4
6.00
Alternate customer exchangeable, ½-14 NPT
inlet and outlet locations (Plugged).
176
Guardian®
Element Performance
Time Averaged
Dirt
Beta x/y/z Efficiency at x
Media Filter Capacity Beta Rating
=2/20/75 Particle Size
Code Media (Grams)
Where x/y/z is:
74W Woven Wire 74 micron1 * Bx = 2 50.0%
40W Woven Wire 40 micron 1
* Bx = 20 95.0%
25W Woven Wire 25 micron 1
* Bx = 75 98.7%
20C Cellulose 20 micron1 * Bx = 200 99.5%
10C Cellulose 5/8/16 4 Bx = 1000 99.9%
20Q Microglass 7.1/13.7/17.3 16.2
10Q Microglass 2.7/7.3/10.3 14.4
05Q Microglass <2/2.1/4.0 14.9
02Q Microglass <2/<2/<2 14.3
Multipass test run at 4 gpm (15 lpm) to 35 psid (2.4 bar)
1
Reference ratings only. Not multipass tested due to coarseness.
* Not applicable
Estimated Guardian Element Life and Cleanliness Levels

The following chart shows typical element life (in gallons of oil passed) and cleanliness levels achieved by standard Parker
elements available with the Guardian. Some assumptions have been made.*
Media Elements Used
New Oil ISO ISO Achieved Element Life
Code per 250 gallons
10C 22/20/16 21/19/15 120 gallons 2.08
20Q 22/20/16 21/19/15 486 gallons .51
10Q 22/20/16 19/16/14 407 gallons .61
05Q 22/20/16 17/15/12 330 gallons .75
02Q 22/20/16 15/13/10 316 gallons .79
* 1. New oil is at ISO 22/20/16. NOTE: Data for fluid transfer only. For continuous fluid
2. No environment or work ingression. polishing, lower ISO cleanliness levels will be achieved.
3. Single pass oil transfer.
Guardian Flow vs. Viscosity Performance

100000
10000
Viscosity (SUS)
1000
Note 1: Guardian not

recommended for fluid
100
viscosities greater than
16,000 SUS
(11,000 SUS;24VDC)
Note 2: Flows based

10
0 1 2 3 4 5 on Guardian with no
element installed
Flow (GPM)
177
Guardian®
Replacement Parts
Parts List
Part Part
# Number Description # Number Description
1 CF LABEL 21 SEE 44 ELEMENT
931913 MOTOR (110-120 VAC) 22 928981 RELIEF VALVE
2 932381 MOTOR (220-440 VAC) 23 927422 INDICATOR KIT
932759 MOTOR (24 VDC)
24 931838 HOUSING
3 902734 SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (4),¼-20X1
25 931888 RUBBER BUMPERS (2)
4 931890 ADAPTER PLATE
26 902907 SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (2), ¼-20 x ½
5 V72041 HOUSING O-RING
27 931928 BRASS FITTING (2)
6 931921 POLYPAK SEAL
28 931956 GASKET (4)
7 931899 SHADOW PLATE
29 931927 INLET SCREEN
8 931877 WOODRUFF KEY 1/8 X 3/8
30 931936 INLET HOSE ASSEMBLY
9 902679 SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (4), ¼-20 X ¾
31 931937 OUTLET HOSE ASSEMBLY
10 903630 ROLL PIN 1/8 X ¾
32 931965 WAND CREVICE ASSEMBLY
11 931873 GEROTER SET
33 931966 WAND ADAPTER ASSEMBLY
12 931903 GEROTER RING
34 926106 WASHER (2)
13 931900 OUTLET PLATE
35 932097 QUICK DISCONNECT KIT (NOT SHOWN)
14 V72135 GEROTER O-RING
36 932085 WASHER
15 931920 BRASS PIPE PLUG (2) ½-14
934329 BRUSH KIT (110/120 VAC)
16 903426 RoIl Pin 1/8 x 5/8 37 934327 BRUSH KIT (220/240 VAC)
17 931889 SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (2), ¼-20 x 5/8 932761 BRUSH KIT (24 VDC)
18 931897 HANDLE 932263 SEAL KIT
19 931892 COVER 932081 BOWL EXTENSION KIT
20 V72237 COVER O-RING CF - Consult Factory
178
Guardian Operation Guardian Element Servicing
A. Remove all shipping plugs from the hoses and fittings. A. Flip the switch on the end of the unit to the “off” position
B. Connect the inlet and outlet hose assemblies to the unit. and disconnect the electrical plug.
C. Connect the wand assemblies, if required. B. Rotate the cover counter-clockwise and remove.
D. Place the inlet hose wand assembly into the fluid to be C. Remove the element from the housing. Discard all
filtered and/or transferred. disposable elements. These elements are not cleanable,
E. Place the outlet hose/wand assembly into the container D. Place the new element In the housing, fitting the o-ring
where the fluid discharge is desired. neck into the large hole at the bottom.
F. Plug in the unit. E. Inspect the cover o-ring and replace if necessary.
G. Flip the switch on the end of the unit to the “on” posi- F. Replace the cover and hand-tighten.
tion. NOTE 1: It is recommended that the Guardian be
NOTE: For no-mess transportation, the inlet and outlet cleaned and flushed between uses with
hose assemblies can be screwed together by dissimilar fluids to prevent fluid mixing.
removing the wand assembly. NOTE 2: Motor brushes may require changeout
every 500 service hours
Troubleshooting Guide
Problem Cause Solution
Does not start. ON/OFF switch. Turn switch on, replace switch if defective.
No electrical power. Plug in Guradian, check for tripped circuit breakers, check for
Rectifier. blown fuses.
Motor overheats (160°F). Replace if defective.
Defective motor. Allow motor to cool, thernal overload will automatically reset.
Replace motor.
Does not start or errattic Worn motor brushes. Replace motor brushes.
motor noise.
Intermittent start/stop High viscosity fluids. High viscosity fluids can cause the motor to overheat and cycle
operation. Worn motor brushes. intermittently.
Defective motor. Replace motor grushes.
Replace motor.
Hot motor. Pumping under heavy load. It is normal, under a heavy pumping load for the motor to reach
Defective motor. 160°F.
Replace motor if shell temperature reaches greater than 170°F.
No flow or erratic pump Filter housing not filled with oil. Allow Guardian to run a few seconds.
noise. Suction leak. Check tghtness of inlet fittings and hoses. Check gaskets are
Obstructed outlet. in place and are not damaged. Kink or restriction in the inlet
Element dirty. hose.
Sheared pump key. Clear outlet.
Defective Guardian. Replace or clean element.
Replace woodruff key.
Replace unit.
No flow, erratic pump noise, Gears binding. Disassemble Guardian and throroughly clean the gear set.
motor overheats. Always use the inlet strainer provided to protect the unit.
Replace defective gears.
No suction. Plugged strainer. Clean or replace the inlet strainer as required.
Clean relief valve. Check for damaged internal o-rings.
Reduced oil flow. High viscosity fluids. High viscosity fluids can cause reduced flow, which is normal.
Element dirty. Replace or clean element.
Relief valve sticks or is lodged Clean releif valve or replace if defective.
open. Clear the hose obstruction.
Partially obstructed inlet or Check tightness of inlet fittings and hose.
outlet hose. Replace gear set.
Suction leak.
Worn gears.
Indicator moves to RED Element dirty. Replace or clean element.
Area. Oil extremely cold or viscous. Change element to coarser micron rating.
Obstruced outlet. Clear outlet obstruction.
Defective indicator. Replace indicator.
Indicator dows not seem to No element. Install element.
move. Defective indicator. Replace indicator.
Joses discolor or are hard. Fluid compatibility. Certain fluids, over time, will cause the hoses to discolor. This
does not impair their performance. But, some fluids will cause
the hoses to become brittle, requiring replacement.
Oil formation under unit. Defective shaft seal. Replace the motor shaft seal.
179
Guardian Replacement Parts
Item Item
Description PN Description PN
No. No.
1 Label Consult Factory 21 Element (see next page)
2 Motor, 110-120 VAC 931913 22 Relief Valve 928981
220-440 VAC 932381 23 Indicator Kit 927422
24 VDC 932759 24 Housing 931838
3 SHCS(4),¼-20x1 902734 25 Rubber Bumpers (2) 931888
4 Adapter Plate 931890 26 SHCS(2), ¼-20 x ½ 902907
5 Housing O-Ring V72041 27 Brass Fitting (2) 931928
6 Polypak Seal 931921 28 Gasket (4) 931956
7 Shadow Plate 931899 29 Inlet Screen 931927
8 Woodruff Key 1/8 x 3/8 931877 30 Inlet Hose Assembly 931936
9 SHCS(4), ¼-20 x ¾ 902679 31 Outlet Hose Assembly 931937
10 Roll Pin 1/8 x ¾ 903630 32 Wand Crevice Assembly 931965
11 Geroter Set 931873 33 Wand Adapter Assembly 931966
12 Geroter Ring 931903 34 Washer (2) 926106
13 Outlet Plate 931900 35 Quick Disconnect Kit 932097
14 Geroter O-ring V72135 (Not Shown)
15 Brass Pipe Plug (2) ½-14 931920 36 Washer 932085
16 RoIl Pin 1/8 x 5/8 903426 37 Brush Kit (110/120) 934329
17 SHCS (2), ¼-20 x 5/8 931889 (220/240 VAC) 934327
18 Handle 931897 (24 VDC) 932761
19 Cover 931892 Seal Kit 932263
20 Cover O-Ring V72237 Bowl Extension Kit 932081
NOTE: SHCS denotes “socket head cap screw”
180
Guardian Series
How To Order
Example:
BOX 1 BOX 2 BOX 3 BOX 4
GT4 10C 1
BOX 1: Seals BOX 3: Media BOX 4: Options

None Carboxylated Nitrile 25W Wire Mesh 1 None
40W Wire Mesh Quick disconnect hose
BOX 2: Model 6
connections
Symbol Description 74W Wire Mesh
10C Cellulose Please note the bolded options reflect
GT4 Guardian 110/120 VAC
®
GT4D 24 VDC 02Q Microglass, 2 micron
GT4E 220/240 VAC 05Q Microglass, 5 micron
WR Water Removal
Media Part No. Box Qty. Media Part No. Box Qty.
02Q 933467Q 2 20C 932020 2
05Q 932018Q 2 25W 922627 1
10Q 932017Q 2 40W 922628 1
20Q 933468Q 2 74W 922626 1
10C 932016 2 WR 932019 2
Global products as identified are offered

worldwide through all Parker locations and
utilize a common ordering code.
181
Sentinel ™
Portable Purification System
182
Sentinel ™
Delivering big results in a

compact, lightweight package,
the Sentinel is the latest in fluid
purification technology from
Parker. The system guards over
mission critical hydraulic and
lubrication systems to effectively
attack water, solids and gases
while improving equipment
health, productivity and reliability.
The smallest in Parker’s family

of oil purifiers, the Sentinel’s
unattended automatic operation
minimizes energy consumption
while extending the usable life
of fluids. Equipped with Parker’s
IQAN MD3 platform control
system, the Sentinel provides user
confidence in system monitoring
while delivering maximum
performance on demand.
Typical Markets/
Applications
• Automotive
Plastic Injection Molding
Lubrication Systems
• Power Generation
Electrohydraulic Control
Systems
• Marine
Propulsion
Steering Systems Thrusters
• Petrochemical
Lubrication Systems
Process Controls
• Aerospace
Ground Support Equipment
Test Stands
• Mining
Lubrication Systems
183
Sentinel ™
Features
Compact Size Desiccant Breather
• Will fit through small doorways • Provides dry, clean air intake
• Makes marine applications possible • More effiicient operation
Ecoglass Particulate Element 316 Stainless Steel
• Coreless, non-metallic constructions • Used for primary wetted surfaces
• Environmentally friendly, wasy disposal • No corrosion
Diffusion Head / Manifold • Product reliability
• Flexibility with various fluid viscosities Reverse Phase Switch
• Excellent moisture removal efficiency • Enable easy change of motor rotation if out of
Forklift Guides / Lifting Eyes phase
• Safe and secure method of lifting • Ease of maintenance
• Employee safety • Prevents incorrect rotation
Automatic Operation
• Inattended use
• Reduces labor costs
• Increases operation time
Principles of Operation
Contaminated fluid is drawn Vacuum Gauge Coalescing Filter
through the Sentinel circuit by
vacuum. The fluid is subjected to High Level
Desiccant Overflow
optimum vacuum, temperature Air Breather Reservoir
and surface area to reduce the Low Watt
Density Overflow
boiling point of water and convert High Level Switch Heater Tank
water to water vapor. Optimum
Vacuum
temperature is achieved with a Low Level Switch Chamber Inlet Flow
low watt density heater. Maximum
surface area is accomplished by
passing the fluid through a unique
diffusing column.
Flow
Direction
The fluid is protected from
excessive heat by circulation for Oil Discharge Dry Sealed High Level Condensate
a fixed time period. When the Pump Vacuum Pump Vacuum

Condensate Outlet
pre-set time period is realized, Tank
the fluid discharges through high Model 40CN-2 Condensate
efficiency filtration to the main Absolute Filter Oil Lubricator Drain
system reservoir. Water vapor
that has been extracted from
the system is exposed to a series
of coalescers to eliminate any
carryover oil vapor in the exhaust
stream.
The process repeats until the

desired steady state condition is
achieved.
184
Sentinel ™
One of the highlights of the new Sentinel unit is the addition of Parker’s
IQAN system. The IQAN is an electronic PLC interface that controls
many of the operating functions on the Sentinel. With IQAN, the
operator can customize set points for various applications within their
facility. Some of the user defined set points are:
• sample rate
• moisture high limit
• moisture set point (low limit)
• temperature
• vacuum purge cycle
• auto condensate drain
• energy conserving features
Three modes of operation

Standard
Conventional purifiers require that the reservoir fluid be at 150°F before
efficient water removal occurs. This could take hours if the ambient
temperatures are low and the reservoir volumes are large. Standard
mode allows for less power consumption by drawing the fluid through
the unit in a unique cyclic method. The fluid is drawn into the unit
and held while heat and vacuum act on it to remove water. Every two
minutes the fluid is discharged and the process repeats, conserving
power that otherwise would be necessary to bring the entire main
system reservoir to the required 150°F.
Sentinel
Sentinel mode acts the same as standard mode other than it samples
by drawing in fluid from the reservoir and testing the water saturation
point. If the level is less than the desired set point, the system will
hibernate until the next sampling point. The minimum time between
sampling is 20 minutes and the maximum is 12 hours.
Sample
Once started, three batches of hydraulic fluid will be drawn into the
system where overall moisture level and temperature are averaged and
displayed on the IQAN screen.
185
Sentinel ™
Specifications
Flow Rate 5 gpm (18.9 lpm)
45" H x 19.5" W x 24" L Electrical Requirements:
Dimensions
230VAC, 3P, 60Hz
(1143mm x 495mm x 686mm) 380VAC, 3P, 50Hz
440 lbs. (200 kg) 415VAC, 3P, 50Hz
Weight
460VAC, 3P, 60Hz
Seal material Fluorocarbon 575VAC, 3P, 60Hz
Condensate tank .5 gal (1.9 ltrs)

Electrical Connection Port:
Dispersal elements 1 NEMA L16-30P Flanged Inlet
Minimum operating capacity 5 gal (18.9 ltrs) Hydraulic Connections:

Vacuum (max) 24 In/Hg Inlet: JIC 12
Outlet: JIC 12
Viscosity (max) 2150 SUS (460 cSt) Max Flow: 5 GPM
Outlet pressure (max) 60 psi (4.1 bar) Water Drain: JIC 8
Ports 3/4" JIC (male) inlet Vacuum Exhaust Port: JIC 8

3/4" JIC (male) outlet
Max Pressure: 60 psi (gauge)
FLA (full load amps) 16 amps @ 480VAC
Vibration: Band 1: 900 hz .5 g*g/Hz
Shipping Weight 640 lbs. (290 kg) maximum
Shipping Dimensions 56" H x 37" W x 37" L Storage: Max Temp 180°F, 100% rh
(1422mm x 940mm x 940mm)
IQAN Control
Main Power
Phase Reversal 24.4 (619 mm) 19.5 (495 mm)
Hydraulic
Outlet
4 Point Tie
Down Rings
45.2
(1148 mm)
Vacuum
Exhaust
Hydraulic
Inlet
Electrical
Connection
Port
Water
Drain
1/2” NPT Fork Truck

Cabinet Drain Support Pocket
Note: Dimensions and weights are approximate and are for reference only.
186
Sentinel ™
Specifications
Potential Typical Performance

Sentinel Performance
Contaminant
ISO Cleanliness Code Tank Size 55 gallon test drum
Solid particulate
14/13/10 Attainable
Run Time 16 hours
Removes 100% of free wa-
Water Fluid Type Hydraulic
ter, 90% of dissolved water
Removes 100% of free air Start: 7,000+ ppm (1%)
Air/Gases and gases, 90% of dis- Water Content Saturation pt: 5,000 ppm
solved air and gases Stop: 200 ppm (0.005%)
Water Removal Time

5000 ppm (.5%) to 150 ppm (.015%)
40
35
30
25
Total Hours
20
15
10
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
Reservoir Size (Gallons)
Time vs. Reservoir Moisture
600
500
Reservoir Moisture (ppm)
400
300
200
100
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140

Time (min)
187
Ordering
Standard Unit
943118* 230VAC, 3P, 60Hz
943116* 380VAC, 3P, 50Hz
943494* 415VAC, 3P, 50Hz
943213* 460VAC, 3P, 60Hz
945341* 575VAC, 3P, 60Hz
Optional Accessories
943236 Mounting Bracket Kit
943238 Cordset (pigtail end)
Service Parts
936711Q Hydraulic Particulate Element
Service Kit (includes TriCeptor air breather, hydraulic particulate element,
943237
coalescing element, vacuum pump oil and vacuum pump filter element)
20072409 IQAN MD3
B-10235-0-460 Heater 460VAC
B-10235-0-380 Heater 380VAC
B-10235-0-230 Heater 230VAC
CEM3546T Hydraulic Pump Motor
06F20C2218A1FPH80 Condensate Drain Valve
00424 Float Switch
MPS-V33N-PGAT Vacuum Sensor
2820008 Pressure Sensor
40CN205QEVE2GS164 Filter
MS1504 Moisture Sensor
3349116565 Gear Pump
* Standard unit includes

Dry sealed vacuum pump, Coalescing filter, 5 micron Ecoglass element, 6KW 3 phase low watt density
heater, 3” diameter rubber-wheel casters, Consult factory for other options
188
Sentinel Specification Worksheet
Customer Name & Address:___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
Market & Application (i.e. Power Gen/Turbine Lube)_______________________________________________
Fluid Type:_______________________Brand:_______________________Grade:_________________________
Viscosity: Min:______________SUS/cSt @_________ °F/°C
Max:_____________SUS/cSt @_________ °F/°C
Normal:__________SUS/cSt @_________ °F/°C
Critical Hydraulic Component Types: (Check all that apply)
 Servo Valves  Proportional Valves
 Vane and piston pumps/motors  Gear pumps/motors
 Directional & pressure control valves  Flow control valves
Water concentration: Current % of water____________
Desired % of water____________
Sentinel/PVS location related to reservoir (reservoir above or below ground level & distance)
 0-5 meters  5-10 meters  ≥10 meters
System fluid operating temperature: __________________ °F/°C
Voltage options:  230 VAC, 3P 60Hz  380 VAC, 3P 50Hz  415 VAC, 3P 50Hz
 460 VAC, 3P 60Hz  575 VAC, 3P 60Hz
System Volume:  0-1000 gal - Sentinel or PVS185  1000-3000 gal - PVS600
 3000-7000 gal  7000-9000 gal
 >9000 gal
Any previous filtration problems with the application?
 Gelling  High contamination levels  High ambient environment
Sentinel model selected:_________________________________________________
Parker Hannifin Corporation

Hydraulic & Hydraulic Filter Division
16810 Fulton County Road #2
Metamora, OH 43540
phone 419 644 4311
hydraulicfilter@parker.com
www.parker.com/hydraulicfilter
189
Portable Purification Systems
Models PVS 185, 600, 1200, 1800, 2700
190
PVS Series
Principles of Operation
Contaminated oil is drawn into the Parker Portable
Purification System by a vacuum of 25 In/Hg. The Typical Saturation Points
oil passes through the in-line low watt density heater Fluid Type PPM %
where the oil is heated to an optimum temperature of Hydraulic Fluid 300 .03%
150° F (66°C).
Lubrication Fluid 400 .04%
The oil then enters the distillation column where
Transformer Fluid 50 .005%
it is exposed to the vacuum through the use of special
dispersal elements. This increases the exposed
surface area of the oil and converts the water to vapor
form, which is then drawn through the condenser by
the vacuum pump.
The water-free oil falls to the bottom of the column
and is removed by a heavy duty lube oil pump. This
pump forces the dry oil through a final particulate
removal filter. Clean oil passes out of the unit, back to
the reservoir — and into the system.
Effects of Water Contamination

Water is one of the most common contaminants in Free water occurs when oil becomes saturated and
a fluid system and one of the most damaging. When cannot hold any more water. This water is usually
water contaminates a system, it can cause serious seen as cloudy oil or puddles of water at the bottom
problems such as: of an oil reservoir. Water which is absorbed into the
•• Corrosion be etching metal oil is called dissolved water. At higher temperatures,
•• Fluid breakdown, reduction of lubricatins oil has the ability to hold more water in the dissolved
properties, additive precipitation and oil stage due to the expansion of oil molecules. As the oil
oxidation cools, this ability reverses and free water will appear
•• Reduced dielectric strength where not visible before. In addition to temperature,
•• Abrasive wear in hydraulic components fluid type also determines the saturation point for
your system (see chart above).
191
PVS Series
Applications Markets
• Hydraulic Systems • Power Generation
• Lubrication Systems • Pulp and Paper
• Primary Metals
• Turbine Oil
• Mining
• Transformer Oil • Plastic Injection
• New Oil (oil storage) Molding
• Oil Exploration
• Seal Oil
• Petrochemical
• Explosion Proof • Automotive
Environments NEMA 7 Explosion Proof • Aerospace
• Refineries
• Transportation
Standard Features Advantages Benefits
Variable flow circuit • Allows oil to heat more quickly so • Time savings
water is removed faster
Moisture sensor • Real-time water content • At-a-glance visual confirmation
indication in % saturation
Automatic operation • Unattended use • Reduces labor costs
• Designed for 24/7 operation • Increases operation time
316 Stainless steel used for • No corrosion • Product reliability
primary wetted surfaces
Ecoglass particulate element • Coreless, non-metallic • Environmentally friendly, easy
construction disposal
Clear plexiglass covers on the • See the vacuum dehydration • Visual verification of water
condensate tank and vacuum process work removal
chamber
Desiccant breather • Insures dry, clean intake air • More efficient operation
Reverse phase switch • Enables easy changing of • Ease of maintenance
motor rotation if out-of-phase • Prevents incorrect rotation
Condensate holding tank with • Large volume for infrequent • Reduces maintenance costs
optional auto drain servicing intervals
Programmable thermostat • Maintains oil within 1°F • Unattended operation
• Prevents overheating the oil
Forklift guides and lifting eyes • Provides safe and secure • Employee safety
method of lifting the unit
Coalescing or packed tower oil • Flexibility with various fluid • Greater efficiency in removing
dispersal elements viscosities moisture
192
PVS Series
Vacuum Dehydration Performance
Potential Typical Performance
Contaminant PVS Performance Tank Size 60 Gallons (227 liters)
ISO Cleanliness Code* Run Time 62 minutes
Solid particulate
14/13/10 Attainable
Parker Model PVS 600 (10 GPM)
Removes 100% of free water,
Water Water Content (ppm) Start: 10,000 PPM (1.0%)
90% of dissolved water
Stop: 50 PPM (0.005%)
Removes 100% of free air
Contamination Level Start: ISO 21/18/16
Air/Gases and gases, 90% of dissolved
Stop: ISO 16/14/11
air and gases
*When utilizing 02Q media.
PVS (Vacuum Dehydration)

Compared to Other Technologies
Centrifuge units – Removes free water only; has difficulty
breaking stable emulsions; larger envelope dimensions but
lower flows; higher initial and operating costs.
Desiccant units – Have limited water removal

Start Stop
capability due to absorbing material; only removes air
ingressed particles; expensive compared to the volume of
water removed.
Coalescer units – Removes free water only; has difficulty

breaking stable emulsions; does not work well in viscous
fluids (>100 sus); much larger in size compared to PVS.
193
PVS 185 Series
Specifications
Flow rate 5 gpm (18.9 lpm)
Dimensions 65" H x 33” W x 48” L
(1651mm x 838mm x 1219mm)
Weight 650 lbs. (295 kg)
Seal material Fluorocarbon (EPR optional)
Condensate tank 4.1 gal (15.5 ltrs)
Dispersal elements 1
Minimum operating capacity 5 gal (18.9 ltrs)
Vacuum (max) 25 In/Hg
Viscosity (max) 500 sus (108 cSt)-Disposable
2150 sus (460 cSt)-Packed Tower
Outlet pressure (max) 60 psi (4.1 bar)
Ports 3/4" JIC (male) inlet
3/4" JIC (male) outlet
FLA (full load amps) 15-41 amps
(Depending on options & voltages)
Shipping Dimensions 70” H x 48” W x 60” L
(1778mm x 1219mm x 1524mm)
Note: Dimensions and weights are approximate and for reference only.
Replacement UL and CUL Marked
Elements
Standard Coreless
Particulate (80CN-2) PVS 185 Flow Diagram
02QE (2 micron) 936716Q
05QE (5 micron) 936717Q
10QE (10 micron) 936718Q
20QE (20 micron) 936719Q
Optional Coreless
Particulate (IL8-3)
02QE (2 micron) 933734Q
05QE (5 micron) 933612Q
10QE (10 micron) 933735Q
20QE (20 micron) 933736Q
Dispersal
Disposable
945801
(Coalescing)
Heater
Packed tower
933553
(Cleanable)
194
PVS 600 Series
Specifications
(1651mm x 838mm x 1219mm)
Weight 900 lbs. (408.2 kg)
Ports 1" JIC (male) inlet
1" JIC (male) outlet
(1778mm x 1219mm x 1524mm)
Replacement
Elements
UL and CUL Marked
Standard Coreless
Particulate (80CN-2)
02QE (2 micron)
05QE (5 micron)
936716Q
936717Q
PVS 600 Flow Diagram
10QE (10 micron) 936718Q
20QE (20 micron) 936719Q
Optional Coreless
Particulate (IL8-3)
02QE (2 micron) 933734Q
05QE (5 micron) 933612Q
10QE (10 micron) 933735Q
20QE (20 micron) 933736Q
Dispersal
Disposable
945801
(Coalescing)
Packed tower
933553
(Cleanable)
195
PVS 1200 Series
Specifications
(1651mm x 1118mm x 1549mm)
Ports 1½" JIC (male) inlet
(1778mm x 1651mm x 1524mm)
Note: Dimensions and weights are approximate and for reference only. UL and CUL Marked
Replacement
Elements
Standard Coreless
Particulate (IL8-3)
02QE (2 micron) 933734Q
05QE (5 micron) 933612Q PVS 1200 Flow Diagram
10QE (10 micron) 933735Q
20QE (20 micron) 933736Q
Dispersal
Disposable
945801
(Coalescing)
Packed tower
933553
(Cleanable)
196
PVS 1800 Series
Specifications
Replacement
Dimensions 68” H x 42” W x 75” L Elements
(1727mm x 1067mm x 1905mm) Standard Coreless
Particulate (IL8-3)
02QE (2 micron) 933734Q
05QE (5 micron) 933612Q
Condensate tank 8.3 gal (31.4 ltrs) 10QE (10 micron) 933735Q
Dispersal elements 8 20QE (20 micron) 933736Q
Minimum operating capacity 18 gal ( 68.1 ltrs) Dispersal
Vacuum (max) 25 In/Hg Disposable
945801
(Coalescing)
Packed tower
2150 sus (460 cSt)-Packed Tower 933553
(Cleanable)
1.5" JIC (male) outlet
FLA (full load amps) 40-65 amps @ 460 V/60hz
(1778mm x 1219mm x 2032mm)
UL and CUL Marked
197
PVS 2700 Series
Specifications
Replacement
Dimensions 65" H x 42” W x 75” L Elements
(1727mm x 1067mm x 1905mm) Standard Coreless
Particulate (IL8-3)
02QE (2 micron) 933734Q
Seal material Fluorocarbon (EPR optional) 05QE (5 micron) 933612Q
Condensate tank 8.3 gal (31.4 ltrs) 10QE (10 micron) 933735Q
Dispersal elements 8 20QE (20 micron) 933736Q
Minimum operating capacity 18 gal ( 68.1 ltrs) Dispersal
Vacuum (max) 25 In/Hg Disposable
945801
(Coalescing)
Packed tower
2150 sus (460 cSt)-Packed Tower 933553
(Cleanable)
FLA (full load amps) 50-70 amps @ 460 V/60hz
(1778mm x 1219mm x 2032mm)
UL and CUL Marked
198
PVS Series
Specification Worksheet
1. Application:_________________________________________________________________________________
2. Fluid Type:_______________________________ Brand:_______________________________

Grade:__________________________________ Specific Gravity:_______________________
3. Viscosity: Min___________________ SUS/cSt @_________________ oF/oC

Max__________________ SUS/cSt @_________________ oF/oC
Normal_______________ SUS/cSt @_________________ oF/oC
4. Contamination level: Current ISO level ______/_____ /_____

Desired ISO level ______/_____ /_____
5. Water concentration: Current PPM level_________________

Desired PPM level_________________
6. Suction head: Positive/Negative_______________________ Ft./meters________________________
7. Operating distance:______________________________________ Ft./meters________________________
8. System fluid operating temperature:____________________ oF/oC Is there a cooler?__________________
9. Operating environment air temperature: (air cooled model)

Min_______________________________ oF/oC
Max______________________________ oF/oC
Normal____________________________ oF/oC
10. Water supply temperature: (liquid ring model)

Min_______________________________ oF/oC
Max_____________________________ oF/oC
Normal____________________________ oF/oC
11. Operating environment above/below sea level:__________________________________________ Ft./meters
12. Voltage options: • 230VAC, 3P, 60Hz (185, 600)

• 380VAC, 3P, 50Hz (185, 600, 1200, 1800, 2700)
• 460VAC, 3P, 60Hz (185, 600, 1200, 1800, 2700)
• 575VAC, 3P, 60Hz (185, 600, 1200, 1800, 2700)
13. Available amperage: ________________________________________________________________________
14. Reservoir volume: __________________________________________________________________________
15. Special requirements:________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Any previous filtration problems with the application:______________________________________________
17. PVS model selected: ________________________________________________________________________
NOTE: Specification sheet must be completed before order can be entered.
199
PVS Series
Portable Purification Systems
How To Order
Example:

ACD, DFL, CR
PVS 600 460 DS D 10QE AC
BOX 1: Filter Series BOX 4: Vacuum Pump BOX 8: Condenser

None Fluorocarbon DS Dry sealed AC Air cooled
E8 10 GPM (500 SUS max) LR2 Stationary liquid ring LC Liquid cooled
ALR 2
Portable liquid ring BC Air and water cooled
BOX 2: Base Unit Flow Rate
Symbol Description BOX 5: Dispersal Element BOX 9: Options4
185 5 GPM (18.9 lpm) Symbol Description Symbol Description
600 10 GPM (37.9 lpm) D Coalescing (disposable) 3HP 3HP high viscosity circuit
1200 20 GPM (75.7 lpm) P Packed tower (cleanable) 5DW 5” diameter wheels
1800 30 GPM (113.6 lpm) ACD Auto condensate drain
2700 45 GPM (170.3 lpm) BOX 6: Particulate Element AFK Auto-fill kit
Symbol Description CDC Condensate drain counter
BOX 3: Power Supply1 2QE Ecoglass, 2 micron CE CE marked
Model Symbol Description 5QE Ecoglass, 5 micron CF Carbon exhaust filter
230 230 VAC, 3P, 60Hz 10QE Ecoglass, 10 micron
380 380 VAC, 3P, 50Hz CR Cable reel
185 20QE Ecoglass, 20 micron CR48 Cable reel 48kW
460 460 VAC, 3P, 60Hz
575 575 VAC, 3P, 60Hz Note: Above elements are rated for Beta DFL Dirty filter light
380 380 VAC, 3P, 50Hz 200+ (99.5% efficiency)
DPG Differential pressure gauge
600 460 460 VAC, 3P, 60Hz
575 575 VAC, 3P, 60Hz EX2 Explosion proof (Class I,
BOX 7: Heater Division II, Zone I and II)
380 380 VAC, 3P, 50Hz
Model Symbol Description IL8 Upgrade to IL8-3 coreless
1200 460 460 VAC, 3P, 60Hz
575 575 VAC, 3P, 60Hz 185 12 12 kW/ 3 phase filter
24 24 kW/ 3 phase MBV Motorized ball valves
380 380 VAC, 3P, 50Hz 600
1800 460 460 VAC, 3P, 60Hz 36 36 kW/ 3 phase PW Pneumatic wheels
575 575 VAC, 3P, 60Hz 24 24 kW/ 3 phase RHM Resetable hour meter
380 380 VAC, 3P, 50Hz 1200 36 36 kW/ 3 phase
SFI Sight flow indicator
2700 460 460 VAC, 3P, 60Hz 48 48 kW/3 phase
575 575 VAC, 3P, 60Hz PD LED particle detector
36 36 kW/ 3 phase
1800 PDL LCD particle detector
* Consult factory for special voltage 48 48 kW/ 3 phase
2700 48 48 kW/ 3 phase Notes:
1. Consult factory for special voltage
2. External water source
3. Onboard water source
4. Consult factory for other options
200
SMR Series
Submicronic Removal
Fluid Purification Systems
201
SMR Series
Applications
The SMR Series is the smart Agglomeration (BCA™) • Power Generation

purification solution for fluid technology does not remove - Steam & Gas Turbine
flow in the 10 GPM (38 LPM) water, however with the - hydraulics & lubrication
range. The SMR contains removal of thousands of sub- • Oil & Gas
patented Balanced Charge micron particles, the majority - Compressor/Turbine
Agglomeration (BCA™) of sites where water can hydraulics & lubrication
technology, which maintains readily attach are mitigated. • Pulp & Paper
hydraulic and lubricating Water is more easily separated - Lube oil
fluids in optimum condition and removed, improving - Hydraulics
while preventing/removing the demulsibility. • Manufacturing
build-up of sludge and varnish. - Hydraulics
The system is available in a PLC - Lubrication
or simplified control version. - EDM
Balanced Charge - Injection molders
• Others
- Cooking oil
- Gear oil
- Fuels
- Bio fuels
- Steel
- Military
202
SMR Series
Balanced Charge Agglomeration (BCA™) - How the Technology
Works
1
2 3
1 Particles are passed across high-voltage electrodes, inducing a charge on the

particles (+) and (-) in separate paths.
2 Oppositely charged particles are mixed and are attracted to each other, forming
larger particle clusters.
3 Particle clusters are more efficiently filtered.
Evaluation of the SMR Process - Actual Test Results

• Varnish is stripped from the hydraulic or lubrication system as fluid is processed
through the SMR.
• The varnish is suspended in the hydraulic fluid as sub-micron particulate.
• BCA™ develops larger particles (see graphic above).
• The particulate is effectively removed from the hydraulic or lubrication fluid by high
efficiency filters.
Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Result 5
Result 6 Result 7 Result 8 Result 9 Result 10
Results from a 10 month field trial
203
SMR Series
Features and Benefits
• Contaminant Removal to the

Sub-Micron Level
• Prevention and Removal of

Sludge and Varnish
• Removal of Oxidation
Byproducts and Biological
Contamination
• Removal of Ferrous and

Non-Ferrous Contaminants
The Parker SMR Benefit
• Unmatched Fluid Purification &

System Polishing
• Proven Varnish Removal
• PLC Control & Data Tracking
• OEM Approvals
204
SMR10
Element Performance
Efficiency Capacity
Filtration Ratio/ Efficiency % PSID
Beta Rating
10000 100
2Q
5Q
10Q 6
2Q 20Q
5Q 80
10Q
1000 99.9 5
60 4
200 99.5
20Q
100 99.0
3
40
20 95.0 2
20
1
2 50.0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Dimensions are in inches. Drawings are for reference only.

205
SMR10
Specifications
Shipping Weight
Approx. 525 lbs (238 kg)
Fluid
Viscosity: 1,020 SUS (220 cSt) maximum
Maximum Pressure: 50/80 PSI (operating/static)
Minimum Fluid Temperature: 65° F (18° C)
Maximum Fluid Temperature: 200° F (93° C)
Minimum Fluid Flash Point: >140° F (60° C)
Power
Customer Provided
Voltage: 110VAC/1Ph/60Hz, 230VAC/3Ph/60Hz,
460VAC/3Ph/60Hz
Phase: 1/3
Frequency 60Hz
Motor
Power: 0.5 HP
Voltage/Ph/Freq: 0-230/460/3/variable
RPM: 0 to 2000
Pump
Positive Displacement - Variable Frequency Drive
(VFD)
Design Flow Rate: 2.5 - 10 GPM
Parameter Settings
Parameter Default Minimum Maximum
Flow 10 GPM [37.9 LPM] 2.5 GPM [9.45 LPM] 10 GPM [37.85 LPM]
Shutdown Pressure 70 psi [4.82 bar] 0 psi/bar 75 psi [5.17 bar]
Max Operating Pressure 50 psi [3.4 bar] 0 psi/bar 60 psi [4.13 bar]
Min Operating Pressure 0 psi [0.0 bar] 0 psi/bar 5 psi [0.34 bar]
Maximum Temperature 200°F [93.3°C] 35°F [1.6°C] 200°F [93.3°C]
Minimum Temperature 35°F [1.5°C] 35°F [1.6°C] 200°F [93.3°C]
Upstream Filter Delta-P 15 psi [1.0 bar] 5 psi [0.34 bar] 25 psi [1.7 bar]
Downstream Filter Delta-P 10 psi [0.67 bar] 5 psi [0.34 bar] 25 psi [1.7 bar]
Auto-Restart after power loss OFF n/a n/a
Auto-Restart after temperature OFF n/a n/a
shutdown
US or Metric units US
206
SMR10
Parts List
Quantity Parker Part # Description

1 165-00004 Drive, AC, A/B 1 HP 240V 1 PH
165-00003 Drive, AC, A/B 1 HP 480V 3 PH
165-00008 Drive, AC, A/B 1 HP 120V 1 PH
165-00011 Drive, Line Filter, 120V & 240V 1 PH
165-00014 Drive, Line Filter, 460V 3 PH
1 270-00006 PLC/HMI
1 275-00007 Power Supply, H.V.
1 275-00002 Power Supply, A/B 24V 110-240V
1 275-00006 Power Supply, C/H 24V 380-480V
1 290-00001 Relay, H.V., A/B
1 245-00006 Light Module, A/B, Green
1 245-00005 Light Module, A/B, Yellow
1 250-00022 Motor, 1 HP, 230-380 STD
1 280-00009 Pump/Bypass, 10 GPM, STD
1 V72244 O-Ring, vessel 1, 2 or 3
1 933219Q 5 Micron Filter, Upstream
1 933218Q 2 Micron Filter, Downstream
1 195-00001 Feedthru, H.V.
4 350-00001 Transducer, pressure
207
SMR Series
Specification Worksheet
1. Application:_________________________________________________________________________________
2. Fluid Type:_______________________________ Brand:_______________________________

Grade:__________________________________ Specific Gravity:_______________________
3. Viscosity: Min___________________ SUS/cSt @_________________ oF/oC

Max__________________ SUS/cSt @_________________ oF/oC
4. Contamination level: Current ISO level ______/_____ /_____

Desired ISO level ______/_____ /_____
5. Water concentration: Current PPM level_________________

Desired PPM level_________________
6. Current TAN_____________ Have there been long term isues with acid?______________________________
7. Has there been static discharge from system filters?_______________________________________________
8. Any visible signs of fluid oxidation or varnish?_____________________________________________________
9. Any frequent component failures or repairs?______________________________________________________
10. Quantitative ANalysis (VPR from Analyst Inc.):___________________________________________________
11. Suction head: Positive/Negative____________________________________________________ Feet/meters
12. Suction and Discharge Port Connections (Size & Type):___________________________________________
13. Operating distance:______________________________________________________________ Feet/meters
14. System fluid operating temperature F/C
15. Voltage options: Indicate One

115 VAC, 1P, 60Hz
230 VAC, 3P, 60Hz
380 VAC, 3P, 50Hz
460 VAC, 3P, 60Hz
575 VAC, 3P, 60Hz
16. Available amperage: ________________________________________________________________________
17. System volume:____________________________________________________________________________
18. Special requirements:________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________
19. Any previous filtration problems with the application:______________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________
20. SMR model selected: _______________________________________________________________________
NOTE: Specification sheet must be completed before order can be entered.

* Baseline samples required prior to field trial or final equipmnet recommendation.
208
SMR Series
Submicronic Removal Fluid Purification Systems
How To Order
Example:
SMR 10 460 20QE V M2 X N16 PD
BOX 1: Filter Series BOX 4: Element Media1 BOX 7: Bypass

Symbol Description Symbol Description Model Symbol Description
SMR Submicronic filtration system 05Q Microglass, 5 micron X No bypass
BOX 2: Flow Rate BOX 8: Ports
Symbol Description BOX 5: Seals Symbol Description
10 10 gpm (38 lpm) Symbol Description SMR10
V Fluorocarbon N16 1” NPT threaded ports
BOX 3: Power
Model Symbol Description BOX 6: Indicator BOX 9: Options
120 120 VAC, 1Ph, 60Hz Symbol Description Symbol Description
230 230 VAC, 3Ph, 60Hz P No indicator PD2 Particle detector
380 380 VAC, 3Ph, 50Hz M2 Analog visual indicator Particle detector w/ moisture
PDM 2
sensor
460 460 VAC, 3Ph, 60Hz
Note:
1. Outlet polishing filter is always fitted
with 02QE/02Q element.
Ethylene
Media Fluorocarbon Propylene
05Q 933219Q CF
10Q 933220Q CF
Note: “CF” = Consult Factory
209
Stationary Offline System
SOS for Indoor/Outdoor Fluid Filtration Needs
210
Performance Data
Efficiency
10000
Parker’s patented Moduflow™

Plus element was designed 2Q 5Q
with built-in diverter cone 1000

10Q 99.9
and bypass valve, to meet

your application needs. 200
99.5
100 99.0
20 95.0
2 50.0
0 4 8 12 16 20
Micron Size (c)
Capacity
Applications PSID BAR
• Oil & Gas 50

2Q
• Plastic Injection Molding 5Q
10Q 3.0
• Die Casting 40
• Steel 2.5
• General Industrial
• Power Generation 30 2.0
• Load Tap Changer

1.5
• Wind Turbines 20
• Transformer 1.0
• Mining
10
• Off-highway Equipment 0.5
• Food Processing
• Refining 0 0.0
0 20 40 60 80 100
• Paper Mills
Capacity grams
• Aircraft Ground Support
LPM
Flow vs Pressure Loss LPM
0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0
5 1.0
150SUS 150SUS
0.30
Empty Housing 0.06
4 0.8
0.25 0.05
3 0.6 0.04
0.20
PSID
BAR
PSID
BAR
0.15 0.03
2 0.4
2Q 0.10 0.02
1 0.2
5Q 0.01
0.05
10Q
0 0.00 0.0 0.00
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5
GPM GPM
211
Specifications PRESSURE
2“ P
SWITCH
Flow rate: 5 gpm 2-WAY

BALL VALVE
Filtration: High efficiency Microglass NOTES:

1. WEIGT 80 LBS.
FILTER
(Bx= 200+). 2. 115 VOLTS 10 AMPS, SINGLE PHASE 60 HZ

PRESSURE
3. 1/2 HP @ 1725 RPMGAUGE
Enclosure: Weatherproof NEMA 4 IP 65 with sealed

4. 5 GPM FLOW
5. THERMAL OVERLOAD DIFFERENTIAL
6. 25 PSI ELECTRICAL INDICATOR
safety glass window.
BYPASS
7. 0-60 PSI GAUGE
8. 40 PSI SAFETY SHUT DOWN SWITCH
Electrical service required: 115V, 10A, single 9. ELEMENT: 02Q MICROGLASS

10. NEMA 4X BOX
III
1/2 HP 1725 M
11. SEALED SAFETY GLASS WINDOW
phase, 60 Hz 12. ENCLOSURE MATERIAL: GLASSFIBRE REINFORCED 3-WAY POLYESTER
BALL VALVE
Electrical motor: ½ HP @ 1725 rpm w/ thermal

5 GPM
overload protection.
ENCLOSURE
Filter bypass alarm: Red strobe light indicates at
20 psid filter element pressure 2.43
drop. Auto shut-down at 40 ELEMENT ALARM

(FLASHING RED LIGHT)
psid.
Seals: Nitrile
Weight: Approximately 80 lbs.
Compatible with most petroleum based fluids,
including dielectric oils. Rated for continuous duty.
15.38
15.38
2“
2“PIPE
PIPECLAMP
CLAMP
29.35
MOUNT
MOUNT
23.09
NOTES:
1. WEIGT 80 LBS.
2. 115 VOLTS 10 AMPS, SINGLE PHASE 60 HZ
3. 1/2 HP @ 1725 RPM
4. 5 GPM FLOW
5. THERMAL OVERLOAD DIFFERENTIAL AIR VENTS
6. 25 PSI ELECTRICAL INDICATOR
7. 0-60 PSI GAUGE 14.31
14.31
8. 40 PSI SAFETY SHUT DOWN SWITCH
9. ELEMENT: 02Q MICROGLASS III
10. NEMA 4X BOX
11. SEALED SAFETY GLASS WINDOW
12. ENCLOSURE MATERIAL: GLASSFIBRE REINFORCED POLYESTER
1.91
13.90
23.30
23.30
17.18
17.18 17.01
2.43 5.68
5.68
ELEMENT ALARM .48

.48
(FLASHING RED LIGHT)
OUTLET
OUTLET
29.35 3/4” NPT

3/4” NPT
2-WAY
2-WAY
BALL VALVE
VALVE
23.09
The Moduflow™ Plus filter 25.00
25.00
BALL
is known for its performance

and durability. It has been
15.75
AIR VENTS engineered to provide the
15.75
3/4” NPT
3/4” NPT
highest level of performance 3-WAY
3-WAY
BALL VALVE
BALL VALVE
for today’s demanding filtration

requirements. 2.77
1.91 INLET 2.77
INLET
13.90 23.00
23.00
Drawings are for reference only. Dimensions are in inches.
212
SOS Series
How To Order
Example:
SOS 5 02Q BG E I N12 1

SOS Stationary Offline System B Nitrile N16 3/4” NPT threaded ports
BOX 2: Flow Rate BOX 5: Indicator BOX 8: Options

5 5 gpm (38 lpm) Electrical w/ visual gauge and 1 No Options
E
external beacon
BOX 3: Element Media1 Note:
Symbol Description 1. Includes the elements you select
BOX 6: Bypass already installed.
Symbol Description
I 35 psid (2.4 bar)
WR Water Removal
Ethylene
Media Fluorocarbon Propylene
02Q 933218Q CF
05Q 933219Q CF
10Q 933220Q CF
Note: “CF” = Consult Factory
213
™
Par-Test
Fluid Analysis
214
Fluid Analysis
Par-Test™
Fluid analysis has proven to be a critical tool for Fluid sampling for Par-Test involves important
any preventive maintenance program. Fluid analysis is steps to insure you are getting a representative
able to identify potential problems that cannot be sample. Often, erroneous sample procedures will
detected by human senses. disguise the true nature of the system fluid. A
A comprehensive fluid complete sampling
analysis program can procedure is detailed
help prevent major on the back of this
hydraulic or lube oil brochure. There also is
system failures. a National Fluid Power
Association standard
Par-Test is a
(NFPA T2.9.1-1972)
complete laboratory
and an American
analysis, performed
National Standards
on a small volume of
Institute Standard
fluid. The report you
(ANSI B93.13-1972)
receive is a neatly
for extracting samples
organized three page
from a fluid power system.
format. One may quickly
analyze the test results of an
individual sample and/or look at a trend
analys is for up to five different samples. Two types
of services are offered through Par-Test, a water base
fluid analysis kit or a petroleum base fluid analys is kit.
For both types of services the Par-Test kit includes a
pre-cleaned glass bottle, mailing container with pre-
addressed label, sample information data sheet (to be
completely filled out by end user) and the following
analysis:
Petroleum Base Kit Water Base Kit Part

Particle Count Particle Count Description Number
Photomicrograph Photomicrograph
Petroleum base fluid kit (Carton 927293
Free Water Analysis Spectrometric Analysis
of 10 test bottles)
Spectrometric Analysis Viscosity Analysis
Viscosity Analysis Neutralization Analysis Water base fluid kit 932995
Water Analysis (PPM) (single test bottle)
Neutralization Analysis
215
Fluid Analysis
Par-Test™
FLUID ANALYSIS REPORT
SAMPLE CODE: 93844 DATE: 09/01/04 PARTEST Fluid Analysis Service
Parker Hannifan 1016 E. Airport Rd.
16810 Fulton Rd. Co #2 Stillwater, OK 74075
Metamora, OH, 43540 Tele: (405)624-0400
Fax: (405)624-0401
ATTN: Kevin Noe
COMPANY NAME: ABC Corporation SAMPLE DATE: 7/12/2004

SYSTEM TYPE: Hydraulic HOURS: (on oil) 948 (on unit) 2000
EQUIPMENT TYPE: Press SYSTEM VOLUME: 200 Gallons
MACHINE ID: Machine #1 FLUID TYPE: AW 46
Sample Data
FILTER ID: Parker 10 micron ANALYSIS PERFORMED: N2,S,T,V4,W
Information supplied by the

AUTOMATIC PARTICLE COUNT ISO 11171

user regarding the fluid to
FREE
be analyzed. Complete and

Size Counts per ml. ISO Code WATER
PRESENT
>4 µm(c) 35000.0

accurate information is
>6 µm(c) 15498.0
>10 µm(c) 6000.0

crucial for a useful analysis.
>14 µm(c) 2600.0 22/21/19 YES

>21 µm(c) 1468.0

>38 µm(c)
>50 µm(c)
754.0
58.0 X NO

Particle Count
>70 µm(c) 3.0

Results are reported over

PHOTO ANALYSIS

6 different particle size ranges

Mag.: 160x Vol 20ml Scale: 1 div = 20 µm

and expressed as an ISO

code (modified). The counts
are

per milliliter of fluid and the re-

porting is cumulative; ie. The

particle count in the >2 micron

row includes the

number of particles greater

than 5, 10, 15, 25 and 50

microns as well as particles

between 2-5 microns in size.

Particle resuspension method

is utilized for water based fluid
samples.

Free Water Analysis

ALARMS/REMARKS

*The red line in the ISO chart graph indicates recommended cleanliness level. Determines if the water pres-

ent is beyond the
saturation point of the fluid.
At the saturation point, the
fluid can no longer dissolve
Photo Analysis ISO Chart or hold any more water. Its
A photom icrograph of a small volume of fluid Graphically illustrates the appearance becomes cloudy
(20 ml) magnified 100X. This analysis gives particle count on a graph. The or “milky”. Many hydraulic
a quick glance at the contamination present recommended oils saturate between 500 and
in the fluid. Each line of the graduated scale cleanliness code level, if given 1000 PPM of water.
represents 20 microns in size. on the submittal form, is shown
by a broken line on the ISO
The full color photomicrograph helps identify
chart.
particles which would otherwise be grouped
by class.
216
Fluid Analysis
Par-Test™
Viscosity Analysis
SAMPLE CODE: 93844 DATE: 09/01/04 PARTEST Fluid Analysis Service Viscosity is a very important property

Parker Hannifan
16810 Fulton Rd. Co #2
1016 E. Airport Rd. of a fluid in terms of system
Stillwater, OK 74075
Metamora, OH, 43540 Tele: (405)624-0400 performance. Viscosity expresses the
Fax: (405)624-0401
ATTN: Kevin Noe
internal friction between molecules
in the fluid. Typically a breakdown in
SPECTROMETRIC ANALYSIS Viscosity Analysis - ASTM D445 viscosity will be seen as an increase.
WEAR METALS
PPM BY WEIGHT STATUS*
CST@100C: SSU@210F: Both SSU at 100º F and cSt at 40º C
AND ADDITIVES
CST@40C: 46.25 SSU@100F: 215.0 are reported.
IRON 120.0 H
Neutralization Analysis
COPPER 510.0 H Viscosity at 40C (100F) is reported in Centistokes (cST) and SUS
(Saybolt Universal Seconds). The test is conducted in accor-
CHROMIUM < 1.0 N
dance with ASTM D445 procedures for determining the kinematic
LEAD < 1.0 N viscosity of fluids Referred to as the Total Acid Num
ALUMINUM 1.0 N ber (TAN) this titration test measures
TIN < 1.0 N
Neutralization Analysis - ASTM D794 the acid level of the sample fluid. The
SILICON < 1.0 N
TAN: 0.44 production of acidic material causes
ZINC 423.0 N
MAGNESIUM < 1.0 N

oxidation degradation or aging of
CALCIUM 540.0 H The Total Acid Number (TAN) test measures the acidity of most fluids. This activity is promoted
a hydraulic fluid. The higher the number, the more acidic
PHOSPHORUS 10.0 L the fluid. Over time this may mean the fluid is becoming by elevated temperatures, presence
oxidized.
BARIUM 1.0 N of entrained metal particles, and
BORON < 1.0 N
intimate contact with air. It is the rate
SODIUM < 1.0 N Water Analysis - ASTM D6304
MOLYBDENUM < 1.0 N
of increase of the TAN during any
SILVER < 1.0 N
WATER CONTENT (PPM): 410.0 given time period that is significant,
NICKEL < 1.0 N
The water analysis test shows the actual parts per million of
not just the absolute value.
TITANIUM < 1.0 N water in a sample. This is known as the Karl Fischer titration test
and is conducted in accordance with ASTM D6304.

MANGANESE
ANTIMONY
< 1.0
< 1.0
N
N
Water Analysis
L = LOW N = NORMAL H= HIGH
Karl Fischer test gives accurate
measure of water concentration
The Spectometic Analysis reports the ppm level of 20 different wear
in the sample fluid. The results
metals and additives in the sample. Generally the first 7 and last 5
elements are considered wear elements not normally present in
are reported in parts per million
hydraulic oil. Zinc through molybdenum (shaded) represent some
common additives in oil. If a baseline oil sample (new oil out of a
(PPM) and allow for detection
drum) is provide, then comments on the analyzed sample can be
provided on whether the status of the elements are low, normal,
of water levels well below the
or high. saturation point.
Comments Remarks
*Please check spectrometric status for abnormal conditions.
Quick statements or alerts about any
unusual results from one of the tests
reported on this page.
WEAR METALS AND ADDITIVES

Spectrometric Analysis
Iron: Ferrous wear particle typically from Calcium: Dispersant additive or acid neutralizer Results obtained by Rotating Disk
pumps, gears, cylinders, or rust
Copper: Brass (copper/zinc) and bronze
Phosphorous: Anti-wear or fire resistant additive
in fluid
Electrode (ROE) Spectrometer and
(copper/tin) in bearings and bushings
Barium: Corrosion, rust inhibitor additive in oil reported in terms of parts per million
Chromium: (white non ferrous metal) Chrome
from cylinder rods, bearings, valve spools
Boron: Detergent, dispersive additive in oil (PPM). Twenty different wear metals
Lead: Babbitt or copper lead bearings
Sodium: Detergent or coolant additive
and additives are analyzed to help
Molybdenum: Alloy metal or anti friction
Aluminum: White nonferrous metal from
pump bodies, bushings, bearings, and
additive determine the condition of the fluid.
grinding compounds Silver: White non ferrous metal The spectrometric test is limited to
Tin: Babbitt bearings, plating Nickel: Alloy metal
identifying particles below 5-7 micron
Silicon: Sand/dirt contamination or antifoaming Titanium: White non ferrous metal
additive in oil Manganese: White non ferrous metal
in size. Base line (new) fluid samples
Zinc: Plating or anti-wear additive in oil Antimony: Babbit bearings, greases should be sent in for each different
Magnesium: Detergent, dispersive additive in oil,
bearings, water
fluid to be analyzed. This will be used
to determine the status.
217
Fluid Analysis
Par-Test™
SAMPLE CODE: 93844 DATE: 09/01/04 PARTEST Fluid Analysis Service
Parker Hannifan 1016 E. Airport Rd.
16810 Fulton Rd. Co #2 Stillwater, OK 74075
Metamora, OH, 43540 Tele: (405)624-0400
Fax: (405)624-0401
ATTN: Kevin Noe
Trend Analysis
Graphical history for up to
5 samples plotted for 2, 5
and 15 micron and greater
size particles. This analysis
is a valuable tool for tracking
the progress of a system
over a given time period.
ISO Range Code

Index Number that is
associated with a range
of particles. Below is a list
of the range numbers and
the corresponding particle
quantities.
Sample Code
Assigned to the test kit form
for a ready reference. This
code can be used to track the
sample from start to finish.
NUMBER OF PARTICLES PER ML

Range Code More than Up to and including Range Code More than Up to and including
30 5,000,000 10,000,000 18 1,300 2,500
29 2,500,000 5,000,000 17 640 1,300
28 1,300,000 2,500,000 16 320 640
27 640,000 1,300,000 15 160 320
26 320,000 640,000 14 80 160
25 160,000 320,000 13 40 80
24 80,000 160,000 12 20 40
23 40,000 80,000 11 10 20
22 20,000 40,000 10 5 10
21 10,000 20,000 9 2.5 5
20 5,000 10,000 8 1.3 2.5
19 2,500 5,000 7 .64 1.3
6 .32 .64
218
Fluid Analysis
Par-Test™
SAMPLING PROCEDURE
Obtaining a fluid sample for analysis II. Systems without a ists, locate a fitting which can be easily
involves important steps to make sure you sampling valve opened to provide turbulent flow (tee or
are getting a representative sample. Often There are two locations to obtain a sample elbow).
erroneous sampling procedures will disguise in a system without a sampling valve: in-tank 3. Flush the valve or fitting sample point
the true nature of system cleanliness levels. and in the line. The procedure for both fol- with a filtered solvent. Open valve or
Use one of the following methods to lows: fitting and allow adequate flushing.
obtain a representative system sample. (Take care to allow for this step. Direct
A. In the Tank Sampling
I. For systems with a 1. Operate the system for at least 1/2 hour. sample back to tank or into a large
sampling valve 2. Use a small hand-held vacuum pump to container. It is not necessary to discard
A. Operate system for at least 1/2 hour. extract sample. Insert sampling device this fluid.)
B. With the system operating, open the into the tank to one half of the fluid height. 4. Place in an approved, pre-cleaned
sample valve allowing 200 ml to 500 You will probably have to weight the end sample bottle under the stream of flow
ml (7 to 16 ounces) of fluid to flush the of the sampling tube. Your objective is to per sampling valve methods.
sampling port. (The sample valve design obtain a sample in the middle portion of 5. Cap sample bottle immediately.
should provide turbulent flow through the tank. Avoid the top or bottom of the 6. Tag with important information per the
the sampling port.) tank. Do not let the syringe or tubing sampling valve method.
C. Using a wide mouth, pre-cleaned came in contact with the side of the tank. Note: Select a valve or fitting
sampling bottle, remove the bottle cap 3. Put extracted fluid into an approved, pre- where the pressure is limited to
and place in the stream of flow from the cleaned sample bottle as described in the 200 PSIG (14 bar) or less.
sampling valve. Do NOT “rinse” out the previous sampling valve method.
bottle with initial sample. 4. Cap immediately.
D. Close the sample bottle immediately. 5. Tag with information as described in
Next, close the sampling valve. (Make sampling valve method.
prior provision to “catch” the fluid while
removing the bottle from the stream.) B. In-line Sampling
E. Tag the sample bottle with pertinent data; 1. Operate the system for at least 1/2 hour.
include date, machine number, fluid sup- 2. Locate a suitable valve in the system
plier, fluid number code, fluid type, and where turbulent flow can be obtained (ball
time elapsed since last sample (if any). valve is preferred). If no such valve ex-
ON-SITE FLUID ANALYSIS PRODUCT
219
DuraClean™
Premium Hydraulic Fluid
220
Parker DuraClean™
Starts Clean. Stays Clean.
DuraCleanTM hydraulic fluid was developed with a totally unique ‘Clean
Technology.’ This fluid innovation keeps harmful deposits from settling
Applications
on components. These deposits can lead to system damage, component
• Drain-and-change for
replacement, unanticipated downtime and compromised performance.
most industrial and mobile
Parker DuraCleanTM makes it possible for hydraulic systems to ‘Start
hydraulic systems specifying
Clean and Stay Clean.’
mineral-based oil
• Top-treat for replenishing
Durable performance allows the formulation to provide excellent
hydraulic systems already
protection of components even after the fluid has been used extensively.
using VG 32, 46, and 68
Varnish protection solutions provide proven performance and viscosity
hydraulic oils
retention in wide temperature range, setting Parker DuraCleanTM apart
• Wide operating temperature
from competitive fluids.
range requirements
• High performance hydraulic
Performance Features power units and equipment
• Systems with high pressures
and temperatures
• ISO 46, all season, multigrade hydraulic fluid
• Replaces ISO 32, 46, and 68 monogrades
• API Group II base oil extends oil life
• High viscosity index for wide operating temperature ranges
• Outstanding oxidation life to maximize component life
• Prevents varnish formation
• Clean, as packaged, to ISO 17/15/12 cleanliness standard
• Special formulation that allows for rapid air release and water
separation
• Excellent filterability to minimize filter blockage
• Outstanding acrylate anti-foam agent contains no silicones,
which can lead to inaccurate particle counts
• Excellent shear stability for stable viscosity over time
• Superior thermal stability for uncompromised performance at
high temperatures
• Parker gold dye for easy identification
• Formulated to help extend the life of hoses and seals
Performance Approvals
• Parker Hannifin HF-0 (Denison HF-0)
• Eaton Vickers brochure 03-401-2010
(M-2950-S and I-286-S)
• Cincinnati Machine P-70
• Meets DIN 51524 Part 3 requirements
• Meets US Steel 127
221
Parker DuraClean™
DuraClean™ vs. Varnish
Without DuraCleanTM With DuraCleanTM

Oil Flow Leaves critical system components Keeps system protected and
starved for lubrication and leads to extends component life
part failure
Filters Develops plugged filters which Protects system from

forces fluids to bypass filters contaminants and
increasing contaminants and plugged filters
excessive wear and necessitates
extra filter changes
Valves Creates loss of system control Maintains system cleanliness

which has a negative impact on and keeps valves free from
productivity and results in damaging varnish
downtime for cleaning and repairs
Friction Creates higher friction causing Improves system efficiency,

increases in fuel and energy extends component life
consumption, component wear and maintains productivity
and lower productivity
Thermal Stability Promotes oxidation of fluid and Keeps system operating at

thermal breakdown, creating cooler temperatures allowing
varnish and increasing wear the oil and the components to
last longer
Varnish Protection Increases the need for frequent Minimizes the need for frequent
cleaning and repairs cleaning and repairs
Varnish No Varnish
222
Parker DuraClean™
DuraClean™ vs. Varnish
Without With
Parker DuraClean™ – Parker DuraClean™ –
Varnish No Varnish
Varnish is attracted to metal surfaces, this Parker DuraCleanTM prevents the harmful
results in an overall decrease in productivity. build-up of varnish, keeping systems clean
and operating at peak efficiency.
Comparison of Parker DuraClean™ to Monograde Hydraulic Fluids Parker DuraClean™ has Excellent Antiwear Performance
Temperature Operating Window for 10 cSt to 1000 cSt
200°F
180°F
160°F
Vane Pump Wear
140°F
120°F 169
100°F 179 161
80°F 153
60°F
40°F
20°F
Parker DuraCleanTM Commercially Available OEM Limit
0°F Multigrade Fluid
Parker DuraClean™ Monograde Monograde Monograde
Multigrade ISO 46 Grade ISO 32 ISO 46 ISO 68
Parker DuraClean™ outperforms typical commercially available multigrade fluids and
Parker DuraClean™ provides a wider temperature operating window exhibits 60% less wear than is required for OEM approval.
than common monograde hydraulic fluids.
If a hydraulic system is dirty, simply using Parker DuraClean will not clean it
up, but it will effectively prevent the formation of varnish in a clean system
and keep the delicate balance of additive performance intact.
223
Parker DuraClean™
Specifications
Typical Properties Test Method

ISO Grade Multigrade 46
Appearance Parker Gold
Specific Gravity @ 15°C D4052 .867
Flash Point (COC) °F(°C) D92 413 (212)
Pour Point °F(°C) D97 -43 (-42)
Viscosity D445
cSt @ 40°C 44.30
cSt @ 100°C 7.65
Viscosity Index D2270 141
Acid Number, mg KOH/g TAN D664 0.6
Oxidation, hrs. D943 5500 - 6000 Typical
Rust Test D665A/D665B Pass
Denison Filterability
Dry, time in seconds 172 (600 maximum limit)
Wet, time in seconds 202 (344 maximum limit)
Thermal Stability, sludge in mg 2.5 (25 maximum limit)
Shear Stability KRL
% viscosity loss after 20 test hours 4.3 (15 maximum limit)
Ordering Information
Package Size Part Number Minimum Order Qty.
Jug (2 1/2 gal.) 942180 72
Pail (5 gal.) 941907 24
Drum (55 gal.) 942125 4
Tote (275 gal.) 942126 1
Other volumes may be available. Please consult factory.
224
Visual Representation of New Fluid Cleanliness
vs.
Fluid Oxidation After 1,300 Hours
DuraClean™ Product B Product C

ISO 15/14/12 ISO 22/20/14 ISO 25/24/21
100X 100X 100X
Initial samples taken directly from a 5 gallon pail
Same samples after 1,300 hours of exposure @ 200°F Lab Report #8090 On-File
225
Reservoir Accessories
Filler Breathers, Strainers, Diffusers,
226
Non-Metallic Filler Breathers Anti-Splash
Design!
Specifications
Materials:
Body: Non-corrodible glass filled nylon
Valve: Nylon/Nitrile
Dipstick: ABS, acetal Hi/Lo indicators
Filtration Element: Expanded polyurethane foam, 10 micron
Operating Temperatures: -22oF (-30oC) to 195oF (90oC)
Seals: Nitrile (single-hole), cork gasket (six-hole)
Pressurization Options: 3 psi (0.2 bar)
Dipstick: (optional) 7.9 in. (200 mm) or 15.8 in. (400 mm) lengths
with adjustable Hi/Lo indicators
(Non-pressurized)
US GALS/SEC (air) PSI
0 1.32 2.64 3.96
0.25 3.625
Telescopic Strainer Single-Hole Option Six-Hole Option
Differential Pressure (bar)
0.20 2.9
Ø101 Ø101
Ø101 Ø101
Ø101
3.98
0.15 2.175 3.98
3.98 3.98
3.98
0.10 1.45
2.76
2.76
70
70
2.76
70
2.83
2.83
72
72
0.05 0.275
6.57
6.57
167
167
6.57
6.57
167
167
Flow 1/sec (air)
Differential Pressure Flow Curve
10 MAX
.39 MAX
(Pressurized)
10.67
10
.39
271

0 1.32 2.64 3.96 Ø42
Ø42 Ø42
Ø42
1.65
1.65 1.65
1.65
17.4
1.2
14.5
1.0
11.6
0.8
2.76
2.76
AA
70
70
8.7
0.6
5.8
0.4 3psi (.2 bar) valve Ø31 6xØØ 4.0
6x 4.0
.16
.16
2.9 1.22
0.2 Ø42
1.65
0 0
TANK MOUNTING HOLE Ø63
NOTE: REFER TO UCC PRODUCTION
Linear Measurement= mm
INSTRUCTIONS FOR ASSEMBLY DETAILS
0 5 10 15 AND PACKING REQUIREMENTS
Flow l/sec (air) in
Non-pressurized
Single-Hole Part Six-Hole Part Micron
Number Number Rating Description Screws*
AB98210011 AB.98810011.UC 10 Filler breather w/ 3.7” (95 mm) strainer (6)-#10x.5
AB98210021 AB.98810021.UC 10 Filler breather w/ telescopic strainer (6)-#10x.5
Pressurized
Single-Hole Part Six-Hole Part Micron
Number Number Rating Description Screws*
Not available AB.98812021.UC 10 3 psi (.2 bar) with telescopic strainer (6)-#10x.5
Dipsticks
*Mounting screws for six-hole only
B68206 Pack of (10) x 7.9” Drawings are for reference only.
B68207 Pack of (10) x 15.8”
227
Non-Metallic Breathers
Non-Metallic Breathers Anti-Splash
Threaded Type Design!
Specifications
Materials:
Body: Nylon 66
Dipstick: ABS, acetal Hi/Lo indicators
Seals: Nitrile
Pressurization Options: 3 psi (0.2 bar)
Dipstick: (optional) 7.9 in. (200 mm) or 15.8 in.(400mm)
lengths with adjustable Hi/Lo indicators
COMPACT THREADED
0 0.132 0.264 0.396 0.528 0.66 0.792 0.924 1.056 1.188
0.20 2.9
0.18 2.61
0.16 2.32
0.14 2.03
0.12 1.74 Standard Threaded Compact Threaded
0.10 1.45
0.08 1.16 A
A
0.06 0.87
0.04 0.58
0.02 0.29
0 0
0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5
Flow 1/sec (air)
B
B
D
D
20 A/F HEX
C
C
30 A/F HEX
Thread size Thread size

Compact Threaded (dimensions inches(mm))
Single-Hole Part Micron
Thread Pressure A B C D
Number Rating
943296* 10 1/4” NPT non-pressurized 1.6 (40) 2.2 (57) .55 (14) .24 (6)
943298* 10 1/2” NPT non-pressurized 1.6 (40) 2.4 (60) .53 (13.5) .35 (9)
942642* 10 3/4” NPT non-pressurized 1.6 (40) 2.4 (60) .55 (14) .35 (9)
983297 10 3/8” NPT non-pressurized
Standard Threaded (dimensions inches(mm))

Single-Hole Part Micron
Thread Pressure A B C D
Number Rating
AB.98410201.UC 10 3/4” NPT non-pressurized 4.0 (101) 3.8 (95) .63 (16) .39 (10)
AB.98412201.UC 10 3/8” NPT 3 psi (.2 bar)
Dipsticks
B68206 Pack of (10) x 7.9”
B68207 Pack of (10) x 15.8”
228
Metal Filler Breathers
Flange Type
Specifications
Materials:
Cap & Plate: Nickel chrome plated steel
Gasket: Cork
Filtration Element: Expanded polyurethane foam, 10
micron
Seals: Nitrile
Pressurization Options: none, 5 psi (0.35 bar)
3" Diameter 1.75" Diameter

Ø76. 2
3.00 Ø44.5
1.75
36.5
1.44
43.4
1.71
1.85
47
2.29
58.2
4.33
110
153.5
6.04
Ø28
1.10
3.27
41.3
1.63
Ø49.5
1.95
4.0
3xØ .16
Ø51
A
2.76
70
Linear Measurement= mm
4.0
6xØ .16
in
Ø83

Flange type, Non-pressurized (dimensions inches(mm))
Part Number Cap Assembly Micron Rating Air Flow Description Screws
AB116310 CAP.1163.10 10 2 gal/sec (7.5 l/sec) 3 (76) diameter (6)-#10x.5

5561 NA 10 2 gal/sec (7.5 l/sec) 3 (76) diameter w/ lock lug (6)-#10x.5
AB.1380.10 CAP.1380.40 10 1.3 gal/sec (5 l/sec) 1.75 (44.5) diameter (6)-#10x.5
Flange type, Pressurized (dimensions inches(mm))

Part Number Cap Assembly Micron Rating Air Flow Description Screws
PAB.1730.10.5 CAP.1730.40.5 10 2 gal/sec (7.5 l/sec) 5 psi (.35 bar), 3” (76mm) diameter (6)-#10x.5
229
Metal Breathers
Threaded Type
Specifications
Materials:
Cap & Plate: Nickel chrome plated steel
Gasket: Cork
Seals: Nitrile
Pressurization Options: none, 5 psi (0.35 bar)
¾" Threaded ¼" Threaded
.63
16
1.38
35
Linear Measurement= mm Ø44.5

in
1.75
Ø76.2
3.00
36.5
1.44
56.5
2.22
.51
13
43.4
1.71
.28
7
2.56
.63
65
16
1/4” NPT
.24
6
3/4” NPT

Threaded, Non-pressurized (dimensions inches(mm))

Single-Hole Micron
Thread Air Flow Description
Part Number Rating
SAB.1562.10.NPT 10 3/4” NPT 1.3 gal/sec. (5 l/sec) 3 (76) diameter
SAB.1563.10.NPT 10 1/4” NPT 0.7 gal/sec. (2.5 l/sec) 1.75 (44.5) diameter
230
Breathers
Desiccant Type
Specifications
Materials:
Casing: Clarified copolymer polypropylene
Cap: Copolymer polypropylene
Stand pipe: PVC
Filtration Element: Polyester, silica gel
Seals: None
Maximum Allowable
Operating Pressure (MAOP): 5 psi (.34 bar)
Particle Removal Efficiency:
98.7% (beta 75) @ 3 micron
99.5% (beta 200) @ 4 micron
99.9% (beta 1000) @ 5.3 micron
Weight:
934330T 1.25 lbs. (.57 kg) each.
934331T 1.75 lbs. (.79 kg) each.
934332T 2.25 lbs. (1.02 kg) each.
Features
Foam Pads Silica Gel Desiccant

Isolates the removal materials from Has the highest removal
contact with heavy reservoir mist capability by volume of any
and securely holds materials in adsorption method. Indicates
place. condition by changing color.
Filter Pads
Specially designed filter pads
remove solid particulate on up-
stream side and then regenerate by
releasing those particles when air
flow reverses direction. Lower pad
removes airborne contamination Foam pad
and second pad protects against Insures filter pad is properly
any migration of desiccant. positioned and protects it
from external damage.
Air Intakes
A total of eight air intakes may be Molded Housing
exposed to allow air to freely flow in Durable shock absorbing
and out of the TriCeptor. casing provides reliable service
and simple press in mounting.
231
Breathers
Installation Air Flow Performance
TriCeptor breathers are designed for simple installation on The curves below show the air flow performance of the
most equipment, regardless of mounting connection. Since three TriCeptor breathers. To insure the longest life
TriCeptor breathers are disposable, the threaded connection possible, the initial clean pressure drop should not
allows for quick and easy maintenance. Several mounting exceed 1.5 psid (.103 bar).
adapters (shown below) are available to provide the desired
mounting. The installation/replacement process consists of 3.5 .241
four easy steps:

3.0 .207
1. Remove from protective plastic wrap. 2.5 .172
2. Remove 1" blue cap from standpipe.

2.0 .138
3. Remove foil label to expose the necessary
PSID
BAR
amount of air intake holes. 1.5 .103
4. Twist TriCeptor into mounting adapter. 1.0 .068
.5 .034
Servicing the TriCeptor breather is also very easy. When the
silica gel changes color from blue to a pink, the breather is no 0
0 30 60 90 120 150
longer active and needs to be replaced. Simply remove the GPM (ﬂuid exchange rate)
unit and discard properly. 3.5 .241
3.0 .207
101.60
4.00
2.5 .172
2.0 .138
PSID
BAR
1.5 .103
1.0 .068
.5 .034
0
0 4 8 12 16 20
SCFM
'B'
0 1.88 3.78 5.66 7.55 9.44
'A' Liters/Second
O-RING
1" THREADED Field Adapter Flange Adapter
MULTI-FIT CONNECTION
(The threads are cut so that they will fit fairly well on all three types of thread.)
Part Number ‘A’ (mm/in) ‘B’ (mm/in) Quantity

Linear Measurement= mm 934330T 155.58/6.125 135.256/5.325 6 pcs.
in
934331T 206.38/8.125 186.06/7.325 6 pcs.
934332T 257.18/10.125 236.86/9.325 6 pcs.
937546 Field Adapter 937546 1 pc.
Contact factory for current version. 937463 Flange Adapter 937463 1 pc.
232
Mobile Triceptor 941655
New Design in
Mobile Triceptor:
Parker’s new mobile Triceptor desiccant filter
breather incorporates a design that replaces
both the spin-on can and the optional check
valve adaptor.
Optimized for mobile applications, the

mobile Triceptor is equipped to handle high
air flow surges as cylinders unload, while
providing reliable protection from ingressed
contaminants. Controlling rust-forming water
vapor and airborn particulates, the breather
protects against sludge deposits and water
contaminated oil resulting in longer oil and
filter life while reducing operating costs.
941747
3/4" NPT Vent Valve Adapter
Prolongs breather life by
diverting air exhausting from
reservoir away from desiccant
bed.
Second filter element For mobile applications where

protects against any oil sloshing can occur, it
migration of desiccant dust. prevents oil coating desiccant
bed. Resulting in diminished
performance of the breather's
water absorption efficiency.
Color indicating silica gel,
absorbs water from
incoming air. During
exhalation, dry system air
is passed back through Rugged aluminum housing.
the silica gel bed partially
regenerating the desiccant. Foam pad stops oil mist and
ensures air is evenly disbursed
High performance through the filters and desiccant,
filter element provides providing maximum efficiency
1-micron filtration. for “backflushing” and silica gel
regeneration.
Foam pads evenly

disperse incoming Stainless steel standpipe.
air over filtration and
drying media. Visual indicator window. Replace
breather when desiccant color
changes from blue to pink.
*Patented technology
233
Mobile Triceptor
General Data Unit Material Data

0.79 kg Material Nylon and MXD6
Amount of Silica Gel
1 lb. 12 oz. Maximum Operating
300°F / 148.89°C
318 mL Temperature
Adsorption Capacity
1.34 cups Melting Point 320°F / 160°C
1.8 kg Check Valve Adapter Zinc Plated Steel
Net Weight of Unit
4 lbs. 3 oz.
Filtration Area 31.1 in2 / 79 cm2
Direction of Flow Bidirectional
-20°F to 300°F /
Operating Temperature Range
-29°C to 148.89°C
Filter Media Hygroscopic Agent (Silica Gel)

Material EPTFE Apparent Bulk Density 700 - 800 kg/m3
3.5 - 7.5 Ft./min. Average Particle Diameter 0.145” / 3.68 mm
Porosity @ 0.5 in. - H2O Specific Heat 0.25 BTU/lb. F
(ASTM D 737) Nomimal Mesh Range 4x8
99.97% @ 0.3μ Average Crush Strength 35 lbs. / 15.9 kg
Filtration Efficiency
(IES-RP-CC021.1)
5.1”
12.95 cm 2.3”
1 1/2” - 16 UN
Male Thread
6.51”
16.54 cm O-Ring
0.17” 2.4”
0.43 cm 3.1”
3/4” NPT
Male Thread
Check Valve Adapter
1 1/2” - 16 UN Part Number 941747
Female Thread
Note: Element removal clearance = 1”

234
Breathers - Spin-on Type
Specifications
Materials: Low carbon steel
Filtration Element: Cellulose
-40oF (-40oC) to 225oF (107oC)
Seals: Nitrile.
Weight: 12AT - 1.2 lbs(.54 kg) each
50AT - 2.3 lbs. (1.0 kg) each
Sizing
Select the proper size canister for the maximum rate of
reservoir draw down or air exchange rate. As a rule of
thumb, clean pressure drop should be limited to 0.18
psid (5" H2O).
12AT
Recommended canister change out is after 500 hours of
operation. More frequent replacement may be required Linear Measurement= mm
in
when operated in heavily contaminated areas such
as grinding operations, primary metal mills, and on
mobile equipment. Under such conditions, increase
replacement frequency to every 250 hours.
Graphs are for 03C canisters only. Total pressure drop across canister, 148.84
adaptor, and pipe may be found by adding pressure drops below: 5.68
+ 1.5% for each inch of 12AT adapter or 3/4" pipe used.

+ 3.0% for each 3/4" elbow used.
+ 1.0% for each inch of 50AT adapter or 1-1/4" pipe used.
+ 2.0% for each 1-1/4" elbow used.
10 .4 95.25 15.7 MINIMUM
3.75” .62 REMOVAL
CLEARANCE
9 26.7 66.8
12AT 1.05 2.63
8
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE (IN H20)
3/4” NPT
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE (PSI)
.3 O - RING
7
1” - 12 UN ADAPTER
6
12AT P/N 926876
5 .2
4 50AT
50AT
3
50AT
.1
2
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
168.1
6.62
AIR FLOW (SCFM) OIL LEVEL CHANGE RATE (GPM)
Element Air Rating* Diameter Adapter Kit

926543 1 micron 3.75 926876
921999 2 micron 3.75 926876
31.8
130.1 1.25 MIN
5.12 CANNISTER
REMOVAL
925023 5 micron 3.75 926876 CLEARANCE
926541 1 micron 5.1 926875 42.7 85.1

1.05
926169 2 micron 5.1 926875
3.35
1 1/4” NPT
926170 5 micron 5.1 926875 O - RING
P/N 926875
*99% removal efficiency for particles larger than stated size in air. 1½” - 16 UN ADAPTER
235
Diffusers
Specifications
Operating Temperatures: 195oF (90oC) maximum
Materials: Body & end cap: Zintec
Head: glass-filled nylon
Weight: See chart below
Benefits:
Installing a diffuser in a hydraulic reservoir is a simple change that can make
a dramatic difference in system efficiency. With special concentric tubes
designed with discharge holes 180o opposed, fluid aeration, foaming and
reservoir noise are reduced. Pump life is also extended by reducing cavitation
to the pump inlet. The effects of fitting a system with a
diffuser are shown below.
A
ØB
120° PLAIN AREA
Flow without diffuser
MOUNTING THREAD
C A/F HEX
Flow with diffuser fitted
120° PLAIN AREA
Part Thread Nominal Flow Length A Diameter B HEX C Weight

Number (NPT) gpm (lpm) inch (mm) Inch (mm) inch (mm) lbs (kg)
2250 3/4” 13 (50) 4.7 (120) 2.4 (62) 1.81 (46) 0.60 (0.27)
2251 1” 30 (114) 5.0 (127) 3.4 (86) 2.17 (55) 0.93 (0.42)
2252 1 1/2” 60 (227) 7.0 (178) 3.4 (86) 2.56 (65) 1.23 (0.56)
5563 2” 120 (454) 9.5 (242) 3.4 (86) 2.95 (75) 1.52 (0.69)
236
Specifications
Materials:
Lens: Transparent polyamide
Lens base: Nylon 66
Shroud: High impact polystyrene (no aluminum content)
Seals: Nitrile
Maximum Operating Pressure: 14.7 psi (1 bar)
Thermometer Range: 90oF to 210oF (30oC to 90oC)
Indicator: Blue alcohol
Fluid Compatibility: Mineral and petroleum based fluids
Mounting: Front or rear fixing, two holes (M10)
Length 3
43 18.5 24
1.69 .73 .94
.67
17
4.33
3.09
110
76
1.18
30
.71
18
41.5
1.63
.67
17
Drawings are for reference only. Linear Measurement= mm

in
Part
Thread Length Description
Number
FL69121 M10 3 Fluid level and temperature
237
Length 5
43 18.5 24
1.69 .73 .94
.67
17
5.00
127
2.91
74
6.34
161
.87
22
41.5
1.63
.67
17
Length 10 24
43
1.69 .94
.67
17
11.34
10.00
288
254
7.95
202
.87
22
41.5
.67
17
1.63

Linear Measurement= mm Contact factory for current version.
in
238
Suction Strainers
Specifications
Materials:
Media: Stainless steel
Tube and endcap: Zintec
Head: glass filled nylon
Filtration Element: 100 mesh (149 micron)
Operating Temperatures: 195oF (90oC) maximum
Bypass: None, 3 psi (0.2 bar)
Weight: See chart below Without Bypass
A C A/F HEX
SUCTION STRAINERS
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
Flow gpm PSI
0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79.2 92.4 105.6 118.8 132
ØB
0.04 .58
Differential Pressure SSI.AI (bar)
0.03
rt
.435
en ort
po
d
3/4” port
rt
1/2” port
ext /2” p
de
/2”
po
2”
1” port
1/
MOUNTING THREAD
2”
1-1
2- port
1-1
0.02 .29 A C A/F HEX

With Bypass
rt
3” po
0.01 .145
0 0
ØB
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Flow l/min
MOUNTING THREAD
Part Number Port Nominal Flow Length “A” Diameter “B” BSPP
Bypass
With Bypass (NPT) GPM (LPM) Inch (mm) Inch (mm) Fitting
937480 No 1/2” 5 (19) 4.125 (104.8) 1.90 (48.3) No
937481 Yes 1/2” 5 (19) 4.125 (104.8) 1.90 (48.3) No
937482 No 3/4” 8 (30) 3.55 (90.2) 2.67 (67.8) No
937483 Yes 3/4” 8 (30) 3.55 (90.2) 2.67 (67.8) No
937484 No 1” 10 (38) 5.25 (133.4) 2.67 (67.8) No
937485 Yes 1” 10 (38) 5.25 (133.4) 2.67 (67.8) No
937488 No 1-1/2” 30 (114) 8.01 (203.5) 3.47 (88.4) No
937489 Yes 1-1/2” 30 (114) 8.01 (203.5) 3.47 (88.4) No
937490 No 1-1/2” 50 (189) 9.85 (250.2) 4.00 (101.6) No
937491 Yes 1-1/2” 50 (189) 9.85 (250.2) 4.00 (101.6) No
937492 No 2” 50 (189) 9.85 (250.2) 4.00 (101.6) No
937493 Yes 2” 50 (189) 9.85 (250.2) 4.00 (101.6) No
937494 No 2-1/2” 75 (284) 10.10 (256.5) 5.17 (131.3) No
937495 Yes 2-1/2” 75 (284) 10.10 (256.5) 5.17 (131.3) No
937496 No 3” 100 (378) 11.50 (292.1) 5.17 (131.3) No
937497 Yes 3” 100 (378) 11.50 (292.1) 5.17 (131.3) No
239
Magnetic Suction Strainers
Magnetic Suction Strainers
Dual protection, without cavitation!
Parker's new magnetic suction strainers offer dual protection to the pump inlet without risk of
cavitation.
Powerful ceramic magnets located parallel to the pleated mesh attract and protect against
damaging ferrous particles of all sizes.
The pleated stainless steel screen provides additional filtration protection for larger
particles that would result in catastrophic failure.
The generous open area of the stainless steel pleated mesh screen elimantes the
possibility of pump cavitation.
Ordering Information
The information below shows the part numbers, specifications and dimensions of available
suction strainers, to help you meet the needs of your specific application.
Parkers magnetic suction strainers are
NOTE: All sizes are standard with 30 mesh screen (560 micron). available in sizes ranging from
one to three inches.
Dimensions Approx.
Flow Shipping
Part NPT GPM A B C Weight
Number Connection (LPM) inches (mm) inches (mm) inches (mm) lbs. (kg)
936547 1.00" 15 (55) 1.88 (47.75) 5.19 (131.83) 3.09 (78.49) 1.59 (0.72)
936548 1.25" 25 (95) 2.38 (60.45) 7.39 (187.71) 3.53 (89.66) 3.16 (1.43)
936549 1.50" 35 (135) 2.38 (60.45) 7.39 (187.71) 3.53 (89.66) 2.88 (1.31)
936550 2.00" 50 (190) 2.75 (69.85) 7.39 (187.71) 3.53 (89.66) 2.22 (1.01)
936551 3.00" 100 (380) * 9.35 (237.49) 4.47 (113.54) 3.91 (1.77)
*Part number 936551 features a 3" half coupling, not a hex nut.
The rugged steel construction,

Flow Vs. Pressure Loss combined with the generous filtration
5 area, ensures reliable performance
for suction applications
4
1.00”
1.25”
P (PSI)
3
1.50”
2 2.00”
1 3.00”
0
10 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400 440 480
Flow (GPM)
240
™
PAR GEL
Water Removal Filter Elements
241
PAR GEL™
Par-Gel filter elements are an effective tool in controlling water
related problems in hydraulic power and lubrication systems.
There is more to proper fluid

maintenance than just removing
particulate matter. You need to remove
water as well. Parker has developed
Par-Gel water removal elements to be
used in combination with particulate
filters to provide significant benefits.
• Less component wear,

consequently less component .10% WATER .03% WATER
generated contaminants. 1000 PPM 300 PPM
• Significant reduction of costly
downtime and replacement of
failed components.
• Increased efficiency of the
system, thereby improving
machine productivity.
• Less frequent replacement and
disposal of contaminated fluid.
• Reduced chance of
catastrophic failure.
Water as a contaminant.
Whether you use a mineral-base or
synthetic fluid, each will have a water
saturation point. Above this point, the
fluid cannot dissolve or hold any more
water. This excessive water is referred
to as ‘free’ or emulsified water. As little
as .03% (300 ppm) by volume can
saturate a hydraulic fluid.
Many mineral-base and synthetic

fluids, unless specifically filtered or
treated in some way, will contain levels
of water above their saturation point.
Water is everywhere!
Storage and handling. Fluids are In-service. Water can get by worn
constantly exposed to water and cylinder and actuator seals, or through
water vapor while being handled and reservoir openings. Water can come
stored. For instance, outdoor storage in contact with these entry points
of tanks and drums is common. Water through water based cutting fluids or
settles on top of tanks and drums when water and/or
and infiltrates the container, or is steam are used for cleaning.
introduced when the container is
opened to add or remove fluid.
242
PAR GEL™
Water in the system creates oxides, slimes and resins.
Corrosion is an obvious by-product and creates further
contaminants in the system.
The effect is compounded, as you now have both

particulate contaminant and water working together.
The particulate contamination can be as simple as
rust flaking from reservoir walls. Anti-wear additives
break down in the presence of water and form acids.
The combination of water, heat and dissimilar metals
encourages galvanic action. Pitted and corroded metal
surfaces and finishes result.
Further complications occur as temperature drops and

the fluid has less ability to hold water. As the freeze point is
reached, ice crystals form, adversely affecting total system
function. Operating functions may become slowed or
erratic.
Electrical conductivity becomes a problem when water

contamination weakens insulating properties of fluid
(decreases dielectric kV strength).
Typical results of wear due to presence of particulate and water contamination.
Testing your fluid for water.
Condensation is also a prime water source. As fluid A simple ‘crackle test’ will tell you if there is water in your
cools in a reservoir, temperature drop condenses fluid. Simply take a metal dish or spoon with a small
water vapor on inside surfaces, which in turn causes amount of fluid. Apply a flame under the container with
rust. Rust scale in the reservoir eventually becomes a match. If bubbles rise and ‘crackle’ from the point of
particulate contamination in the system. applied heat, you have free water.
Microbial growth as a contaminant.
Once water enters a system, growth of
microorganisms begins. Since water is one of the
end products of the breakdown of hydrocarbon
fluid, once started, the process is somewhat self-
sustaining.
Slime is evidence of microbial growth, as is the

apparent increase in viscosity of the fluid, obnoxious
odor and discolored fluid. The results are: short fluid
life, degraded surface finish and rapid corrosion.
Water generated damage and

operating problems ParTest™ fluid analysis. For complete analysis, Parker
•• Corrosion offers Par-Test fluid analysis. Your Parker representative
•• Accelerated abrasive wear can supply you with a fluid container, mailing carton
•• Bearing fatigue and appropriate forms to identify your fluid and its use.
•• Additive breakdown An independent lab performs complete spectrometric
•• Increased acid level analysis, particle counts, viscosity and water content.
•• Viscosity variance Results are sent directly to the requester.
•• Electrical conductivity * Excessive free water must be removed from the system
before filtering is attempted. In systems with gross amounts
Forms of water in fluid of water (1% to 2% by volume), settling or vacuum
•• Dissolved water– below saturation point. dehydration should be considered before using Par-Gel
•• Free water–emulsified or in droplets*. filter elements.
243
PAR GEL™
Removing water. Using a Par-Gel water removal element is an effective way
of removing free water contamination from your hydraulic system. It is highly
effective at removing free water from mineral-base and synthetic fluids.
The Par-Gel filter media is a highly absorbent copolymer laminate with an

affinity for water. However, hydraulic or lubrication fluid passes freely through
it. The water is bonded to the filter media and forever removed from the system.
It cannot even be squeezed out.
Parker technology and expertise at your disposal.

Choosing the correct filters can save money and minimize problems caused by
particulate and water contaminants in hydraulic and lubricating fluids.
Photo above shows ‘dry’ Par-Gel filter media and
Parker provides hard data and advice on choosing from a wide range of filter the same media swollen with absorbed water.
configurations, flow patterns and flow pressure capabilities.
How many filter elements will I need? Suppose you would like to remove water from contaminated oil stored in a 200 gallon
tank. The tank is found to have 1000 ppm of water (very contaminated). The circulation rate will be 10 gpm for the 200 SUS
fluid. Example: How many single length Moduflow™ elements will be needed to reduce the water to normal saturation
levels. To find the answer, use the conversion charts and capacity curves for the Moduflow element.
1. 1000ppm start - 300ppm finish = 700ppm removed
2. 700ppm water x 0.0001 = 0.07%; 0.07% x 200 gallons = 0.14 gallons water total
3. Use the capacity curve for Moduflow element P/N 927584. Capacity = 80cc at
200 SUS & 10 gpm to pressure drop of 25 psid. (See graph)
80cc x 0.000264 gal = 0.02 gallons/element
cc
4. 0.14 gallons total water = 7 elements*; 0.02 gallons/element
*The replacement value of this fluid may range from $600.00 to $1400.00 ($3 to $7 gallon). At an estimated element cost of $50.00 each, the savings
realized would be from $250.00 to $1050.00!
Using Par-Gel filter elements saves money in fluid and replacement component costs. Also, the frequency of fluid disposal
and the problems associated with it are greatly reduced.
Filter capacity. There are no accepted and approved water capacity testing or reporting standards. Consequently, there
is virtually no way to compare one element capacity with another. It is also difficult to simulate a specific application in
testing... making it hard to predict field performance.
Why the discrepancies? Water removal media capacity is the result of the interplay among four variables: flow rate,
viscosity, bypass setting and the media itself. Here’s an example: two identical elements, testing the same fluid, varying
only the flow rate.
Element A Element A’ This is a 15% reduction in capacity, due to changing

only the flow rate! Now, look at what happens when
Flow Rate 3 gpm (11.4 lpm) 10 gpm (37.8 lpm) the test flow rate is the same and the viscosity is
Viscosity 75 SUS 75 SUS changed.
Test Capacity 425 ml 360 ml
Element B Element B’ Twice the capacity can be achieved just by

manipulating the test viscosity! Naturally, having a
Flow Rate 20 gpm (75.7 lpm) 10 gpm (37.8 lpm) lower bypass valve setting limits the capacity. Since
Viscosity 75 SUS 75 SUS the life of the element is measured in pressure drop,
Test Capacity 250 ml 550 ml using higher bypass valve settings will increase
apparent life (all other conditions equal).
We recommend 25 psid bypass valves to get adequate life from Par-Gel filter elements. Capacity also depends on the
media itself. That’s why Parker spent two years researching the media used in Par-Gel filter elements. We tested all known
media, and worked closely with our suppliers to achieve maximum water absorbency.
244
PAR GEL™
Parker Par-Gel water removal filter elements are
available in these standard Parker filter housings:
Filter Model Element Part Conversion Factors

Length
Series Number If you have Multiply by To get
RFP-1 Single 927584 mg/l 0.00009 %
RFP-2 Double 927585 ppm 0.0001 %
RF4-1 Single 930156 ml 1.0 cc
RF4-2 Double 928557 cc 0.0338 fluid ounces
RF7-1 Single 933853 cc 0.00106 quarts

cc 0.000264 gallsons
RF7-2 Double 932506
IL8-1 Single 929103
IL8-2 Double 929109 Typical Saturation Points
IL8-3 Triple 932006 Fluid PPM %
40CN-1 Single 931412 Hydraulic 300 0.03%
40CN-2 Double 931414 Lubrication 400 0.04%
Transformer 50 0.005%
80CN-1 Single 931416
80CN-2 Double 931418
Guardian® Single 932019
MULTI-PASS WATER CAPACITY
RFP-1/RFP-2 RF4-1/RF4-2 40CN-1/40CN-2 80CN-1/80CN-2

700 700 140 525
600 600 120 450
500 500 100 75 375

CAPACITY (CC)
CAPACITY (CC)
CAPACITY (CC)
CAPACITY (CC)
SU
75
S
SU
400 400 80 300

S
75
200
SU SU
75
S
SU
S
300 300 60 225
S
20 00
75
2
0S SU SU
US 75 S S
200
75
SU
S 200 20 75 S
40 SU
S 150
0 US 20 0
20
20 SU 20 0 SU
0S S 0 SU SU S
100 US
100 20 S
75 S
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 5 10 15 20 25 0 10 20 30 40 50
FLOW (GPM) FLOW (GPM) FLOW (GPM) FLOW (GPM)
IL8-1/IL8-2 IL8-3 RF7-1 GUARDIAN ®
1400 3500 875 70

1200 3000 750 60
1000 2500 75 625 50
CAPACITY (CC)
CAPACITY (CC)
CAPACITY (CC)
CAPACITY (CC)
SU 75
S SU
S
800 75
2000 500 40 75
S US
SU
S
600 20 1500 200 375 30 20
0S
0 SUS 20 US
SU 0S
S US
400 75
SU
1000 250 20
S
20
0S
200 US
500 125 10
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 2.5 5 7.5 10 12.5

FLOW (GPM) FLOW (GPM) FLOW (GPM) FLOW (GPM)
245
PAR FIT™ Elements
Competitive Interchanges
246
PAR FIT™ Elements
Competitive Interchanges
An extensive range of competitively priced Parker quality replacement
filter elements, PAR FIT interchange elements allow the users to ac-
quire all their replacement elements from one quality source regardless
of the original equipment manufacturer.
PAR FIT competitive interchange elements must conform to all the

same rigorous tests as the standard Parker replacement elements. The
elements meet or exceed all specifications for the following tests:
IS02941 Element Collapse/Burst Resistance

IS02942 Fabrication Integrity
IS02943 Material Compatibility
IS03724 Flow Fatigue Resistance
IS04572/ISO16889 Multipass Test
In addition to price and quality, the range of interchange elements

available is key to a successful program for the user. Parker has worked
diligently over the years to develop a range of elements that will meet
this challenge. You can view the current list of PAR FIT interchange
elements at www.parker.com/parfit or www.parkerhfde.com/parfit.
26,000+ interchanges for a variety

of competitors, including:
• Pall • Hy-Pro
• Hydac • Internorman
• Schroeder • Mahle
• MP Filtri • PTI
• Donaldson • Separation
• Stauff Technologies
• Cummins Filtration • Eaton Vickers
• EPE • Zinga
• Fleetguard • Many Others
247
Static Control Filter Elements
The Latest Innovation from Parker Hannifin
248
Why Use Parker Static Parker has developed a unique modified filter media technology to aid
industry in controlling static build-up in non-conductive hydraulic and
Control Filter Elements lubricating fluids.
• No compromise in efficiency,
dirt holding capacity, or flow Parker’s patent-pending, static control filter media reduces triboelectric
pressure drop charging that occurs in a fluid system equipped with typical filtration
• No vessel modifications materials. Triboelectric charging can result in a sudden static discharge
required - drop in solution (sparks in the oil) that eventually causes varnish, and damages oil and
• Available in a wide variety of system components. The discharge can also damage the filter element
element configurations by burning and pitting the filter media. The static control filter material
can be made available in a wide variety of element configurations.
What can Varnish do to a System

• Sticking servo-valves
• Plugged filters
• Build up on surfaces, heat exchangers,
reservoir walls, and bearing surfaces
Studies have suggested that varnish is formed due to the thermal and
oxidative degradation of oil. It also has been suggested that the localized
heat generated from a static charge discharge can reach several
thousand degrees. Hot enough to cause localized thermal degradation
Burnt polymer pleat support of the oil. The static discharge can also cause pitting of metallic surfaces
mesh from arcing in a system.
Manufacturers of combustion turbines have recognized the relationship

of static discharge causing thermal degradation and subsequent varnish
formation to the extent that they have suggested turbine users to choose
coarser filtration, including switching from Micro-glass to less efficient
Cellulose filter media and also to decrease flow density by operating
duplexing filter changeover valves in the center position. Parker Static
Control filter elements eliminate these compromises and ensure proper
system filtration performance.
Pitting on filter end-cap Varnish is attracted to metal surfaces, this results in an overall decrease in
productivity.
249
Applications
• Turbine Lube Oil
• Control Systems
• High Flow Hydraulic Circuits
• Test Equipment
• Kidney Loops
LABORATORY TEST RESULTS
Test Parameters
Parker
Voltage @ 8 GPM/ft2 Media Fluid Type
Static Control Beta 10 > 200
Media ISO 46 Ashless Hydraulic Oil
Fluid Conductivity
Competitive < 100 pS/m
Anti-Static
Media Test Temperature
40°C (100°F)
Standard Filter Type
Media In-Line T-type Pressure
Media Flow Density
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 8 GPM/FT2 (320 LPM/M2)
MEASURED DISCHARGE VOLTAGE
Filter 2 Micron 10 Micron Filter 2 Micron 10 Micron

RF4/50P-1 932668A 932670A 30P-1 932622A 932624A
RF4/50P-2 932677A 932679A 30P-2 932628A 932630A
IL8-2 933044A 933046A 30P-1-AX 933580A 933581A
IL8-3 932872A 932874A 30P-2-AX 933582A 933583A
15CN/15P-1 932610A 932612A MPD-1 935516A 935518A
15CN/15P-2 932616A 932618A MPD-2 935488A 933520A
40CN-2 932653A 932655A 15P-1-AX 933576A 933577A
40CN-3 926698A 926893A 15P-2-AX 933578A 933579A
80CN-1 932659A 932661A 718 934179A 933913A
80CN-2 932665A 932667A 736 934180A 933920A
80CN-3 933218A 933220A
Note:
Replace “Q” with “A” when model coding an assembly
with above static control filter elements.
250
Appendix
Interpreting Data
Element Efficiency Element Capacity
For each configuration Parker reports on a log micron Typically element capacities have been plotted on a
chart the actual test results for each Microglass media differential vs grams chart to allow for best comparisons
grade available. The information that can be obtained from between different indicator/bypass settings and also
reporting in this manner far exceeds previous other manufacturers. Although the construction of a given
methods. To read the charts simply follow a few quick steps element remains constant, the actual capacity obtained in a
as shown below. application depends on several variables
• Viscosity
Efficiency • Flow rate
Beta Rating Efficiency % • Contaminant Type
10000 • Changeout pressure
Since it is not possible to test every possible combination,
2Q 5Q Parker tests per ISO4572 and ISO16889 which specifies fluid
type, contaminant type and flow rate. Therefore the only
1000 99.9 variable that can be accounted for by the specifier would be
10Q
changeout pressure. To accomplish this simply determine
what indicator setting will be used to signal service is
200 99.5 required. If no indicator will be used then use the bypass
100 99.0 value for the specified filter.
20Q
20 95.0 Capacity
PSID BAR
50
2 50.0 3.0
40
0 4 8 12 16 20 2.5
Micron Size (c) 30

2.0
To determine efficiency/beta rating at a

05Q
1.5
Particular micron size: 20
1. Choose micron size from horizontal axis. 1.0
Q
2. Follow line upward until it intersects the media grade Q

10
02
20
of interest. 10
0.5
3. For the beta rating move left perpendicular until you
intersect the vertical beta rating axis and record 0 0.0
number. 0 30 60 90 120 150 180
4. For the efficiency rating just follow line across to the Grams
right until it intersects the efficiency axis and record To determine element capacity
number. 1. Starting along the vertical differential pressure axis
choose changeout setting.
To determine which media can provide a 2. Move horizontally across until line intersects the
particular beta rating: media grade desired.
5. Choose beta rating desired on left vertical axis 3. Move perpendicular downward until line intersects
6. Follow line horizontally across until it intersects horizontal axis “Grams” and record value.
media grade.
7. Move downward perpendicular until you intersect
the horizontal “Micron Size” axis and record value. If
micron value is too low repeat steps until a desired
value is achieved.
251
Appendix
Interpreting Data
Flow vs Pressure Loss Viscosity Correction Formula
All performance curves are
reported at a standard viscosity
PSID Element = PSID from catalog x New Viscosity x New Specific Gravity
of 150 SUS (30 cSt) with element 150 .90
pressure curves independent
of the housing. The purpose of PSID Housing = PSID from catalog x New Specific
Gravity
.90
reporting individually is to allow
for adjustment to other operating PSID Assembly = PSID Element + PSID Housing
viscosities. To adjust for a operating
viscosity other then 150 SUS (30 cSt)
please use the correction formula
below.
High Collapse Correction Factors

“QX” Elements (3000 psid) = 1.9 times reported loss
High Collapse Elements

In most cases, filter assemblies are equipped with an internal bypass
valve to limit the differential pressure across the element. In some critical
applications it may be necessary to equip the filter with a “no bypass” valve
which forces all fluid flow to pass through the element. When a filter is
equipped with a “no bypass” valve, the element must be able to withstand
much higher differential pressures in the event it is not serviced when
indicated. Parker high collapse elements are able to withstand 2000 psid
(“H” option) or 3000 psid (“X” option) due to their special construction.
The high collapse elements are rated for the same efficiencies as the
standard elements but also have a higher clean pressure loss.
The increase in pressure loss from standard collapse “Q” elements to

high collapse “Q” elements varies from media grade and series. To insure
adequate element life, a correction factor should be applied to the standard
pressure loss curves. Below are the factors that should be applied to the
standard element performance curves shown in this catalog. The pressure
loss of “H” option elements (2000 psid collapse) may increase as much as
40% over the standard, and the “X” option 3000 psid collapse) as much as
90%.
252
Appendix
Filter Media Types
Microglass
The latest of our media lines, these elements have the highest capacity and
efficiency available. The Microglass is referenced by a “Q” after the micron
size ( i.e. 5Q ). Complete information is available for each element size in the
catalog. The efficiency is plotted on a beta value versus micron size chart to
enable one to find the rating at a specific micron size. The capacity is plotted
on a pressure differential versus grams capacity chart. This allows one to
find the capacity of the element at the filter’s specific bypass or indicator
setting.
Flow data is performed at 150 SUS (32cSt) and plotted separately for
the element and housing . Pressure loss for different viscosities can be
calculated by using the formula on the opposite page.
Efficiency Cellulose
10000 An economical type of media (denoted by a “C”) that provides nominal
efficiency and capacity. The pore structure of paper media is not efficient
2Q 5Q
for fine filtration or high capacity applications. The data provided for each
1000 99.9 individual element is limited to flow versus pressure loss. To the left is
10Q
an efficiency chart which plots what would be considered typical for the
200 99.5 various grades of cellulose media.
100 99.0
20Q
As shown in the chart, cellulose elements are not nearly as efficient
20 95.0 as Microglass elements. They are rated for nominal filtration, typically
50% efficient at rated size. Due to the low particle capture efficiency of
2
20C cellulose elements, it is not practical to plot on the chart. The 20C
50.0
elements could be considered a Beta20 = 2 (50% efficient at 20 micron).
0 4 8 12 16 20 The same limitations exist with the stainless steel mesh elements.
Micron Size (c)
Stainless Steel Woven Wire

Commonly referred to as “wire mesh” this filtration medium is typically used in suction filters due to the low flow
restriction. Wire mesh elements are unique in that they are designed to be cleaned and reused. These elements are
rated for efficiency based on the pore size diameter of the mesh and are denoted by a “W” after the micron rating.
For example a 74W element would have a nominal rating of 74 micron based on the diameter of the mesh pores.
This should not be confused with “mesh” ratings which are the number of wire strands per inch. Mesh ratings can
be correlated to micron ratings, see “Micrometer Conversions” on page 224.
General Comparison of Filter Media

Dirt Holding Differential
Media Material Capture Efficiency Life in a System Initial Cost
Capacity Pressure
Fiberglass High High Moderate High Moderate
Cellulose Moderate Moderate High Moderate Low
Wire Mesh Low Low Low Moderate High
253
Appendix
Definitions
Absolute Rating: Cleanliness Codes:
The diameter of the largest hard spherical particle A representation of a fluids contamination level
that will pass through a filter under specified test based on a series of index numbers that refer to a
conditions. This is an indication of the largest opening in the table of concentration values.
filter element. Hydraulic Filter Division defines absolute as
99.5% removal (beta 200) at a given Cleanliness Level Correlation Table
particle size. Particles/Milliliter Disavowed
NAS 1638
ISO Code ≥2 ≥5 ≥15 SAE Level
(1964)
Absorb/Absorption: Micrometers Micrometers Micrometers (1963)
The process of a fluid being taken into the pores 22/21/18 80,000 20,000 2,500 12
of a solid. 22/20/18 40,000 10,000 2,500
22/20/17 40,000 10,000 1,300 11
Adsorb/Adsorption: 22/20/16 40,000 10,000 640
To collect and hold a fluid on the surface of a solid. 21/19/16 20,000 5,000 640 10
20/18/15 10,000 2,500 320 9 6
Beta Ratio: 19/17/14 5,000 1,300 160 8 5
The ratio of the number of particles of a given size and larger 18/16/13 2,500 640 80 7 4
of a filter to the number of particles of the same size and
17/15/12 1,300 320 40 6 3
larger downstream.
16/14/12 640 160 40
Beta Ratios/Efficiencies 16/14/11 640 160 20 5 2
Beta Ratio Capture Efficiency 15/13/10 320 80 10 4 1
(at a given particle size) (at same particle size) 14/12/9 160 40 5 3 0
1.01 1.0% 13/11/8 80 20 2.5 2
1.1 9.0% 12/10/8 40 10 2.5
1.5 33.3% 12/10/7 40 10 1.3 1
2.0 50.0% 12/10/6 40 10 .64
5.0 80.0%
10.0 90.0% Collapse Pressure:
20.0 95.0% An inward structural failure of the filter element
75.0 98.7% caused by excessive differential pressure.
100 99.0%
Contaminant:
200 99.5%
Undesirable insoluble solid or gelatinous particles
1000 99.9%
present in fluid.
Bubble Point:
Pressure drop in inches of water required to expel Crest:
the first steady (continuous) stream of bubbles from The outer fold of a pleat.
a horizontal disc of wetted filter medium or a filter cartridge
immersed in a liquid (usually alcohol). Differential Pressure/Pressure Drop:
A bubble point test is used to test the integrity of Difference in pressure between two points in a
cartridge construction to compare relative porosities system. In filters, this is typically measured between
of a filter media or monitor product consistency as the inlet and outlet of the filter housing.
a quality control method.
Dissolved Water:
Bypass: Water capable of being held by the fluid in solution.
Fluid flowing through a passage other than the filter The amount held must be below the saturation point.
medium and/or leakage around filter media seals.
Duplex Filter:
Burst: An assembly of two filters with valving for the
An outward structural failure of the filter element caused by selection of either element.
excessive differential pressure.
Efficiency:
The ability of the filter element to remove particles
from the filter stream.
Efficiency = (1-1/beta)100.
254
Appendix
Definitions
Effluent: Nominal Rating:
The fluid that has passed through the filter. Micron size removed at a given efficiency under a
manufacturer’s defined test condition. An arbitrary
Filter Medium: term assigned by manufacturers which varies and
The permeable material used for a filter that has therefore depreciated in value.
separates particles from a fluid passing through it.
Pinched Pleat:
Flow Fatigue: A pleat closed off by excessive differential pressure
The ability of a filter element to withstand structural or crowding, thus reducing the effective area of the
failure of the filter medium due to flexing of the filter element.
pleats caused by cyclic differential pressure.
Pleats:
Free Water: a series of folds in the filter medium usually of
Water droplets or globules in a system that tend to uniform height and spacing designed to maximize
accumulate at the bottom of a system’s fluid because effective area.
it exceeds the solubility of the fluid.
Pressure Line Filter:
Influent: A filter located in a line conducting working fluid to
Fluid entering the inlet of a filter. a working device or devices.
In-Line Filter: Return Line Filter:

A filter in which the inlet, outlet and element are in a A filter located in the line which is conducting
straight axis. working fluid form working devices to a reservoir.
L-Type Filter: Root:

A filter in which the inlet and outlet port axis are at The inside fold of a pleat.
right angles, and the filter element axis is parallel to
either port axis. Suction Filter:
A filter located in the intake line of a pump where
Laminar Flow: the fluid is below atmospheric pressure.
Flow rate at which liquid is in a nonturbulent state
(10ft/sec) and should not exceeded to maintain T-Type Filter:
filtration integrity and consistency. A filter in which the inlet and outlet port axes are in
a straight line, and the filter element axis is
Media Migration: perpendicular to this line.
Contamination of the effluent by fibers or other
material of which the filter is constructed. Varnish:
Materials generated by the hydraulic fluid due to
Micron: oxidation, thermal instability, or other reactions.
A unit of length. Correct term is micrometer (µm), These materials are insoluble in the hydraulic fluid
which is .000039 inch. Human eye can see a and are generally found as brownish deposits in the
40 micrometer particle. work surfaces.
Neutralization Number: Y-Type Filter:

A measure of the acidity or basicity of a fluid, this A filter in which the inlet and outlet port axes are in
includes organic an inorganic acids or bases, or a straight line, and the filter element is at an acute
combination thereof. angle to this line.
255
Appendix
Micrometer Conversions
Actual
US and ASTM Std Opening (µm)
Sieve Number (in)
Relative Size of Particles
10 0.0787 2000 Magnification 500x
12 0.0661 1680
14 0.0555 1410
16 0.0469 1190
18 0.0394 1000
25µm
20 0.0331 840
25 0.0280 710
30 0.0232 590
35 0.0197 500
40 0.0165 420 10µm
74µm
45 0.0138 350
50 0.0117 297
60 0.0098 250 2µm
40µm
70 0.0083 210
80 0.0070 177
100 0.0059 149
120 0.0049 125
140 0.0041 105
170 0.0035 88
200 0.0029 74 Linear Equivalents
230 0.0024 62 1in = 25.4 mm = 25,400 µm
1mm = 0.0394 in = 1,000 µm
270 0.0021 53
1µm = 1/25,400 in = 0.001 mm
325 0.0017 44 1µm = 3.94 x 10-5 in = 0.000039 in
400 0.00142 36
550 0.00099 25
625 0.00079 20 Formulas
1,250 0.000394 10 Velocity (ft per sec) = 0.4085 x gpm
d2 (ID in)
1,750 0.000315 8
2,500 0.00097 5
5,000 0.000099 2.5 Conversion Rates
1 cu ft = 7.48 gal
12,000 0.0000394 1 1 gal = 231 cu in
2 cu ft water = 62.42 lb
1 gal water = 8.34 lb
Micrometer Comparisons 1 US gal = 0.833 lmp gal
1 lb/in2 = 2.31 ft of water = 2.036 in Hg
Substance (µm) °F = 9/5°C+32
Table Salt 100
Metric Conversion Formulas
Human Hair (average dia) 50-70 mm = inches x 25.4
White Blood Cell 25 m = feet x 0.3048
cm3 = cu in x 16.39
Talcum Powder 10 m3 = cu ft x 0.028
Cocoa 8-10 kg = pounds x 0.454
Red Blood Cell 8 kPa = psi x 6.895
lpm = gpm x 3.785
Bacteria (cocci) 2 °C = 5/9 (°F-32)
Note: Lower limit of visibility (naked eye)—40µm
256
Appendix
Measurement Conversion Tables
To Convert Multiply by To Obtain To Convert Multiply by To Obtain

A F
atmospheres 33.9 ft of water (at 4×C) feet 30.48 centimeters
atmospheres 29.92 in mercury (at 0×C) feet 0.0003048 kilometers
feet 0.3048 meters
B feet 304.8 millimeters
barrels (US liquid) 31.5 gallons feet of water 0.0295 atmospheres
barrels (oil) 42 gallons (oil) feet of water 0.8826 inches of mercury
bars 0.9869 atmospheres feet of water 62.43 pounds/sq ft
bars 14.5 pounds/sq in feet of water 0.4335 pounds/sq in
feet/minute 0.01667 feet/second
C
centimeters 0.03281 feet G
centimeters 0.3937 inches gallons 3,785 cubic centimeters
centimeters 0.00001 kilometers gallons 0.1337 cubic feet
centimeters 0.01 meters gallons 231 cubic inches
centimeters 0.01094 yards gallons 3.785 liters
centimeters 10,000 microns gallons (liq br imp) 1.20095 gallons (US liquid)
cubic centimeters 0.00003531 cubic feet gallons (US) 0.83267 gallons (Imp)
cubic centimeters 0.06102 cubic inches gallons of water 8.337 pounds of water
cubic centimeters 0.000001 cubic meters gallons/min 0.002228 cubic feet/sec
cubic centimeters 0.001 liters gallons/min 0.06308 liters/sec
cubic centimeters 0.002113 pints (US liquid) gallons/min 8.0208 cubic feet/hr
cubic centimeters 0.001057 quarts (US liquid) grams 0.001 kilograms
cubic feet 28,320 cubic centimeters grams 0.002205 pounds
cubic feet 1,728 cubic inches grams/cm 0.0056 pounds/in
cubic feet 0.02832 cubic meters grams/sq in 45.71 ounces/sq yd
cubic feet 0.03704 cubic yards
cubic feet 7.48052 gallons (US liquid) I
cubic feet 28.32 liters inches 2.540 centimeters
cubic feet 59.84 pints (US liquid) inches 0.02540 meters
cubic feet 29.92 quarts (US liquid) inches 25.4 millimeters
cubic feet/min 62.43 pounds water/min inches of mercury 0.03342 atmospheres
cubic feet/min 1.698 cubic meters/hr inches of mercury 1.133 feet of water
cubic feet/sec 448.831 gallons/min
cubic inches 16.39 cubic centimeters K
cubic inches 0.0005787 cubic feet kilograms 2.2046 pounds
cubic inches 0.00001639 cubic meters kilograms 0.009842 tons (long)
cubic inches 0.00002143 cubic yards kilograms 0.001102 tons (short)
cubic inches 0.004329 gallons kilograms/sq cm 2,048 pounds/sq ft
cubic inches 0.01639 liters kilograms/sq cm 14.22 pounds/sq in
cubic meters 35.31 cubic feet kilograms/sq meter 0.00009678 atmospheres
cubic meters 61,023 cubic inches kilograms/sq meter 0.00009807 bars
cubic meters 264.2 gallons (US liquid) kilograms/sq meter 0.003281 feet of water
cubic meters 1000 liters kilograms/sq meter 0.002896 inches of mercury
cubic meters/hour 4.4 gallons (US)/min kilograms/sq meter 0.2048 pounds/sq ft
cubic meters/hour 0.588 cubic feet/min kilograms/sq meter 0.001422 pounds/sq in
257
Appendix
Measurement Conversion Tables
To Convert Multiply by To Obtain To Convert Multiply by To Obtain

L Q
liters 0.2642 gallons (US liquid) quarts (liquid) 0.03342 cubic feet
liters 2.113 pints (US liquid) quarts (liquid) 57.75 cubic inches
liters 1.057 quarts (US liquid) quarts (liquid) 0.0009464 cubic meters
liters/min 0.0005886 cubic ft/sec quarts (liquid) 0.25 gallons
liters/min 0.004403 gallons/sec quarts (liquid) 0.9463 liters
liters/hour 0.004403 gallons (US)/min
S
M square centimeters 0.001076 square feet
meters 3.281 feet square centimeters 0.1550 square inches
meters 39.37 inches square centimeters 0.0001 square meters
meters 0.001 kilometers square feet 144 square inches
meters/min 3.281 feet/min square feet 0.0929 square meters
meters/min 0.05468 feet/sec square inches 0.006944 square feet
microns 0.000001 meters square inches 0.0007716 square yards
mils 0.00254 centimeters square meters 10.76 square feet
mils 0.000083333 feet square meters 155 square inches
mils 0.001 inches square meters 1.196 square yards
mils 0.0000000254 kilometers square yards 9 square feet
square yards 1,296 square inches
O square yards 0.8361 square meters
ounces 28.349 grams
ounces 0.0625 pounds
ounces (fluid) 1.805 cubic inches
ounces (fluid) 0.02957 liters
ounces/sq in 0.0625 pounds/sq in
ounces/sq yard 20.83 pounds/3000 sq ft
P
pints (liquid) 0.125 gallons
pints (liquid) 0.4732 liters
pints (liquid) 0.5 quarts (liquid)
pounds 453.59 grams
pounds 16 ounces
pounds/sq ft 0.0004725 atmospheres
pounds/sq ft 0.01602 feet of water
pounds/sq ft 0.01414 inches of mercury
pounds/sq in 0.06804 atmospheres
pounds/sq in 2.307 feet of water
pounds/sq in 2.036 inches of mercury
pounds/sq in 0.0145 kilo pascals (kPa)
pounds/sq in 27.684 inches water column
pounds/3000 sq in 0.048 ounces/sq yard
258
Appendix
Changes to ISO Standards and their impact on Filter Performance
Reporting and the Contamination Code.
The recent changes to ISO contamination and Table 1 below shows the approximate particle size
filtration standards were brought about to solve relationship between the calibration methods.
accuracy, traceability, and availability issues. It
is important to remember that both real world ACTFD size NIST size
hydraulic system cleanliness levels and actual (per ISO 4402:1991) (per ISO 11171:1999)
system filter performance remain unchanged. um um (c)
However, the reporting of cleanliness levels and 1 4.2
filter performance has changed due to the new 2 4.6
particle counter calibration and multi-pass test 3 5.1
procedures. 5 6.4
7 7.7
ISO 11171 is the new particle counter calibration 10 9.8
method and utilizes calibration fluid made from 15 13.6
ISO Medium Test Dust (ISO MTD) suspended in 20 17.5
MIL-H-5606. The calibration fluid is traceable to 25 21.2
the National Institute of Standards and Technology 30 24.6
(NIST) and is designated by NIST as Standard 40 31.7
Reference Material (SRM)2806. ISO 11171 is
replacing ISO 4402 which is based on obsolete
AC Fine Test Dust (ACFTD). The ISO cleanliness code reporting method will
also be affected.
It is important to note that the ISO 11171
calibration method is based on a distribution of Example: Former two-digit ISO 4406:1987
particles measured by their equivalent area 5 um / 15 um
diameter, whereas ISO 4402 is based on a 14 11
distribution of particles measured by their longest
chord. Also, the NIST work utilized scanning Former three-digit ISO code
electron microscopy for particles below 10 um in 2 um / 5 um / 15 um
size, whereas the sizing distribution on ACFTD 17 14 11
utilized optical microscopy.
New three-digit ISO 4406:1999
The new calibration method and resulting ISO code
4 um (c) / 6 um (c) / 14 um (c)
will typically produce a one to two level
18 14 11
increase in the first digit (the >4um size range)
of the three digit code. This is due to the greater
number of particles in the small size range.
The remaining two digits will typically remain
unchanged between old and new calibration
methods, and should not impact previously
established ISO cleanliness standards.
259
Appendix
Changes to ISO Standards and their impact on Filter Performance
Reporting and the Contamination Code, continued.
ISO 16889 is the new multi-pass test standard for measuring filter performance and utilizes ISO
MTD as the contaminant challenge. This standard is replacing ISO 4572 which utilized ACFTD.
See the following graphs below for filtration beta ratio comparisons on our 2Q, 5Q, 10Q, and 20Q
Microglass media. The graphs reflect multi-pass test results using ISO 4572 with ACFTD and the
revised ISO 16889 using ISO MTD.
FILTRATION RATIOS FOR 2Q MEDIA

10000
ISO 4572
FILTRATION RATIO
1000
200 ISO 16889
(BETA)
100
10
1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

10000
FILTRATION RATIO
1000 ISO 4572

200
ISO 16889
(BETA)
100
10
1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
PARTICLE SIZE um or um(c)

10000
FILTRATION RATIO
1000
200
(BETA)
100 ISO 16889

ISO 4572
10
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

10000
FILTRATION RATIO
1000
ISO 16889
200
(BETA)
100 ISO 4572
10
1
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
260
Offer of Sale
1. Definitions. As used herein, the following terms have the meanings indicated. standards, specifications, and other technical information provided with the Product. If Seller
Buyer: means any customer receiving a Quote for Products from Seller. provides Product options based upon data or specifications provided by the Buyer, the Buyer
Goods: means any tangible part, system or component to be supplied by the Seller. is responsible for determining that such data and specifications are suitable and sufficient for
Products: means the Goods, Services and/or Software as described in a Quote all applications and reasonably foreseeable uses of the Products. In the event the Buyer is
provided by the Seller. not the end-user, Buyer will ensure such end-user complies with this paragraph.
Quote: means the offer or proposal made by Seller to Buyer for the supply of 12. Use of Products, Indemnity by Buyer. Buyer shall comply with all instructions,
Products. guides and specifications provided by Seller with the Products. Unauthorized Uses. If
Seller: means Parker-Hannifin Corporation, including all divisions and businesses Buyer uses or resells the Products for any uses prohibited in Seller’s instructions, guides
thereof. or specifications, or Buyer otherwise fails to comply with Seller’s instructions, guides
Services: means any services to be supplied by the Seller. and specifications, Buyer acknowledges that any such use, resale, or non-compliance
Software: means any software related to the Products, whether embedded or is at Buyer’s sole risk. Buyer shall indemnify, defend, and hold Seller harmless from any
separately downloaded. losses, claims, liabilities, damages, lawsuits, judgments and costs (including attorney fees
Terms: means the terms and conditions of this Offer of Sale or any newer version and defense costs), whether for personal injury, property damage, intellectual property
of the same as published by Seller electronically at www.parker.com/ infringement or any other claim, brought by or incurred by Buyer, Buyer’s employees, or
saleterms. any other person, arising out of: (a) improper selection, application, design, specification or
2. Terms. All sales of Products by Seller are contingent upon, and will be governed by, other misuse of Products provided by Seller; (b) any act or omission, negligent or otherwise,
these Terms and, these Terms are incorporated into any Quote provided by Seller to any of Buyer; (c) Seller’s use of patterns, tooling, equipment, plans, drawings, designs or
Buyer. Buyer’s order for any Products whether communicated to Seller verbally, in writing, by specifications or other information or things furnished by Buyer; (d) damage to the Products
electronic date interface or other electronic commerce, shall constitute acceptance of these from an external cause, repair or attempted repair by anyone other than Seller, failure to
Terms. Seller objects to any contrary or additional terms or conditions of Buyer. Reference in follow instructions, guides and specifications provided by Seller, use with goods not provided
Seller’s order acknowledgement to Buyer’s purchase order or purchase order number shall by Seller, or opening, modifying, deconstructing or tampering with the Products for any
in no way constitute an acceptance of any of Buyer’s terms of purchase. No modification to reason; or (e) Buyer’s failure to comply with these Terms. Seller shall not indemnify Buyer
these Terms will be binding on Seller unless agreed to in writing and signed by an authorized under any circumstance except as otherwise provided in these Terms.
representative of Seller. 13. Cancellations and Changes. Buyer may not cancel or modify any order for any reason,
3. Price; Payment. The Products set forth in Seller’s Quote are offered for sale at the except with Seller’s written consent and upon terms that will indemnify, defend and hold
prices indicated in Seller’s Quote. Unless otherwise specifically stated in Seller’s Quote, Seller harmless against all direct, incidental and consequential loss or damage. Seller, at
prices are valid for thirty (30) days and do not include any sales, use, or other taxes or any time, may change Product features, specifications, designs and availability.
duties. Seller reserves the right to modify prices at any time to adjust for any raw material 14. Limitation on Assignment. Buyer may not assign its rights or obligations without the
price fluctuations. Unless otherwise specified by Seller, all prices are F.C.A. Seller’s facility prior written consent of Seller.
(INCOTERMS 2010). All sales are contingent upon credit approval and payment for all 15. Force Majeure. Seller does not assume the risk and is not liable for delay or failure
purchases is due thirty (30) days from the date of invoice (or such date as may be specified to perform any of Seller’s obligations by reason of events or circumstances beyond its
in the Quote). Unpaid invoices beyond the specified payment date incur interest at the rate reasonable control (“Events of Force Majeure”). Events of Force Majeure shall include
of 1.5% per month or the maximum allowable rate under applicable law. without limitation: accidents, strikes or labor disputes, acts of any government or government
4. Shipment; Delivery; Title and Risk of Loss. All delivery dates are approximate. agency, acts of nature, delays or failures in delivery from carriers or suppliers, shortages of
Seller is not responsible for damages resulting from any delay. Regardless of the manner materials, or any other cause beyond Seller’s reasonable control.
of shipment, delivery occurs and title and risk of loss or damage pass to Buyer, upon 16. Waiver and Severability. Failure to enforce any provision of these Terms will not
placement of the Products with the shipment carrier at Seller’s facility. Unless otherwise invalidate that provision; nor will any such failure prejudice Seller’s right to enforce that
agreed, Seller may exercise its judgment in choosing the carrier and means of delivery. No provision in the future. Invalidation of any provision of these Terms by legislation or other
deferment of shipment at Buyers’ request beyond the respective indicated shipping date will rule of law shall not invalidate any other provision herein and, the remaining provisions will
be made except on terms that will indemnify, defend and hold Seller harmless against all remain in full force and effect.
loss and additional expense. Buyer shall be responsible for any additional shipping charges 17. Termination. Seller may terminate any agreement governed by or arising from these
incurred by Seller due to Buyer’s acts or omissions. Terms for any reason and at any time by giving Buyer thirty (30) days prior written notice.
5. Warranty. The warranty related to the Products is as follows: (i) Goods are warranted Seller may immediately terminate, in writing, if Buyer: (a) breaches any provision of these
against defects in material or workmanship for a period of twelve (12) months from the date Terms (b) appoints a trustee, receiver or custodian for all or any part of Buyer’s property
of delivery or 2,000 hours of use, whichever occurs first; (ii) Services shall be performed (c) files a petition for relief in bankruptcy on its own behalf, or one if filed by a third party (d)
in accordance with generally accepted practices and using the degree of care and skill makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (e) dissolves its business or liquidates
that is ordinarily exercised and customary in the field to which the Services pertain and all or a majority of its assets.
are warranted for a period of six (6) months from the completion of the Services by Seller; 18. Ownership of Software. Seller retains ownership of all Software supplied to Buyer
and (iii) Software is only warranted to perform in accordance with applicable specifications hereunder. In no event shall Buyer obtain any greater right in and to the Software than a
provided by Seller to Buyer for ninety (90) days from the date of delivery or, when right in the nature of a license limited to the use thereof and subject to compliance with any
downloaded by a Buyer or end-user, from the date of the initial download. All prices are other terms provided with the Software.
based upon the exclusive limited warranty stated above, and upon the following disclaimer: 19. Indemnity for Infringement of Intellectual Property Rights. Seller is not liable for
DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY: THIS WARRANTY IS THE SOLE AND ENTIRE infringement of any patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade dress, trade secrets or similar
WARRANTY PERTAINING TO PRODUCTS. SELLER DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER rights (“Intellectual Property Rights”) except as provided in this Section. Seller will defend
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS AND IMPLIED, INCLUDING DESIGN, NONINFRINGEMENT, at its expense and will pay the cost of any settlement or damages awarded in an action
MERCHANTABILITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SELLER DOES brought against Buyer based on a third party claim that one or more of the Products sold
NOT WARRANT THAT THE SOFTWARE IS ERROR-FREE OR FAULT-TOLERANT, OR hereunder infringes the Intellectual Property Rights of a third party in the country of delivery
THAT BUYER’S USE THEREOF WILL BE SECURE OR UNINTERRUPTED. BUYER of the Products by the Seller to the Buyer. Seller’s obligation to defend and indemnify Buyer
AGREES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT UNLESS OTHERWISE AUTHORIZED IN is contingent on Buyer notifying Seller within ten (10) days after Buyer becomes aware
WRITING BY SELLER THE SOFTWARE SHALL NOT BE USED IN CONNECTION of any such claim, and Seller having sole control over the defense of the claim including
WITH HAZARDOUS OR HIGH RISK ACTIVITIES OR ENVIRONMENTS. EXCEPT AS all negotiations for settlement or compromise. If one or more Products sold hereunder is
EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, ALL PRODUCTS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS”. subject to such a claim, Seller may, at its sole expense and option, procure for Buyer the
6. Claims; Commencement of Actions. Buyer shall promptly inspect all Products upon right to continue using the Products, replace or modify the Products so as to render them
receipt. No claims for shortages will be allowed unless reported to the Seller within ten (10) non-infringing, or offer to accept return of the Products and refund the purchase price less
days of delivery. Buyer shall notify Seller of any alleged breach of warranty within thirty (30) a reasonable allowance for depreciation. Seller has no obligation or liability for any claim of
days after the date the non-conformance is or should have been discovered by Buyer. Any infringement: (i) arising from information provided by Buyer; or (ii) directed to any Products
claim or action against Seller based upon breach of contract or any other theory, including provided hereunder for which the designs are specified in whole or part by Buyer; or (iii)
tort, negligence, or otherwise must be commenced within twelve (12) months from the date resulting from the modification, combination or use in a system of any Products provided
of the alleged breach or other alleged event, without regard to the date of discovery. hereunder. The foregoing provisions of this Section constitute Seller’s sole and exclusive
7. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. IN THE EVENT OF A BREACH OF WARRANTY, SELLER liability and Buyer’s sole and exclusive remedy for such claims of infringement of Intellectual
WILL, AT ITS OPTION, REPAIR OR REPLACE THE NON-CONFORMING PRODUCT, Property Rights.
RE-PERFORM THE SERVICES, OR REFUND THE PURCHASE PRICE PAID WITHIN 20. Governing Law. These Terms and the sale and delivery of all Products are deemed to
A REASONABLE PERIOD OF TIME. IN NO EVENT IS SELLER LIABLE FOR ANY have taken place in, and shall be governed and construed in accordance with, the laws of
SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT the State of Ohio, as applicable to contracts executed and wholly performed therein and
OF, OR AS THE RESULT OF, THE SALE, DELIVERY, NON-DELIVERY, SERVICING, without regard to conflicts of laws principles. Buyer irrevocably agrees and consents to the
NON-COMPLETION OF SERVICES, USE, LOSS OF USE OF, OR INABILITY TO USE exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the courts of Cuyahoga County, Ohio with respect to
THE PRODUCTS OR ANY PART THEREOF, LOSS OF DATA, IDENTITY, PRIVACY, any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to the sale and delivery of the
OR CONFIDENTIALITY, OR FOR ANY CHARGES OR EXPENSES OF ANY NATURE Products.
INCURRED WITHOUT SELLER’S WRITTEN CONSENT, WHETHER BASED IN 21. Entire Agreement. These Terms, along with the terms set forth in the main body of
CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHER LEGAL THEORY. IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER’S any Quote, forms the entire agreement between the Buyer and Seller and constitutes the
LIABILITY UNDER ANY CLAIM MADE BY BUYER EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE final, complete and exclusive expression of the terms of sale. In the event of a conflict
PAID FOR THE PRODUCTS. between any term set forth in the main body of a Quote and these Terms, the terms set
8. Loss to Buyer’s Property. Any designs, tools, patterns, materials, drawings, confidential forth in the main body of the Quote shall prevail. All prior or contemporaneous written or oral
information or equipment furnished by Buyer or any other items which are or become agreements or negotiations with respect to the subject matter shall have no effect. These
Buyer’s property, will be considered obsolete and may be destroyed by Seller after two (2) Terms may not be modified unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of
consecutive years have elapsed without Buyer ordering the Products manufactured using Seller.
such property. Seller shall not be responsible for any loss or damage to such property while 22. Compliance with Laws. Buyer agrees to comply with all applicable laws, regulations,
it is in Seller’s possession or control. and industry and professional standards, including those of the United States of America,
9. Special Tooling. Special Tooling includes but is not limited to tooling, jigs, fixtures and and the country or countries in which Buyer may operate, including without limitation the
associated manufacturing equipment acquired or necessary to manufacture Products. A U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), the U.S. Anti-Kickback Act (“Anti-Kickback
tooling charge may be imposed for any Special Tooling. Such Special Tooling shall be and Act”), U.S. and E.U. export control and sanctions laws (“Export Laws”), the U.S. Food Drug
remain Seller’s property notwithstanding payment of any charges by Buyer. In no event and Cosmetic Act (“FDCA”), and the rules and regulations promulgated by the U.S. Food
will Buyer acquire any interest in Special Tooling belonging to Seller that is utilized in the and Drug Administration (“FDA”), each as currently amended. Buyer agrees to indemnify,
manufacture of the Products, even if such Special Tooling has been specially converted defend, and hold harmless Seller from the consequences of any violation of such laws,
or adapted for such manufacture and notwithstanding any charges paid by Buyer. Unless regulations and standards by Buyer, its employees or agents. Buyer acknowledges that it is
otherwise agreed, Seller has the right to alter, discard or otherwise dispose of any Special familiar with all applicable provisions of the FCPA, the Anti-Kickback Act, Export Laws, the
Tooling or other property in its sole discretion at any time. FDCA and the FDA and certifies that Buyer will adhere to the requirements thereof and not
10. Security Interest. To secure payment of all sums due, Seller retains a security interest take any action that would make Seller violate such requirements. Buyer represents and
in all Products delivered to Buyer and, Buyer’s acceptance of these Terms is deemed to agrees that Buyer will not make any payment or give anything of value, directly or indirectly,
be a Security Agreement under the Uniform Commercial Code. Buyer authorizes Seller as to any governmental official, foreign political party or official thereof, candidate for foreign
its attorney to execute and file on Buyer’s behalf all documents Seller deems necessary to political office, or commercial entity or person, for any improper purpose, including the
perfect its security interest. purpose of influencing such person to purchase Products or otherwise benefit the business
11. User Responsibility. The Buyer through its own analysis and testing, is solely of Seller. Buyer further represents and agrees that it will not receive, use, service, transfer or
responsible for making the final selection of the Products and assuring that all performance, ship any Product from Seller in a manner or for a purpose that violates Export Laws or would
endurance, maintenance, safety and warning requirements of the application of the Products cause Seller to be in violation of Export Laws.
are met. The Buyer must analyze all aspects of the application and follow applicable industry
261
Parker’s Motion & Control Technologies
At Parker, we’re guided by
a relentless drive to help
our customers become more
productive and achieve
higher levels of profitabil-
Aerospace Climate Control Electromechanical Filtration
ity by engineering the best Key Markets Key Markets Key Markets Key Markets
systems for their require- Aftermarket services Agriculture Aerospace Aerospace
Commercial transports Air conditioning Factory automation Food & beverage
ments. It means looking at Engines Construction Machinery Life science & medical Industrial plant & equipment
customer applications from General & business aviation Food & beverage Machine tools Life sciences
Helicopters Industrial machinery Packaging machinery Marine
many angles to find new Launch vehicles Life sciences Paper machinery Mobile equipment
ways to create value. What- Military aircraft Oil & gas Plastics machinery & converting Oil & gas
Missiles Precision cooling Primary metals Power generation &
ever the motion and control Power generation Process renewable energy
Semiconductor & electronics
technology need, Parker has Regional transports Refrigeration Textile Process
Unmanned aerial vehicles Transportation Wire & cable Transportation
the experience, breadth of Water Purification
product and global reach Key Products Key Products Key Products
Control systems & Accumulators AC/DC drives & systems Key Products
to consistently deliver. No actuation products Analytical gas generators
Advanced actuators Electric actuators, gantry robots
company knows more about Engine systems CO2 controls & slides Compressed air filters & dryers
& components Electrohydrostatic actuation systems
Electronic controllers Engine air, coolant, fuel & oil filtration systems
motion and control technol- Fluid conveyance systems Electromechanical actuation systems Fluid condition monitoring systems
& components Filter driers
ogy than Parker. For further Fluid metering, delivery Hand shut-off valves Human machine interface Hydraulic & lubrication filters
& atomization devices Heat exchangers Linear motors Hydrogen, nitrogen & zero
info call 1 800 C-Parker Stepper motors, servo motors, air generators
Fuel systems & components Hose & fittings
(1 800 272 7537) drives & controls Instrumentation filters
Fuel tank inerting systems Pressure regulating valves
Structural extrusions Membrane & fiber filters
Hydraulic systems Refrigerant distributors
& components Safety relief valves Microfiltration
Thermal management Smart pumps Sterile air filtration
Wheels & brakes Solenoid valves Water desalination & purification filters &
Thermostatic expansion valves systems
Fluid & Gas Handling Hydraulics Pneumatics Process Control Sealing & Shielding
Key Markets Key Markets Key Markets Key Markets Key Markets
Aerial lift Aerial lift Aerospace Alternative fuels Aerospace
Agriculture Agriculture Conveyor & material handling Biopharmaceuticals Chemical processing
Bulk chemical handling Alternative energy Factory automation Chemical & refining Consumer
Construction machinery Construction machinery Life science & medical Food & beverage Fluid power
Food & beverage Forestry Machine tools Marine & shipbuilding General industrial
Fuel & gas delivery Industrial machinery Packaging machinery Medical & dental Information technology
Industrial machinery Machine tools Transportation & automotive Microelectronics Life sciences
Life sciences Marine Nuclear Power Microelectronics
Marine Material handling
Mining
Key Products Offshore oil exploration Military
Mining Oil & gas Oil & gas
Oil & gas Air preparation
Mobile Pharmaceuticals Power generation
Power generation Brass fittings & valves
Oil & gas Power generation Renewable energy
Refuse vehicles Manifolds
Renewable energy Pulp & paper Telecommunications
Renewable energy Pneumatic accessories
Transportation Pneumatic actuators & grippers Steel Transportation
Truck hydraulics Water/wastewater
Turf equipment Pneumatic valves & controls
Key Products Quick disconnects Key Products
Check valves Rotary actuators Key Products Dynamic seals
Connectors for low pressure
Key Products Rubber & thermoplastic hose Analytical Instruments Elastomeric o-rings
fluid conveyance Accumulators & couplings Analytical sample conditioning Electro-medical instrument
Deep sea umbilicals Cartridge valves Structural extrusions products & systems design & assembly
Diagnostic equipment Electrohydraulic actuators Thermoplastic tubing & fittings Chemical injection fittings EMI shielding
Hose couplings Human machine interfaces Vacuum generators, cups & sensors & valves
Hybrid drives Extruded & precision-cut,
Industrial hose Fluoropolymer chemical fabricated elastomeric seals
Hydraulic cylinders delivery fittings, valves
Mooring systems & High temperature metal seals
power cables Hydraulic motors & pumps & pumps
Hydraulic systems Homogeneous & inserted
PTFE hose & tubing High purity gas delivery elastomeric shapes
Hydraulic valves & controls fittings, valves, regulators
Quick couplings Medical device fabrication
Hydrostatic steering & digital flow controllers
Rubber & thermoplastic hose & assembly
Integrated hydraulic circuits Industrial mass flow meters/
Tube fittings & adapters Metal & plastic retained
Power take-offs controllers
Tubing & plastic fittings composite seals
Power units Permanent no-weld tube fittings
Rotary actuators Shielded optical windows
Precision industrial regulators
Sensors & flow controllers Silicone tubing & extrusions
Thermal management
Process control double
block & bleeds Vibration dampening
Process control fittings, valves,
regulators & manifold valves
262
Worldwide Filtration Manufacturing Locations
North America Europe Asia Pacific
Compressed Air Treatment Compressed Air Treatment Australia
Castle Hill, Australia
Gas Separation & Filtration Division domnick hunter Filtration & Separation +61 2 9634 7777
Airtek/Finite/domnick hunter/Zander Gateshead, England www.parker.com/australia
Lancaster, NY +44 (0) 191 402 9000
716 686 6400 www.parker.com/dhfns China
www.parker.com/faf Shanghai, China
Parker Gas Separations +86 21 5031 2525
Balston Etten-Leur, Netherlands www.parker.com/china
Haverhill, MA +31 76 508 5300
978 858 0505 www.parker.com/dhfns India
www.parker.com/balston Chennai, India
Hiross Zander +91 22 4391 0700
Essen, Germany www.parker.com/india
Engine Filtration +49 2054 9340
www.parker.com/hzfd Parker Fowler
Bangalore, India
Racor
+91 80 2783 6794
Modesto, CA Padova, Italy
www.johnfowlerindia.com
209 521 7860 +39 049 9712 111
www.parker.com/racor www.parker.com/hzfd Japan
Holly Springs, MS Tokyo, Japan
+81 45 870 1522
662 252 2656 Engine Filtration &
www.parker.com/japan
www.parker.com/racor Water Purification
Korea
Racor Hwaseon-City
Hydraulic & Fuel Filtration Dewsbury, England +82 31 359 0852
+44 (0) 1924 487 000 www.parker.com/korea
Hydraulic & Fuel Filtration www.parker.com/rfde
Metamora, OH Singapore
419 644 4311 Racor Research & Development Jurong Town, Singapore
www.parker.com/hydraulicfilter Stuttgart, Germany +65 6887 6300
+49 (0)711 7071 290-10 www.parker.com/singapore
Laval, QC Canada
450 629 9594 Hydraulic & Fuel Filtration Thailand
www.parkerfarr.com Bangkok, Thailand
Hydraulic & Fuel Filtration +66 2186 7000
Velcon
Arnhem, Holland www.parker.com/thailand
Colorado Springs, CO
+31 26 3760376
719 531 5855
www.parker.com/hfde
www.velcon.com
Urjala, Finland Latin America
+358 20 753 2500 Parker Comercio Ltda.
Process Filtration Filtration Division
Sao Paulo, Brazil
domnick hunter Process Filtration Condition Monitoring
Parker Kittiwake +55 12 4009 3500
SciLog www.parker.com/br
West Sussex, England
Oxnard, CA
+44 (0) 1903 731 470 Pan American Division
805 604 3400
www.kittiwake.com Miami, FL
www.parker.com/processfiltration
305 470 8800
Water Purification Process Filtration www.parker.com/panam
domnick hunter Process Filtration
Village Marine, Sea Recovery, Parker Twin Filter BV
Horizon Reverse Osmosis Birtley, England Africa
Carson, CA +44 (0) 191 410 5121 Aeroport Kempton Park, South Africa
310 637 3400 www.parker.com/processfiltration +27 11 9610700
www.parker.com/watermakers www.parker.com/africa
© 2017 Parker Hannifin Corporation. Product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies. 2300-16 4/17

Hydraulic & Fuel Filtration Division
16810 Fulton County Road 2
Metamora, OH 43540
phone 419 644 4311
www.parker.com/hydraulicfilter

Hydraulic and Lube Filtration Products Parker

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Hydraulic and Lube Filtration Products Parker

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Hydraulic and Lube Filtration Products Parker

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Hydraulic and Lube

© Copyright 2017, Parker Hannifin Corporation, All Rights Reserved.

Beta Rating Efficiency at (X) Particle Size

.60 .60 150 150

PRESSURE DROP (BAR)

PRESSURE DROP (BAR)

PRESSURE DROP (BAR)

.50 .50 .50 .50

.40 .40 6 6 .40 .40 6 6

.30 .30 .30 .30

.20 .20 .20 .20

.10 .10 .10 .10

(GPM)(GPM) FLOWFLOW (LPM)(LPM) (GPM)(GPM) FLOWFLOW (LPM)(LPM)

.70 .70 12AT12AT

PRESSURE DROP (BAR)

PRESSURE DROP (BAR)

.50 .50 .50 .50

.40 .40 6 6 .40 .40 6 6

.30 .30 .30 .30

.20 .20 .20 .20

.10 .10 .10 .10

(GPM)(GPM) FLOWFLOW (LPM)(LPM) (GPM)(GPM) FLOWFLOW (LPM)(LPM)

OPTIONAL 1/8 - 27 NPT 23.62

PORTS (BOTH ENDS)

Drawings are for reference only.

Linear Measure: millimeter

OPTIONAL 1/8 - 27 NPT

Ports: (both ends)

Drawings are for reference only.

Allow 1.25" for canister

AIR FLOW (SCFM) OIL LEVEL CHANGE RATE (GPM)

926923 - 2-pin normally open switch

Vacuum Switch Pressure Switch

Linear Measure = inches

BOX 1 BOX 2 BOX 3 BOX 4 BOX 5 BOX 6 BOX 7 BOX 8

BOX 1: Seals BOX 4: Media BOX 7: Options

NOTE: Gauges must be ordered separately.

This unique design simply threads into a ported weld ring

The disposable filter cartridge is a single-piece

This concept assures minimal installation costs with the

The PT Series filter combines high

1 Easy element assembly removal

3 Lightweight cast aluminum head

4 Patented filter element assembly

5 Bowl-less, inside-out flow

6 Downstream element support with “no aeration” design

7 Solid bottom endcap with integrated bypass valve

8 Low profile tank top design

Patented Filter Element

Premium original equipment

Tank Top, Bowl-Less Design

Significant cost savings over filters

Bottom Endcap Integrated

Insures reliable performance

No system contamination during

No Aeration Design High Flow, Low Pressure Premium Microglass

No system aeration Lower maintenance costs Less maintenance and downtime

Flow vs. Pressure Loss*

*Note: Pressure drop calculations are based on SAE-12 porting.

Flow vs. Pressure Loss*